ProCash_NDC-DDC_V2010_InstallationManual_en.pdf

ProCash/NDC - ProCash/DDC V2.0/10 Installation Manual Edition June 2009 Copyright and Trademarks Copyright © Wincor Nixdorf International GmbH 2009. All rights, including rights of translation by printing, copying or similar methods, even of parts, are reserved. All rights, including rights created by patent grants or registration of a utility model or design, are reserved. Delivery subject to availability; right of technical modifications reserved. All names of hardware and software products mentioned in this manual are trade names and/or trademarks of their respective manufacturers. All hardware and software names used are trademarks of their respective manufacturers. Reliant® is a registered trademark of Pyramid Technology Corporation. SINIX is the UNIX® System derivative of Wincor Nixdorf International GmbH UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited. Base: OSF/Motif™, Copyright © Open Software Foundation, Inc. X Window System™, Copyright © Massachusetts Institute of Technology. OSF/Motif is a trademark of Open Software Foundation, Inc. X Window System is a registered trademark of Massachusetts Institute of Technology. MS-DOS® and Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. This manual is printed on paper treated with chlorine-free bleach. Introduction Software Product Overview ProInstall Installation Installation Steps Parameter Configuration Dialog Parameters in "CUSTOM.PPF" Parameter Management Start and Stop Application services Application Error Classes Registry Cross Reference Continued Installation and Configuration Tools Installation of Communication SW Contents Contents Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 What’s new ? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Software Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Product short description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ProBase/C Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware Configuration Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customization Disk for ProBase/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROBASE.CUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROSETUP.CUS and PROSETUP.PAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ProInstall Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Key Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Updates via ProInstall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation of ProTect/One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customizing Disk for ProInstall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Update Disk(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creation of Installation diskettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi Vendor Installation capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation subfolders of custom/update files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Installation Disk Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Disk Manager for SlimCash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Run application as "Non Administrator" user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step 1 - Windows Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windows XP + Service Pack 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step 2 - Communication Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step 3 - ProInstall Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROEINFO installation log folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 35 35 35 35 37 38 39 39 40 42 43 43 44 45 47 48 49 49 49 49 50 55 Parameter Configuration Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Dialog main and sub menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 June 2009 5 Contents Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [START_APPLICATION] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program list called by the Restart Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [STARTUP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator panel framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EPP framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Management Information Service framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Electronics framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash Dispenser framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coin Dispenser framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Card Reader framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journal framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Handler framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dialog framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converter framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presentation framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protocol framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message Control framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receipt Printer framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journal Printer framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document Printer framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronisation framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Exit framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Device Status framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deposit framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transaction framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Script framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utility framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Security framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ProCash/XDC-SOP dialog framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barcode Reader framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Restart settings of the Restart Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic System shut down & restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum system reboots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power up period timer to clear actual reboot counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 June 2009 59 60 60 61 61 61 62 62 63 63 64 64 65 65 66 66 66 67 67 67 68 68 69 69 70 70 71 71 71 72 72 72 73 73 73 74 74 74 75 Contents Configurable screen during system shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CCPROTFW1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Character Conversion Table location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Messages log file location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Size of Messages log file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Append ETX character to the end of a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [SNA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – SNA Communication Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Strip Function Management Header (FMH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – SNA open timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – NAUTYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Logical Unit Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Communication response timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Receive buffer size of project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – OPMODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Destination Logical Unit Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – OPUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – OPPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – OPLIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [X25] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – X.25 Communication Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Number of Virtual Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Short hold mode time delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Waiting time for “Call Accept” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Waiting time for “Call Request” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Waiting time for “Clear Request” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Number of calling retries to open X.25 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Calling delay timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Receive buffer size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – X.25 connection index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Type of Virtual Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Suppress TLS trace output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Buffer size in send direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Buffer size in receive direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Delivery control for send and receive direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Activate Short Hold Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2009 75 76 76 76 77 77 77 78 78 78 78 79 79 80 80 81 81 81 82 82 82 83 83 83 84 84 85 85 86 86 86 87 87 88 88 88 89 89 90 7 Contents – Short Hold Mode passive configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 – Start Short Hold Mode passive connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 – Connection reconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 – Diagnostic code setting for SHM clear cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 – Closed user group selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 – Closed user group outgoing call assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 – Add Reversed Charging Facility to “Call Request” packets . . . . . . . . 93 – Accept Reversed Charging Facility of incoming calls . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 – Add Call User Data to “Call Request” packets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 – Check Call User Data of incoming calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 – Local station address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 – Remote station (host) address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 [TCPIP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 – TCP/IP Communication Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 – Remote station (host) address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 – TCP port number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 – Keep Alive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 – TCP/IP open timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 – Connection retries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 – Send timeout timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 – Close timeout timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 – Local port address configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 – Coding DLL location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 – Size of memory blocks need to allocate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 TCP/IP parameters used by Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 – KeepAliveTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 – TcpKeepTries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 – TcpKeepCnt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 – KeepAliveInterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 – TcpMaxDataRetransmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Optional Parameters (NDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Miscellaneous Features I (DDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Miscellaneous Features II (DDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Miscellaneous Features III (DDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Logical Unit Number (LUNO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Configuration Identification (Config ID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 [LYNXCI_TIMER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Keyboard response time (Timer 00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 8 June 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Take cash time (Timer 07) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configurable substitution character on display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure MacroMedia Flash Animations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vandal guard close (Timer 98) . . . . . . . . . . . Vandal guard close time (Timer 99) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop Video after screen delay sequence (NDC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphic and Video file extension mapping . . . . . . . . . . Screen vertical offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen default background color . Close state time delay (Timer 02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LYNXCI_SCREEN] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touch zone support in PIN entry dialogs (EPP only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2009 113 114 114 114 115 115 115 116 116 116 117 117 117 118 119 119 120 120 121 121 122 123 125 126 126 126 127 127 128 128 129 130 130 131 131 132 132 133 133 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional cash present time (Timer 10) . . . Screen horizontal offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Envelope insertion time (Timer 04) . . . . . . . Screen default foreground color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure number of PIN digits . Card capture time (Timer 09) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unsupported timers . . . . . . Blink rate . . . . . . Statement present (Timer 96) . . . . Screen softkey layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash retract time-out ( Timer 05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure default Audio path for NDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen background picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESC substitution character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Palette file location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents Additional time (Timer 01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Character Width screen global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Poll/select time (Timer 06) . . . . . Communication response time (Timer 03) . . . Screen transparent mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statement retract (Timer 95) . . . . . . . . . Assign "Confirm" FDK in PIN entry dialogs (EDM only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Character Height screen global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graphic file location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Play videos in full screen mode . . . . . . . . . . . Configure default Audio path for DDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specific supervisor mode screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Background Color . – Send TVN and MAC in solicited status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Check Machine Number . . . . . . . . . . Expanded Hardware Configuration Parameters (DDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] . – Format Variables . Screen display contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Character Width screen specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen horizontal offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Upper top offset of the input rectangle . Screen idle next screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen background picture . . . 10 June 2009 134 134 134 135 135 136 136 136 137 137 138 138 139 139 139 140 140 140 141 142 143 143 144 145 146 146 147 148 149 149 149 149 150 150 150 151 151 152 152 . . . . . . . Event and Error message destination . . . . . . . . . . ./Sol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Upper left offset of the input rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – ASCII MACing activation in EBCDIC line environments . RKL message encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Data and MDS i series status code handling . . . . . . Language bank screen parameters (DDC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unsol. . . . . . . . . Go offline after host reply timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Curser position for consumer inputs locally . . . . . – Lower bottom offset of the input rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreground Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MACing configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Character Height screen specific . . . – Send Machine Number . . Hardware Configuration Parameters (NDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents [SCREEN_XXX] [1] . . . . . . . . . . message logging on journal . . . . . . . . . Screen vertical offset . . . . . Event and Error message definitions . . . . . . . . . Screen idle time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen transparent mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Send TVN and MAC in Transaction Request messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Lower right offset of the input rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Input adjustment . . . . – Check TVN and MAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Field selected MACing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zero filled General Purpose Buffer B and C . . . . . Offline Reboot timer . . . . . . . Force Supervisor Mode when door open . . . . . Solicited and Unsolicited message queuing . . . . . . . . . Hardware Fitness Fitness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents [APPLICATION_XXX][1] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter "Out of service" mode after line reconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – LED_SVR_MODE (ATM in supervisor mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – RSI Status YELLOW (RELAY2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable double length keys for triple DES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – LED_IN_SERVICE (ATM is in service mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2009 153 153 153 154 154 155 155 156 157 157 158 159 159 160 160 162 162 162 163 163 163 164 165 166 166 167 168 169 170 170 171 172 173 174 174 175 175 176 178 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . Store downloaded COM key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch on/off logo light together with ready indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure Remote Status Monitor (RSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspend Mode timeout . . . Force displaying "Card captured" screen in close state . . . . Display receipt delivered screen in close state . . . . . . . . . . . . – RSI Status GREEN (RELAY3) . . . . . . . . .4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ready/Supply/Amount option defaults (NDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – LED_PAPER (printer paper low) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Balancing host timeout . . . . . . . . . Sensor messages for terminal doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resend Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Card Read/Write error treshold defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure anti skimming and mouthpiece sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADRS options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure Customer Relays 1 . . . . . . . . – RSI Status RED (RELAY1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configurable text for reject/retract counter on journal . . . . . . . . . . . . LED Mapping for systems of other vendors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – LED_SERVICE (technical service required) . . . . . . . . . – LED_CUSTOMER (transaction active) . . . . . . . . . . . Configure Remote Sensor Indicators (RSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – LED_CASH (cash cassette(s) has/have low or out status) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resend Power up message . . . . . . . . Print immediate processing options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADRS max retries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configurable cassette names on journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Miscellaneous Features (DDC only) . . . . . . . . Send missing (’@’) for fatal cassettes (DDC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only) . . . message on Cash present time-out (NDC only) . . . . . . . . . . . Dispense retries . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop dispensing after max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set cassettes currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash Dispenser fatal if reject bin not operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logical cassettes mapping for 6 cassettes ATM’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash retract through Presenter Dump ’Q’ (DDC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 June 2009 178 179 179 180 180 181 181 182 183 184 185 186 186 186 187 187 188 188 189 190 190 191 192 193 194 195 195 196 197 197 198 199 199 200 200 201 202 202 203 . . . . . . . . . Check cash dispenser shutter status after money taken . . . . . . Set initial number of notes for auto logon cassettes . . . . . . . . Currency Exponent correction . . . . . . . . . . Automatic cassettes logon . . . Time-out for CAS of cash dispenser . . . Set dispense algorithm (ATM’s only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Send sol. Set fatal after max. . . . . . . Default number of notes loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignore cash counters for removed cassettes . . Automatic cassettes logon in SOP session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . number of present errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options for PAN handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor SEL boot switch (Wincor only) . .Contents Use Close (J) state Timer 02 always . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set cassettes values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash low message not only once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allow dispense if cassettes counter < 0 (NDC only) . . Check CAS of deposit module during dispense . . . . . . Present failure screen and synchronous retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delay after Transaction Request processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time-out for CAS of deposit module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Security timer between dispense and presenting money . . . . . . . . Screen delay time for FID ’Z’ (DDC only) . . . Send cash low message only if whole denomination low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of logical cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Send unsol. . number of failed dispenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen display options during cash present . . . . Upper case Denomination ID for cassettes (DDC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time-out for CAS of receipt printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time-out for CAS of document printer . . . . . . . . Dispense retries after hardware error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CASH_DISPENSER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2009 203 204 204 205 205 205 206 206 206 207 208 208 208 209 209 210 211 211 212 213 213 214 214 215 215 216 216 216 217 217 218 218 219 220 220 221 221 222 222 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DEPOSIT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Number of maximum cash retract operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Obsolete WOSA XFS20 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set journal destination on paper . . . . . . . Set coin hopper values . . . . . . . Options to dispense envelopes . . – Number of maximum bills to be rejected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deposit print character mapping table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of coin hoppers reported to the host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low threshold for physical cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Remove Card" screen for left cards in DIP reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure barcode type formates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BARCODE] . . . . . . . . . . . Screen "Please wait for an envelope" . . . [OPERATOR_SCREENS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WOSA XFS30 Parameters (Wincor Nixdorf) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Card jam threshold . . . . . . . . Set coin hopper currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default track read definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . Disable printing on retracted envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen to be displayed during envelope dispense . [JOURNALPRINTER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printer header for Operator screens . Card insert/eject wake up time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CARD_READER] . . . . . . . . . Default chip data read on Smart Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allow to cancel deposit transaction . . . . Deposit entry splitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Number of minimum bills („money low“ limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Card manipulation threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents Maximum cash retracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prepare envelope dispense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Number of minimum bills („money low“ limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set coin dispense flags . Read tracks during insert or remove direction (SWIPE) . . . . . . . [COIN_DISPENSER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Number of maximum bills to be rejected . . . . . Maximum dispense time (watch dog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of coin hoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receipt printer CPI setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents Journal printer CPI setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure EJU or SAF maximum file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receipt footer line position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DOCUMENTPRINTER] . . . . . . . [RECEIPTPRINTER] . . . . . . . . . . . . Journal printer LPI setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keep original printer status if Spooler is configured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum journal files . . . . . . . . . . Force to send "Paper Out" message on paper out supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receipt printer character set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condensed Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure EJU or SAF shared mapping file . . . Receipt printer page footer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journal Spooler check timer for Spooler data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Print journal host data always prior function ID’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable R01 print data merging (NDC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 June 2009 222 222 223 223 224 224 225 225 226 226 227 227 228 228 229 229 230 230 230 231 231 231 232 233 233 233 233 234 234 235 235 236 236 237 237 238 238 239 240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable journal file writing error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assign codepage control sequence to NDC font type . . . . . . Assign codepage control sequence to NDC font type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum spool file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journal Spooler reset sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condensed Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journal Spooler threshold . . . . . . . . . . Receipt printer LPI setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum unprinted spool data size . . . . . . . . LED timer during receipt delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receipt printer page header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Force receipt delivery after each host reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended range of characters in file journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Send Spooler active or journal printer error message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hard disk free space low threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Force to send "Paper Out" message on paper out supply . . . . . . . . EJU journal NCR compatible mode . . . . . . . . . . . . Options during Rear Balancing print . . . . . . . . . . Enable and preconfigure ProViewAgent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Windows name for receipt printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Error description for ProView Server log window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VIEWER_FONT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Width . . . . . Printer Font parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Font Resolution tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of screen fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2009 240 240 240 241 241 241 242 242 243 243 244 244 246 246 247 247 248 249 249 250 250 250 250 252 252 253 255 256 257 258 258 259 260 260 261 261 261 262 262 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolution dependent WINNT Font installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Font type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Completion Objects . Cancel document processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User defined WINNT fonts . . . . . . Printer initialization macros or characters . . . Maximum documents to be collected before delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Width . . . . . . . . . . Printer character mapping table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display characters in proportional mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMV parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GDI Windows name for document printer . . Font name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolution dependent Bitmap/Icon installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document footer line position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Font height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen Font configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condensed Print . . . . . . . . Set Primary/Secondary Server and Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document printer page header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Font size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User defined Character set . . . . . . . . Condensed Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document printer LPI setting . . . . . . . .Contents Document printer CPI setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable Application Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal ID of ATM client . . . . . . . NDC font identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NDC double size . . Document printer page footer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document printer character set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameter update process via PARAC . . 262 263 263 264 264 265 265 266 267 267 267 268 268 269 269 271 271 272 273 274 275 276 286 295 296 297 298 298 299 300 300 301 301 301 302 303 304 305 16 June 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP . . . . . Cassette specific variable in DDC912 status: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Suppression . Vendor specific parameters . . . . . . . . . Terminal Country Code 9F1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameter Management . . . . . . . . . . . Configure multiple CDM Error Reasons for DDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of physical cassettes names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printer initialisation via macro tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Language support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use ’CCERRMAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .INA’ for 911 mode . . . . . . . . ProCash/NDC parameters . . . . Enable test dispense function . . . . . PCEDT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variables in MDS i series status: . . . . Devide remaining notes equally to physical cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .PARAC Parameter Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specific Step for dispense FID ’8’ in 911 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal Capabilities 9F33 . . . . Acquirer Identifier 9F01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents Contact Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set number of maximum rejected notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merchant Category Code 9F15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The PARAC run . . . . . Configure physical names of cassettes units . . . Configure DDC 911 protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup hardware configuration status fields for 911 mode . . . . Diebold 911 compatible HI and LO denomination mode . . . . . . . Dispenser configuration for HI and LO denomination bills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WOSA XFS30 automatic configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Class mapping of CSC-W32 and XFS classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vendor and AddOn depended configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error mapping of XFS30 (WOSA) error events . . . . . Variables in M-Data status field . . . . . . Additional Terminal Capabilities 9F40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal Type 9F35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ProCash/DDC parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set number of maximum retracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen display and exit for parallel FDK press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable GDI Windows print . . . . . GDI operation and configuration parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Update diskette creation . . . . . . . . . . Configure Dial Up communication . . . . Enable Triple DES operation . . – Protocol Type . – Serial interface line attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Installation . . . . . . – Protocol type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restart Manager section [START_APPLICATION] . . . . . . Timeout parameter . . . . . . – Modem initialisation command . . . . . . Switch to triple or single DES via SOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Protocol channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Serial interface port name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Modem Interface DLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 307 307 308 308 308 309 309 310 310 310 311 311 311 312 313 313 314 314 314 314 315 315 316 316 317 317 317 318 318 319 319 319 319 320 320 Software updates via SOP . . . . . 321 June 2009 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Triple DES activation manually on a running system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specific communication settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Serial Interface DLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repository section [STARTUP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dialog configuration parameters . . . . . Enable Secure Key Entry (SKE) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Triple DES enabled via ProInstall installation . . . . . . Repository configuration of CLTSTTFW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Route ID . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable card less transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Communication Yield DLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Terminal ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User defined Macros . . . . . . . . . – Load dial up frameworks . . . . . . . . . . . . .Contents Macro parameters for Journal and Receipt printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameter fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch back to Single DES operation . . . . . . . . . – COM channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . – Modem automatic dial up number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Tables . . . . Security Overlay Framework (Class 643C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transaction Framework (Class 6434) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Start application services . Miscellaneous tools . . . . . . . . 405 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash Dispenser Framework (class 643A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 325 327 329 Registry Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ProCash/NDC-DDC Configuration Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Font tools for journal and receipt printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Font and Logo tools for printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter . . .Contents Automatic update process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Start and Stop Application services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 357 358 364 364 370 378 379 382 387 Installation of communication SW . Font and Graphic utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Installation and Configuration Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simulation utilities . . . 323 Stop application services . . . . Logo print with ND9E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 18 June 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Figures . . . . . . . . . . 323 Application Error Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analyzing utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Font utilities for RJ03 series printers . . . . . . . . . . 407 Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . It gives instructions in which order each product has to be installed and which parameters you have to keep an eye on. Furthermore this manual provides function descriptions about customizable parameters and how to create a branch specific installation set.Introduction This manual provides a detailed description for service technicans how to install the neccessary software components needed to get ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC running. June 2009 19 . Introduction 20 June 2009 . What’s new ? What’s new ? This section lists a summery of documentation changes and extensions of the ProCash/NDC-DDC Installation Manual. Since August 2008 until June 2009: ● ● ● New section ”Monitor SEL boot switch (Wincor only)” on page 180 New section ”RKL message encoding” on page 152 New section ”Enable Secure Key Entry (SKE) mode” on page 307 Since May 2007 until August 2008: ● ● ● New section ”Default number of notes loaded” on page 187 New section ”ProBase/C Installation” on page 33 Extended section ”Configure anti skimming and mouthpiece sensors” on page 176 New section ”Maximum dispense time (watch dog)” on page 204 ● Since July 2006 until May 2007: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● New section ”Installation Disk Manager for SlimCash” on page 47 New section ”Run application as "Non Administrator" user” on page 48 New section ”Low threshold for physical cassettes” on page 204 New section ”Card manipulation threshold” on page 218 New section ”Card jam threshold” on page 219 New section ”Delay after Transaction Request processing” on page 179 New section ”Screen delay time for FID ’Z’ (DDC only)” on page 179 New section ”Options for PAN handling” on page 180 Since September 2005 until July 2006: ● ● Extended section ”Font and Graphic utilities” on page 358 New section ”Extended range of characters in file journal” on page 229 June 2009 21 . What’s new ? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● New section ”EJU journal NCR compatible mode” on page 229 New section ”Screen display options during cash present” on page 200 New section ”Error mapping of XFS30 (WOSA) error events” on page 300 New section ”PROEINFO installation log folder” on page 49 New section ”Configure Remote Status Monitor (RSM)” on page 167 New section ”[COIN_DISPENSER]” on page 208 New section ”[BARCODE]” on page 220 Extended section ”Miscellaneous tools” on page 382 New section ”Configure Dial Up communication” on page 314 Since October 2004 until September 2005: ● ● ● ● Extended section ”Parameter Management” on page 271 New section ”EMV parameters” on page 262 New section ”Currency Exponent correction” on page 203 New section ”Enable card less transactions” on page 311 Since March 2004 until October 2004: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Extended section ”Automatic cassettes logon” on page 188 New section ”Deposit entry splitting” on page 215 New section ”Prepare envelope dispense” on page 215 Changed section ”Parameter Management” on page 271 New section ”Use Close (J) state Timer 02 always” on page 178 New section ”Vendor specific parameters” on page 267 New section ”Display receipt delivered screen in close state” on page 178 Extended section ”Font utilities for RJ03 series printers” on page 379 New section “Go offline after host reply timeout” on page 152 New section “The Installation Disk Manager” on page 45 Changed section “Creation of Installation diskettes” on page 43 22 June 2009 . What’s new ? ● ● ● ● New section ”Configure EJU or SAF shared mapping file” on page 228 New section ”Configure EJU or SAF maximum file size” on page 228 New section ”Print immediate processing options” on page 175 New section ”Configure anti skimming and mouthpiece sensors” on page 176 New section ”Enable journal file writing error messages” on page 227 New section ”Force displaying "Card captured" screen in close state” on page 175 New section ”Present failure screen and synchronous retract” on page 200 Extended section ”ADRS options” on page 173 Changed section ”ADRS max retries” on page 174 ● ● ● ● ● Since November 2003 until March 2004: ● ● ● ● New section ”Configure MacroMedia Flash Animations” on page 123 New section ”Font utilities for RJ03 series printers” on page 379 New section ”Configure number of PIN digits” on page 133 New section ”Deposit print character mapping table” on page 214 Since March 2003 until November 2003: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● New section ”Store downloaded COM key” on page 174 New section ”Enable R01 print data merging (NDC only)” on page 237 New section ”Screen "Please wait for an envelope"” on page 213 New section ”ESC substitution character” on page 128 New section ”Options during Rear Balancing print” on page 239 Changed section ”Options to dispense envelopes” on page 211 Changed section ”Screen to be displayed during envelope dispense” on page 212 New section ”Receipt printer page footer” on page 235 New section ”Receipt footer line position” on page 236 ● ● June 2009 23 . What’s new ? ● ● ● ● ● New section ”Document printer page footer” on page 242 New section ”Document footer line position” on page 242 New section ”Hard disk free space low threshold” on page 227 New section ”Configure multiple CDM Error Reasons for DDC” on page 296 New section ”Check cash dispenser shutter status after money taken” on page 199 New section ”Specific supervisor mode screen” on page 133 New section ”Print journal host data always prior function ID’s” on page 226 New section ”ADRS options” on page 173 New section ”ADRS max retries” on page 174 New section ”Upper case Denomination ID for cassettes (DDC only)” on page 199 New section ”Assign codepage control sequence to NDC font type” on page 226 and 237. Changed section ”Number of maximum bills to be rejected” on page 206 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 24 June 2009 . EXE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● June 2009 25 . New section ”Zero filled General Purpose Buffer B and C” on page 170 New section ”Enable Triple DES operation” on page 308 Description of section ”Font and Logo tools for printers” on page 370 extended for TH30 and TH21/TH22.What’s new ? Since April 2002 until March 2003: ● ● ● ● ● Changed section ”[TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG]” on page 143 New section ”Maximum unprinted spool data size” on page 232 New section ”Maximum spool file size” on page 231 New section “Printer initialization macros or characters” on page 247 New section “Configurable text for reject/retract counter on journal” on page 172 New section “Configurable cassette names on journal” on page 171 New section ”Enable GDI Windows print” on page 310 New section ”GDI Windows name for document printer” on page 249 New section ”GDI Windows name for receipt printer” on page 249 New section ”Security timer between dispense and presenting money” on page 197 New section ”Default chip data read on Smart Cards” on page 216 New section ”Logical cassettes mapping for 6 cassettes ATM’s” on page 198 New section ”Configurable substitution character on display” on page 132 Extended section ”Options to dispense envelopes” on page 211 New section ”Disable printing on retracted envelopes” on page 214 New section ”Force to send "Paper Out" message on paper out supply” on page 225 and 238. Extended section ”Miscellaneous tools” on page 382. Extensions for SetHwPPF.EXE and CpyNtFnt. What’s new ? Since October 2001 until April 2002: ● ● Changed section “Creation of Installation diskettes” on page 43 New section “Send missing (’@’) for fatal cassettes (DDC only)” on page 196 Changed section “Automatic System shut down & restart” on page 74 New section “CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only)” on page 181 New section “Configure Customer Relays 1 . New tool PRINTRAW.4” on page 160 New section “Configure Remote Sensor Indicators (RSI)” on page 164 New section “Offline Reboot timer” on page 169 New section “Cash retract through Presenter Dump ’Q’ (DDC only)” on page 195 Enhanced section “Miscellaneous tools” on page 382.EXE New section “Keep original printer status if Spooler is configured” on page 225 New section “Configure default Audio path for NDC” on page 131 New section “Configure default Audio path for DDC” on page 132 New section “Logo print with ND9E” on page 378 New section “Enable double length keys for triple DES” on page 170 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 26 June 2009 . number of present errors” on page 193 Since September until December 2000: ● ● ● ● ● ● New section “Creation of Installation diskettes” on page 43 New section “System Restart settings of the Restart Manager” on page 74 New section “Rear Balancing host timeout” on page 160 Changed section “Force Supervisor Mode when door open” on page 155 Changed section “Product short description” on page 30 Changed section “Cash Dispenser framework” on page 63 June 2009 27 . New tool PRT-RAW. message on Cash present time-out (NDC only)” on page 195 section ”Miscellaneous tools” on page 382 enhanced.What’s new ? Since March 2001 until October 2001: ● ● ● Enhanced section ”Printer Font parameters” on page 244 New section “Graphic and Video file extension mapping” on page 129 New section “Touch zone support in PIN entry dialogs (EPP only)” on page 130 section “Assign "Confirm" FDK in PIN entry dialogs (EDM only)” on page 131 New section ”Send sol.EXE ● ● ● Since December 2000 until March 2001: ● ● ● ● New section “Local port address configuration” on page 100 New section “Printer initialisation via macro tables” on page 305 New section “TCP/IP parameters used by Windows” on page 103 New section “Stop dispensing after max. What’s new ? 28 June 2009 . The following figure shows the software products which are neccessary to build up the whole ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC application.0/10 NDC/DDC ProCash/NDC ProCash/DDC ProTopas Manager AddOn Products ProView (Agent) CD CD P R O I N S T A L L P R O I N S T A L L CD June 2009 29 . Figure 1: Product Overview CD WINDOWS XP Communication Packets EICON Software SNA Workstation CD CD CD ProBase/C 1.1/00 CD Device Drivers Firmware CSC-W32 ProDevice (XFS) 2.Software Product Overview Software Product Overview ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC itself needs a couple of external software components which are assembled during the installation. Product short description Software Product Overview Product short description The following two tables give a short description about the software components shown in Figure 1: Product Overview. Since introduction of release 2. Table 1: External Products NAME Windows XP SNA Workstation VERSION DESCRIPTION SP2 MS Windows XP MEDIAS CD SNA Workstation needs to be CD installed if the ATM has to communicate via SNA-SDLC or SNA-QLLC with the host. The CSC-W32 operating system.0/00. Table “External Products” describes external products delivered on separate CD’s. Table “Core products and AddOns on "ProInstall CD"” describes the company’s application products available on the ProInstall CD. Service and Operating functions for CSC applications on Windows NT. Security Paket CD --- PSA Java Runtime --1.1/80 CSC Operating System communicates directly with the firmware of the hardware devices. Table 2: Components on "ProBase/C CD" NAME CSC-W32 VERSION DESCRIPTION 2. MEDIAS CD ProDevice (WOSA) XFS 3. ProDevice (XFS) and Firmware are delivered separately as own installation CD that has to be ordered as product ProBase/C.0 Firmware --- This component contains the CD WOSA services used by ProTopas.6 V11 CD CD 30 June 2009 .0 or 2. Table “Components on "ProBase/C CD"” describes the company’s proprietary product components up to XFS available on the ProBase/C CD. 2/24 PARAC is a parameter customis.CD ation utility which provides the Windows registry with parameters of the products.0/10 Contains the specific frameworks CD and neccessary accessoires which completes the ProCash/NDC-DDC products. ProView Agent CD ProView Agent 4.2/06 --- June 2009 31 . All defined parameters of each product are merged together and will be set into the registry in a predefined sequence.CD works and core components required for the application The AddOn Products are optional CD components (exp. Contains ProTopas device frame.0/10 MEDIAS ProCash/DDC ProTopas/SOP-DDC 2.0/10 PARAC NT 3. ProChip/EMV) that can be installed with additional Registration Keys ProTopas Manager AddOn Products 4.Software Product Overview Table 3: Core products and AddOns on "ProInstall CD" Product short description NAME ProCash/NDC ProTopas/SOP-NDC VERSION DESCRIPTION 2. Product short description Software Product Overview 32 June 2009 . For the ProBase/C installation you need the Hardware Configuration Disk (HW_CONF. ProDevice (XFS) and drivers are separated in a new Product CD named ProBase/C. Firmware. Please do not change the destination folder in the input selection dialog of ProBase. The installation window automatically appear if you insert the ProBase/C or if you call AUTORUN.0/00 the installation concept has been redesigned.BAT from the CD root folder. Additional Windows device drivers have to be installed from the Driver Utility CD that is delivered together with the hardware system.ProBase/C Installation Product short description ProBase/C Installation Since ProCash/NDC . Refer to figure “ProBase/C Installation medias” on page 34 June 2009 33 .ProCash/DDC 2. the CSC-W32 Operating System. ProBase/C and application layer on a clean formatted harddisk. you have to use ProSetup for the installation.INI) and minimum one Customizing Disk where customizing file PROBASE. T-SOP.1/00 is a non bootable medium and requires a ready installed Windows XP on the hard disk. As it is shown in table “Product Overview” on page 29. ProBase/C CD 1. ProBase/C needs to be installed on Wincor hardware systems only. ProBase/C should be installed in folder C:\ProBase only. If you want to install Windows XP.CUS has to be included. Installation on existing Windows XP: ProBase/C can also be installed on an existing Windows XP operating system. Product short description ProBase/C Installation Figure 2: ProBase/C Installation medias CD ProBase/C CD 1.1/00 User manual for detailed descriptions how to install and customize the ProBase/C product. Customization Disk Please refer to ProBase Installation 1. Detailed descriptions about ProSetup configuration are described in ProSetup XP for ProClassic Operator’s Guide. 34 June 2009 . Hardware Disk 2. The hardware configuration file HW_CONF. printers.INI“ with the utility HW_CREATE on the original ProInstall CD. Refer to section ”Creation of Installation diskettes” on page 43 for detailed description. The Customizing Disk will be automatically prepared via the "Installation Disk Manager". June 2009 35 .CUS The Customization Disk for ProBase/C contains the configuration file PROBASE. COM) and that has to be configured in the Windows registry for the present devices. USB. card reader and additional devices that differ from the standard configuration.CUS and PROSETUP.INI“ contains device specific settings like specific hardware components.PAR are configuration files used by ProSetup. With each new ordered hardware system the specific Hardware Configuration Disk will be delivered automatically from the factory. With HW_CREATE you can select the requested hardware system.ProBase/C Installation Hardware Configuration Disk Hardware Configuration Disk The Hardware Disk contains the hardware configuration for the self service system that you need to set up. Customization Disk for ProBase/C PROBASE. Service technicans have the possibility to create their own „HW_CONF. driver settings.24.PAR The files PROSETUP. PROSETUP.CUS. type of device communication (V.CUS and PROSETUP. Customization Disk for ProBase/C ProBase/C Installation 36 June 2009 . CD 1. Figure 3: ProInstall Installation medias CD ProInstall 2. The next figure clearifies the combination of CD. The core product and AddOn products can be installed only with a valid security key (REG_KEY. Different hardware systems and their customer specific variations presuppose specific configuration settings.ProInstall Installation Customization Disk for ProBase/C ProInstall Installation The ProInstall CD contains the application product components that will be installed above ProBase/C on Wincor hardware systems. This registration mechanism allows the installation of licensed software only. Each customer has the possibility to create a customized configuration for different branches. Registration Key Disks Customization Disk 3. customization and update. Furthermore the product contents of the CD can be overloaded via an update configuration.INI). Please refer to ProInstall Manual for Windows to get detailed information about the installation concept and configuration possibilities. registration. Update Disks June 2009 37 . INI" on the ProInstall CD in subfolder "INSTALL\PRODUCTS" separated for each product and release version.INI". . E-mail can be sent to following address: SoftwareSupport-BD.Registration Key Disk ProInstall Installation Registration Key Disk The Registration Key diskette consists of one file named „REG_KEY. This file contains all registered products and release versions which are automatically set with every new order of ProCash/DDC or ProCash/NDC. The Registration Key Disk is delivered from the factory and it is strictly prohibited to change it contents. ProDevice. ProInstall verifies the contents of the file „REG_KEY. 38 June 2009 . Firmware. etc. You will find the file "PRODUCT. This file is key generated as the REG_KEY. ProInstall cannot install the products any more.EMEA@wincor-nixdorf. Even if anybody modifies this file after the key generation from factory side.INI“ compares it with the contents of the CD and installs those products only that are defined in this file.INI“ will be created with a generated random security key.. All sub products like CSCW32. Please contact the Wincor Nixdorf support center if anybody else has tried to change this file or if the disk is corrupted...com The registration key file "REG_KEY.INI“. The file „REG_KEY. ProTopas.INI file on the registration key diskette.INI" on the registration key diskette contains the product name and major version of the main product you have ordered. are defined in the component file "PRODUCT. If you like to install ProTect/One you have to order the ProTect/One Registration Key disk. ProTect/One will be installed automatically. This product will be installed together with the installation procedure of basic product ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC. Within ProTect/One you can create multiple users with different access rights to the Windows file system. June 2009 39 . You will find the manual in sub folder \DOC\ProTect_One on the ProInstall CD.ProInstall Installation Installation of ProTect/One Product Updates via ProInstall Please refer to ProInstall Manual for Windows to get detailed information how to update application software. After successful installation following dialog window appears during the Windows logon procedure: Please refer to the Protect/One V1.3 Product Manual for detailed descriptions about how to create multiple users and to set access rights for each user. If you insert the Registration Key disk together with the Registration Key disk of the basic product at the beginning of the ProInstall installation. Installation of ProTect/One ProTect/One is used to secure the Windows logon procedure. Vendor specific parameters: specific parameters for Wincor systems specific parameters for NCR systems specific parameters for Diebold systems specific parameters for DeLaRue systems The vendor specific files are automatically copied from the vendor specific sub folder to the root folder of the Customizing Disk.Customizing Disk for ProInstall ProInstall Installation Customizing Disk for ProInstall The Customization Disk is used to perform customer specific installations. The Customizing Disk will be automatically prepared via the "Installation Disk Manager". 40 June 2009 .dlr Description Customer specific bitmap which is displayed when the part ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC is installed during the ProInstall run.bmp \ VENDORS\ WN\XFS20\custom.dib DIEBOLD\XFS30\ custom.dib or DELARUE\XFS20\ custom.dlr DELARUE\XFS30\ custom.wn or NCR\XFS20\custom. Refer to section ”Creation of Installation diskettes” on page 43 for detailed description. With this disk the operator can specify the products and update versions and what parameter settings should be installed.ncr NCR\XFS30\custom. The following table shows the structure of the Customizing disk: Table 4: Structure of the customizing disk File Structure \ BMP\prondc.ncr or DIEBOLD\XFS20\ custom.bmp or \ BMP\proddc.wn WN\XFS30\custom. fet custom.p36 custom.chq custom.rxe custom.contains sections of product names.cus \ dialog.ProInstall Installation Customizing Disk for ProInstall File Structure \ ADDON.coo custom.emv custom.flx \ custom.contains basic parameters that are set during the PARAC run. dialog control file . Please refer to the ProInstall reference manual for detailed descriptions how to create customizing disks.PPF\ custom. This file is automatically copied from the vendor specific sub folder from the ProInstall CD to the root folder of the Customizing Disk. All parameters defined in this file must be known by PARAC.contains the dialog definition of the installation dialog for the purpose of presetting parameters during the Proinstall run.web custom.fwe custom.ctl Description Specific parameters for AddOn products: ProChip/EMV ProCashIn/Online with CCDM ProCashIn/Online with CRS Recycling Module 2 (PC4000) ProChequeIn CashIn/Signature Web-Extensions Specific for CRSxe ProRKL FOnet (obsolete) FOnet WEB enabled configuration CoinIn CoinOut Specific for SlimCash Parameter settings for ProTopas/Flow-Extensions customer parac parameter file .ppf. This file is automatically copied from the vendor specific sub folder from the ProInstall CD to the root folder of the Customizing Disk. versions and definitions for update diskettes.ccd custom.ppf \ jinstall. The „PCEDT“ (PARAC PARAMETER EDITOR) utility should be used to modify the file custom.crs custom. customizing control file . June 2009 41 .coi custom.snd custom.rkl custom.rm2 custom. . This file contains basic configuration settings and some reuired batch files. On the ProInstall CD one UPDATE.ZIP file is stored in the subfolder . You can copy the file to a diskette which represents the Update Disk that has to be inserted during the ProInstall installation. Furthermore all customer specific files needed at runtime can be copied onto the update disks. 42 June 2009 . This saves floppy disk space.\UPD_DSK\POST. ZIP files (PKZIP). Be sure that you have created unique ZIP file names on the diskettes. During installation you will be asked if you have multiple update diskettes. It is recommended that the files to be updated are compressed in *. That can be new bitmaps or special font files.Update Disk(s) ProInstall Installation Update Disk(s) The Update disk(s) is(are) used to update all neccessary software modules which are not on your actual ProInstall CD. Multi Vendor Installation capability ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC 2.ProInstall Installation Creation of Installation diskettes Creation of Installation diskettes Customizing Disk and Update Disk have to be created via the "Installation Disk Manager".10 for ProCash/NDC and \PRODDC\R20.10 for ProCash/DDC and copies them to the Customizing Disk and Update Disk on the floppy drive. The "Installation Disk Manager" garantees that all neccessary files are stored on the right place on the floppy diskettes. The Installation of ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC is supported on following hardware vendors: ● ● ● ● Wincor Nixdorf NCR Diebold DeLaRue June 2009 43 . The "Installation Disk Manager" automatically assembles all required files from the product subfolder \PRONDC\R20.0/10 can also be installed on other hardware vendors than Wincor Nixdorf. 10\CUS_DSK The relevant files for the Update Disk are stored in subfolder \INSTALL\PRONDC\R20.10\UPD_DSK or \INSTALL\PRODDC\R20.10\UPD_DSK 44 June 2009 .10\CUS_DSK or \INSTALL\PRODDC\R20.Creation of Installation diskettes ProInstall Installation Installation subfolders of custom/update files The relevant files for the Customizing Disk are stored in subfolder \INSTALL\PRONDC\R20. Within the main dialog window you have to select one of the requested hardware vendor (Wincor Nixdorf.and update disk folders. For the ProCash/DDC installation you have to start the executable program "DSKMANAG..ProInstall Installation Creation of Installation diskettes The Installation Disk Manager The Installation Disk Manager (dskmanag. Diebold).10.EXE" from folder \INSTALL\PRODDC\R20. If you have specified a subfolder. the subfolders "CUSTOM" and "UPDATE" are appended automatically for the custom. If no diskettes are available you can use the "Browse" button (see description on the next page) to specify a hard disk or network directory where the contents of the custom.exe) is used to create the installation diskettes "Customizing Disk" and "Update Disk" for the installation with ProInstall. June 2009 45 .10 Vendor selection The Installation Disk Manager has to be called directly from the ProInstall CD.and update disk are created.. Program was called from folder INSTALL\PRONDC\R20. NCR. See further steps on the next page . For ProCash/NDC you have to start it from \INSTALL\PRONDC\R20. where you want to install the software.10. Installation Disk Manager dialog: Main dialog display after program start: F1 short help infos product depended dynamic text. If you have selected a floppy drive destination (A:) and you press the "OK" button after the vendor selection. After the first copy process was completed. If you have inserted the diskette correctly. you get the advice to insert the UPDATE DISK. you will be advised to get two empty formatted 1.44 MB floppy diskettes. These folders can be used during installation when ProInstall is requesting the CUSTOM disk and UPDATE disk. you get an additional CUSTOM DISK that has to be used for the ProBase/C installation. If the copy process for the UPDATE DISK was completed. NOTE: If you have selected "Wincor Nixdorf System".Creation of Installation diskettes The "Browse" button: ProInstall Installation After pressing the "Browse" button the following dialog appears where you can specify a harddisk or network directory where the custom und update files will be copied. 46 June 2009 . In the first step you will be advised to insert first the CUSTOM DISK. the required files for the CUSTOM DISK will be copied from the ProInstall CD onto the floppy disk. you are ready for the product installation with ProInstall. June 2009 47 . you need to call the Installation Disk Manager named "dsk_slim. The Installation Disk Manager for SlimCash can be identified via following dialog window: The Installation Disk Manager (dsk_slim.exe" to create the installation diskettes "Customizing Disk" and "Update Disk". Please see also section ”The Installation Disk Manager” on page 45 for details how to use the Installation Disk Manager. which can be used on SlimCash hardware only.10 or \INSTALL\PRODDC\20.10.ProInstall Installation Creation of Installation diskettes Installation Disk Manager for SlimCash If you have ordered the special product SlimCash/NDC or SlimCash/DDC.exe) can be found on the ProInstall installation CD in sub folder \INSTALL\PRONDC\R20. ProCash/DDC on a specific Windows XP user und group that has restricted file and registry access. By default ProInstall creates a new group WN_GROUP (if the group does not exist already ).Nixdorf. The configuration of the application user is configurable in customizing file JINSTALL. and a new user "ProClassic".CUS. The default password for user "ProClassic" is "Wincor.Run application as "Non Administrator" user ProInstall Installation Run application as "Non Administrator" user ProInstall automatically installs ProCash/NDC .1" Please refer to manual ProInstall Manual for Windows section "Operation without administrative rights (PRC section)" to get detailed information about relevant parameters for non administrator installations. 48 June 2009 . Please refer to the installation description for details on how to install Windows XP.) before you start the ProInstall installation. Install from ProBase/C CD via call AUTORUN. See brief description of Step 1 to Step 3.Communication Installation Depending on the requested communication type you have to install the physical drivers of the communication board and the protocol specific drivers. but do NOT boot from CD. Hardware systems of other vendors If you want to install the application on hardware of other vendors (NCR. you have to use the installation CD provided by Wincor Nixdorf. It is highly recommended to install the latest Microsoft security patches after the Windows installation.Installation Steps Step 1 . Install from ProInstall CD. Step 2 . it is mandatory to install first the vendor specific software (exp.Windows Installation Windows XP + Service Pack 2 If you like to install Microsoft Windows XP Professional on an Embedded PC. Aptra.Windows Installation Installation Steps Wincor Nixdorf hardware systems On Wincor hardware systems the ProInstall installation can be performed as follows: Install Windows XP and additional drivers manually. Agilis. Please refer to the online help on the CD’s and additional handouts for detailed descriptions of the installation and configuration settings. Step 1 . NOTE: Wincor Nixdorf has released Windows XP on Embedded PC3 and PC4 or newer models only.BAT. etc. Wincor Nixdorf uses communication boards from EICON. DIEBOLD. For all communication types you need to install: June 2009 49 . DELARUE). On the bottom a SETUP button will appear. The installation will be started if you enter SETUP.Step 3 .0 (CD media) For X. you have to call: AUTORUN.ProInstall Installation ● Installation Steps WAN Services for Windows (V4R2S1) (CD media) (This CD installs the physical drivers for the EICON board) If SNA-SDLC (SNA_LU0) or SNA-QLLC is requested you need in addition: ● SNA Workstation 3. 1. 50 June 2009 .25 Native and TCP/IP all drivers are included on the ProInstall CD. Please select one of the requested product.BAT 2.ProInstall Installation With the ProInstall CD you will install all neccessary self service products which are defined on the Customization Disk and Registration Disk. After you have inserted the CD into the CDROM drive. Step 3 . ProInstall Installation 3. June 2009 51 . After product selection the next ProInstall Dialog asks for the Customizing Disk or Customizing folder: Note: The predefined folder C:\JINSTALL can be changed through the drive and/or folder where your customizing files can be located.Installation Steps Step 3 . Step 3 .ProInstall Installation Installation Steps 4. 52 June 2009 . the following dialog asks for the Registration Key Disk(s): Note: The predefined folder C:\JINSTALL can be changed through the drive and/or folder where your customizing files can be located. When ProInstall has finished reading the Customizing Disk or Customizing folder. As minimum you have to insert the Update Disk that has been created by the Disk Manager: June 2009 53 . Make shure that the ZIP file is stored under sub folder POST of the slected Update folder. You can have multiple Update Disks that you can insert sequentely after each Update Disk that has been processed. This dialog instructs you to insert the Update Disk(s). Alternatively you can select a subfolder on the harddisk or another medium where the ZIP compressed data can be located. You will be asked after insertion of each Update Disk if you want to process more Update Disks.Installation Steps Step 3 .ProInstall Installation 5. ProInstall Installation Installation Steps 6. This Dialog can be used to set specific device configurations or options for the line communication during the installation phase. 54 June 2009 . you can ignore this dialog where you can enable "Configuration is already prepared": If you select the item “Configuration is already prepared” or after you have finished specific configurations and you select “All settings done” ("Configuration is already prepared" will be replaced).PPF. This step table can be tested separately with PCDialog. Please read the notes in the background around the dialog window of the screen. Refer to the ProInstall user manual for detailed descriptions how to create your own installation dialog. the ProInstall installation is processing the next dialog window.CTL located in the customisation disk.Step 3 . After ProInstall has successfully finished the Installation you will see the installation finished screen. This Parameter Configuration Dialog is build via a step table stored in file DIALOG. If you already have set all required values in CUSTOM. error situations are stored in PROEINFO. it is useful to provide the international support with all files from subfolder C:\PROEINFO in addition to SUPPORT.LOG.ZIP. For detailed information about PROEINFO. June 2009 55 .Installation Steps PROEINFO installation log folder PROEINFO installation log folder During the ProInstall installation process all installation steps are stored in log file PROEINFO.ERR located in subfolder C:\PROEINFO. If the ProInstall installation fails. please refer to document ProInstall Manual for Windows. PROEINFO installation log folder Installation Steps 56 June 2009 . Refer to Abschnitt ”Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF”” on page 59 for detailed parameter descriptions. This chapter describes the main and sub submenus which can be selected during the installation with ProInstall. Dialog main and sub menus The main menu has the following menu items: ● Communication SNA X.25 TCPIP Back to Main Menu ● ● Screen display Printers Journal Printer Electronic Journal settings Receipt Printer Document printer ● ● ● ● ● Cash Dispenser Deposit module ProView Agent Encryption Security Configuration already prepared (All settings done) June 2009 57 .Parameter Configuration Dialog Dialog main and sub menus Parameter Configuration Dialog As shortly described in the previous section you can set specific parameter values in the Parameter Configuration Dialog during the ProInstall installation. Dialog main and sub menus Parameter Configuration Dialog 58 June 2009 . PPF can be modified with the Parameter Configuration Editor PCEDT.PPF file that finally can be found in folder "C:\INSTALL\CUSTOM" on the harddisk after installation. Parameters in "CUSTOM. the major CUSTOM. The parameters of the configuration files. Vendor specific parameters will be found in the vendor sub folder.PPF” Parameters in “CUSTOM. On the customizing disk.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF.PPF” This chapter describes parameters which are customizable in the Parac Parameter File (PPF) “CUSTOM.PPF".PPF. Parameters that are used by the ADDON products are found in sub folder "ADDON.EXE. Configuration files in these sub folders do NOT have the file extension *. are added and merged together to one single CUSTOM. which have another extension than *. All parameters which are not described in this section but exist in "CUSTOM. specifically devided between WOSA XFS30 and XFS20 parameters under the "VENDORS" folder. June 2009 59 .PPF”.PPF file is located in the root of the diskette.PPF" should not be modified or removed. ..Parameter.WosaCtrl.ApplStart” 60 June 2009 .[START_APPLICATION] Parameters in “CUSTOM.ApplStart” Enable ProView Agent: “ProViewAgent.ProSop.Parameter.CCBase.ProSop. Each parameter value comma separated is a separate parameter which contains a programm with execution parameters...ApplPM.....WosaCtrl.PPF: Valid range: [START_APPLICATION] Parameter.PPF” [START_APPLICATION] This section describes the parameters which are used to specify the programs and framework list which are called by the restart manager of Protopas. Value description: Each Parameter contains a program with execution parameters which are loaded in the specified order from left to right.. Default value: “CCBase. Parameter name: PROGRAMLIST Section in *.ApplPM... Program list called by the Restart Manager This parameter specifies the programs and in which order they are loaded. and Restart Manager. .SNA Server with EICON Card. Communication framework This parameter specifies which communication framework should be started. . Operator panel framework This parameter specifies the location of the operator panel framework which has to be started.PPF” [STARTUP] [STARTUP] This section describes the parameters which are used to specify the frameworks path definition for the Repository Manager of Protopas.dll ComTcpIP. Parameter name: COM_FRAME Section in *. See Protopas Programmers Reference manual for detailed descriptions about Repository.dll” [1] The default setting is the host simulator framework Protopas provides following communication frameworks: ● ● ● ComSnaSr.25 Native with Eicon card.dll ComX25Ei.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: [1] “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcSimCom.dll .PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCOpl20.Parameters in “CUSTOM.X.DLL” June 2009 61 .TCP/IP via Ethernet card. Parameter name: OPL_FRAME Section in *. PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: "C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCSmi30.[STARTUP] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: EPP_FRAME Section in *. Parameter name: SMI_FRAME Section in *.PPF” EPP framework This parameter specifies the location of the EPP framework which has to be started.DLL“ 62 June 2009 . Refer to Abschnitt ”Enable Triple DES operation” on page 308 for detailed description about Triple DES activation.DLL” System Management Information Service framework This parameter specifies the location of the System Management Information Service framework which has to be started.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCEpp20. The EPP framework is the direct interface to the encryption services of WOSA for the EPP or EDM. PPF” [STARTUP] Special Electronics framework This parameter specifies the location of the Special Electronics framework which has to be started. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcCdmFw.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCSel20. Parameter name: SEL_FRAME Section in *.DLL. Parameter name: CDM_FRAME Section in *. Since release 1.DLL” Cash Dispenser framework This parameter specifies the location of the Cash Dispenser framework which has to be started.DLL. Therefore is needed the basic framework CCCdm20 L.DLL” June 2009 63 .PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCCdm20L .1/00 the logical WOSA cash dispenser service is in use. Parameter name: CARD_FRAME Section in *. Parameter name: COINOUT_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCCard20.[STARTUP] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCCoinOutFW” Card Reader framework This parameter specifies the location of the Card Reader framework which has to be started.PPF” Coin Dispenser framework This parameter specifies the location of the Coin Dispenser framework that has to be started.DLL” 64 June 2009 . Parameter name: SERVICE_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCJOURNA. Parameter name: JOURNAL_FRAME Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [STARTUP] Journal framework This parameter specifies the location of the Journal framework which has to be started.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcServic.DLL” Service Handler framework This parameter specifies the location of the Service Handler framework which has to be started.DLL” June 2009 65 . DLL” 66 June 2009 .DLL” Data framework This parameter specifies the location of the Data framework which has to be started. Parameter name: APPLICATION_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCDATAFW. Parameter name: APPL_DATA_FRAME Section in *. Parameter name: DLG_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value (NDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ndcDiaFw.DLL” Default value (DDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ddcDiaFw.PPF” Dialog framework This parameter specifies the location of the Dialog framework which has to be started.[STARTUP] Parameters in “CUSTOM.DLL” Application framework This parameter specifies the location of the Application framework which has to be started.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcApplFw. Parameter name: CONVERTER_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCNtPres.DLL” Converter framework This parameter specifies the location of the Converter framework which has to be started.DLL” Presentation framework This parameter specifies the location of the Presentation framework which has to be started.PPF” [STARTUP] Variable framework This parameter specifies the location of the Variable framework which has to be started.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCVarFw.DLL” June 2009 67 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: VARIABLE_FRAME Section in *. Parameter name: PRESS_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcConvFw. [STARTUP] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcMsgCFw.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCProtFw. Parameter name: PROT1_FRAME Section in *.DLL” 68 June 2009 . Parameter name: MSGCTRL1_FRAME Section in *.PPF” Protocol framework This parameter specifies the location of the Protocol framework which has to be started.DLL” Message Control framework This parameter specifies the location of the Message Control framework which has to be started. DLL” Default value (DDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCFms20.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: JRNPRT_FRAME Section in *. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ddcPrtFw. Parameter name: RECPRT_FRAME Section in *. See example entry for NDC in the following lines: C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCFms20.DLL.DLL.DLL.DLL.C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCJSpool. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ndcPrtFw.DLL.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value (NDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCFms20. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ndcPrtFw.DLL” Journal Printer framework This parameter specifies the location of the Journal Printer frameworks which have to be started. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ndcPrtFw.DLL” Journal Spooler activation: To enable the Journal Spooler you have to insert the overlay framework between the Protopas basic framework and the NDC or DDC specific printer framework.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value (NDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCFms20.DLL” Default value (DDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCFms20. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ddcPrtFw.PPF” [STARTUP] Receipt Printer framework This parameter specifies the location of the Receipt Printer framework which has to be started.DLL.DLL” June 2009 69 . [STARTUP] Parameters in “CUSTOM. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ddcPrtFw. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ndcPrtFw.DLL” Synchronisation framework This parameter specifies the location of the Synchronisation framework which has to be started.DLL.DLL.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value (NDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCFms20.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCSync20.DLL” 70 June 2009 .PPF” Document Printer framework This parameter specifies the location of the Document Printer framework which has to be started. Parameter name: DOCPRT_FRAME Section in *.DLL” Default value (DDC):“C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCFms20. Parameter name: SYNC_FRAME Section in *. PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcDevSta.DLL” Deposit framework This parameter specifies the location of the Deposit framework which has to be started. Parameter name: DEVSTA_FRAME Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: USEREXIT_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcSueFW.PPF” [STARTUP] User Exit framework This parameter specifies the location of the User Exit framework which has to be started.DLL” Device Status framework This parameter specifies the location of the Device Status framework which has to be started.DLL” June 2009 71 .PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCDepo20. Parameter name: DEPOSIT_FRAME Section in *. PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCScript.DLL” Utility framework This parameter specifies the location of the ProTopas Utility framework which has to be started. Parameter name: SCRIPT_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcSttFW. Parameter name: TRANSACT_FRAME Section in *.[STARTUP] Parameters in “CUSTOM.DLL” 72 June 2009 .PPF” Transaction framework This parameter specifies the location of the Transaction framework which has to be started. Parameter name: UTILFW_FRAME Section in *.DLL” Script framework This parameter specifies the location of the Script framework which has to be started.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCUtilFW. DLL.DLL” ProCash/XDC-SOP dialog framework This parameter specifies the location of the SOP dialog framework for ProTopas/SOP-NDC or ProTopas/SOP-DDC.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “CCSopDiaJFW@C:\Protopas\java\lib\ JVMPROPERTIES.DLL" June 2009 73 .TXT.PPF” [STARTUP] Security framework This parameter specifies the location of the Security framework which has to be started. Parameter name: CCSOP_DIALOG Section in *.DLL Barcode Reader framework This parameter specifies the location of the Barcode Reader framework which has to be started.C:\ProTopas\bin\ccsopdia. Parameter name: SECURE_FRAME Section in *. C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\dcSecure. Parameter name: BARCODE_FRAME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCSecure.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\CCBcr30. System Restart settings of the Restart ManagerParameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: SHUTDOWN_ACTIVE Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [DEFAULT] 0-99 Value description: specifies the number of reboots the Restart Manager is allowed to perform Default value: “3" 74 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [DEFAULT] 0-1 Value description: disables or enables an automatic system restart Default value: “1" .automatic system restart option enabled Maximum system reboots This parameter specifies how many reboots the Restart Manager performs if the application has run in a trapp situation. the application is just stopped (killed) and no automatic reboot takes place. If the terminal is connected to a ProView server this parameter needs to be enabled if the system should be restarted via the reboot command from the ProView server. Parameter name: MAXREBOOT Section in *.PP System Restart settings of the Restart Manager Automatic System shut down & restart This parameter specifies if the Restart Manager (RM) should initiate an automatic system reboot if the application has run in a trapp situation. If the parameter is zero (disabled). EXE. Default value: C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\SHOWBMP. Parameter name: SHUTDOWN_EXE Section in *.EXE.PPF”System Restart settings of the Restart Manag Power up period timer to clear actual reboot counter This parameter specifies after what time (in minutes) the number of actual reboots should be cleared after system has been restarted.EXE" during a system shut down initiated by the Restart Manager (RM). Configurable screen during system shut down This parameter can be used to configure a specific bitmap (BMP format) that is displayed via call of utility "SHOWBMP.path of the bitmap Value description: program path of SHOWBMP. C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS\DCTMPOOS. 0-999 parameter ignored number of minutes the system must run properly before the actual reboot counter is set to zero Value description: -1 0 .EXE and path of the bitmap separated by a comma.999 Default value: “20" .Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [DEFAULT] C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\SHOWBMP. Parameter name: POWER_UP_PERIOD Section in *.BMP June 2009 75 .cleares the actual reboot counter if the application longer than 20 minutes is up.PPF: Valid range: [DEFAULT] -1. DDC Value description: NDC .EBC (ASCII-EBCDICI conversion) 76 June 2009 .FIL (ASCII-ASCII conversion default table) C:\PROTOPAS\CONF\CCVTABLE. Parameter name: CCVTABLE Section in *. Parameter name: PROTOCOL Section in *.FIL” Following Character Conversion tables are available: C:\PROTOPAS\CONF\CCVTABLE.PPF: Valid range: [CCPROTFW1] path of character convertion table Value description: path of char conversion table Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\CONF\CCVTABLE.defines the NCR protocol.[CCPROTFW1] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [CCPROTFW1] Message Protocol This parameter defines whether the NCR Direct Connect (NDC) or Diebold Direct Connect (DDC) message protocol is in use.PPF: Valid range: [CCPROTFW1] NDC.defines the Diebold protocol Default value: depends on which protocol has to be used Character Conversion Table location This parameter specifies the path location of the Character Conversion Table. The Character Convertion Table handles the ASCII-EBCDIC conversion for NDC and DDC messages.ASC (ASCII-ASCII conversion table) C:\PROTOPAS\CONF\CCVTABLE. DDC . Parameter name: LOG_FILE_SIZE Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: LOG_FILE Section in *. Some host environments using SNA line communication needs an ETX character at the end of the message.append/remove ETX Default value: 0 June 2009 77 .PPF: Valid range: [CCPROTFW1] 50-2000 Value description: log file size in kilo bytes Default value: 200 Append ETX character to the end of a message This parameter is used to append/remove an ETX (03H) character for each terminal to host and host to terminal message.LOG” Size of Messages log file This parameter specifies the size of the Messages log file in KB. All host to terminal and terminal to host messages will be stored in this file.PPF” [CCPROTFW1] Messages log file location This parameter specifies the path location of the Messages log file.PPF: Valid range: [CCPROTFW1] 0.do not append/remove ETX 1 . 1 Value description: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [CCPROTFW1] character string Value description: path of log file Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\CCPROT. Parameter name: HANDLE_ETX Section in *. PPF” Communication [SNA] SNA Communication Framework This parameter is used to specify the SNA communication framework including the path location.Communication Parameters in “CUSTOM.Received FMH is stripped Default value: NO 78 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] 256 characters Value description: specifies the location of the framework for the Repository manager Default value: C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ComSnaSr. If it is YES a Function Management Header (FMH) which is a SNA specific prefix in a received message is stripped before it is passed to the communication framework user for further processing. YES . YES Value description: NO . Parameter name: STRIPFMH Section in *. If the value is NO a received FMH is not stripped. This setting is stored in the Repository section of the Registry.not stripped.dll Strip Function Management Header (FMH) This parameter is evaluated for a LU-LU session and can have the values either YES or NO.PPF: Valid range: [SNA_PROJECT] NO. Parameter name: COM_FRAME Section in *. logical unit.physical unit Default value: LU June 2009 79 . Parameter name: OPENTIME Section in *.PPF” SNA open timer Communication This parameter is a duration time in seconds. In case of a LU-LU session the meaning of this parameter depends on the setting of parameter SENDINITSELF. parameter OPENTIME means the maximum time within the LU-LU session must have been opened for data exchange after the communication framework Open() method was called. PU . The LU-LU session for data exchange may be established sometime after termination of the Open() method in this case.PPF: Valid range: [SNA] 0-255 Value description: integer value in seconds Default value: NAUTYPE This parameter can have the value either PU for a SSCP-PU session or LU for a LU-LU session. If the OPENTIME timer expires without the establishment of the corresponding SNA session.PPF: Valid range: [SNA_PROJECT] LU. PU 60 Value description: LU . the parameter OPENTIME means the maximum time where the SSCP-LU session has to be opened after the Communication framework Open() method was called. In PU case OPENTIME means the maximum waiting time where the SSCP-PU session has to be attached from the communication framework. If this parameter has the value YES or OTHER. The attachment succeeds if the SSCP-PU session was established. Parameter name: NAUTYPE Section in *. the Open() method returns with an error.Parameters in “CUSTOM. If INITSELF has the value NO. If this RU requires a SNA acknowledgement (that depends on the parametrization of the BIND command from the PLU that opened the session).PPF” This parameter is only evaluated for a LU-LU session.PPF: Valid range: [SNA_PROJECT] 0-255 Value description: integer value Default value: 20 80 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [SNA_PROJECT] char string Value description: represents the LU name of the SNA Server Default value: XXXLU Communication response timer This is the waiting time in seconds for completion of a send request that is initiated by the Send() method of the communication framework. For a LU-LU session a Request Unit (RU) that contains the send data is sent to the PLU in the SNA host. If sending of the RU and the optional receiving of a SNA response takes more time then the parameter value indicates then an error is returned by the Send() method. In the SSCP-PU session a response is always required for a RU that is sent from the PU to the SSCP. Parameter name: LUNAME Section in *. Parameter name: RSPTIMER Section in *. It is the name of the LU that is configurated in the IBM CM/2 respectively in the MS SNA Server. the PLU sends a SNA response for this RU to the SLU that is used by the communication framework.Communication Logical Unit Name Parameters in “CUSTOM. It should not be smaller than the largest size of a message from the application protocol. If the host does not require this parameter. If the host does not require this parameter. Parameter name: DLUNAME Section in *.PPF” Receive buffer size of project Communication This parameter is used to set the size of the receivebuffer within the SNA communication framework in bytes. its value has to consist of 8 blanks. its value has to consist of 8 blanks. Parameter name: OPMODE Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [SNA_PROJECT] 0-4096 Value description: integer value Default value: OPMODE This parameter can be used to set a symbolic name that is used by the host for an internal configuration of the SNA connection. Parameter name: PROJECT_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE Section in *. The DLU name specifies the PLU on the host side that has to open the LU-LU session after the INITSELF command was sent.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: Value description: Default value: “ ” [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] maximum 8 digit character string 2048 Destination Logical Unit Name This parameter can be used to set a symbolic name of the Destination LU (DLU) that has to be known on the host side.PPF: Valid range: Value description: Default value: “ ” [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] 8 digit character string June 2009 81 . If the host does not require this parameter.Communication OPUID Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” This parameter can be used to enter a symbolic name that represents a user identification of the SLU that sends the INITSELF command.PPF: Valid range: Value description: Default value: OPPASS This parameter can be used to enter a symbolic name that represents the SNA host password for the SLU that sends the INITSELF command. Parameter name: OPUID Section in *. its value has to consist of 4 blanks. Parameter name: OPLIB Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] 8 digit character string “ ” Value description: user specific data of SLU Default value: “ ” 82 June 2009 . If the host does not require this parameter. its value has to consist of 8 blanks. its value has to consist of 8 blanks. Parameter name: OPPASS Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] 4 digit charcater string “ ” [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] 8 digit character string Value description: SNA host password Default value: OPLIB This parameter can be used to enter a symbolic name that represents user specific data of the SLU that sends the INITSELF command. If the host does not require this parameter. The SNA host passes this data to the PLU that has to open the LU-LU session. Parameters in “CUSTOM.dll Number of Virtual Circuits This parameter is used to set the maximum number of simultaneously usable VC’s. Parameter name: COM_FRAME Section in *.25 Communication Framework This parameter is used to specify the X.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] 256 characters Value description: specifies the location of the framework Default value: C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ComX25Ei.25 network for this line. Parameter name: CONTABSIZE Section in *. If it is omitted an internal default value of 1 is assumed.PPF: Valid range: [X25] 1 . This setting is stored in the Repository section of the Registry.PPF” Communication [X25] X.25 communication framework including the path location.255 Value description: number of usable VC’s Default value: 1 June 2009 83 . This number should not be larger than the number of VC’s that is configured by the X. For the user of the X.25 CALL ACCEPT packet by the EICON card during the connection setup. If the value of this parameter is greater then 999.999 Value description: integer time value Default value: 20 84 June 2009 . Internally both communication partners change to listen mode and wait for a connection setup from the other side. it is reset to 999. If a X.PPF: Valid range: [X25] 0-999 Value description: integer timer value Default value: 15 Waiting time for “Call Accept” This parameter is used to specify the waiting time for the processing of a X. Parameter name: NETTIME Section in *. If one of the both has to send something. an error is reported.25 connection is established by such a communication framework and there was no data traffic for the duration of this value. The value can be set from 4 up to 999 seconds.25 communication framework. If there was no reaction from the network within this time. the VC is closed internally but the upper communication layers on both the local and the remote DTE are not informed about this event.PPF” This parameter is used to set a timer value in seconds for those X. the connection is in online state the whole time although the VC may be offline internally after the Short Hold Mode timer had expired. Parameter name: SHMDELAY Section in *.25 communication frameworks that have configured the Short Hold Mode.PPF: Valid range: [X25] 4 .Communication Short hold mode time delay Parameters in “CUSTOM. it leaves its listen state and makes an active call to reestablish the connection. The value can be set from 5 up to 180 seconds.25 CALL REQUEST packet by the EICON card during the connection setup.PPF: Valid range: [X25] 5 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: OPENTIME Section in *. an error is reported. The value can be set from 5 up to 180 seconds.PPF: Valid range: [X25] 5 . If there was no reaction from the network within this time.25 CLEAR REQUEST packet by the EICON card during the connection release. an error is reported.PPF” Waiting time for “Call Request” Communication This parameter is used to set the waiting time for processing of a X. If there was no reaction from the network within this time. Parameter name: CLOSETIME Section in *.180 Value description: integer time value Default value: 30 June 2009 85 .180 Value description: integer time value Default value: 30 Waiting time for “Clear Request” This parameter is used to set the waiting time for processing of a X. PPF: Valid range: [X25] 0-5 Value description: integer time value Default value: 3 Calling delay timer This is the waiting time between two connection tries in seconds. If there was no connection established on all tries an error is reported. If the value is greater. The value can be a maximum of 5 times.Communication Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: CALLRETRY Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-2048 Value description: integer value Default value: 2048 86 June 2009 . The value can be set up to 300.25 connection than the value of CALLRETRY indicates. It should not be smaller then the value of parameter MAXRECVSIZE. Parameter name: CALLDELAY Section in *. Parameter name: PROJECT_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE Section in *.25 communication framework. it is reset to 5.25 connection The Open method of the communication framework tries at maximum many times to open the X.PPF: Valid range: [X25] 0-300 Value description: integer time value in seconds Default value: 20 Receive buffer size This parameter is used to set the size of the receivebuffer in bytes within the X.PPF” Number of calling retries to open X. it is reset to 300. If the value is greater. Since such a connection is permanent. The index points to an entry in the X. the connection is opened actively by sending a X.active SVC. If the value is 2. 2 . the connection is opened passively by changing to the listen mode and waiting for an INCOMING CALL packet from the remote DTE.25 connection. 1 . If the value is 1. This entry contains all necessary administration data for the specified X.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-2 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: VCTYPE Section in *. In this case a default value of 1 is assumed. 1 or 2.25 connection table than the global parameter CONTABSIZE indicates. The value can be omitted.dll. If the value is 0. Parameter name: INDEX Section in *. there is no special need for opening a connection.PPF” X.25 RESET packet is sent.25 connection index Communication This parameter is used to set the index for the specified X.25 connection.25 connection table that is administrated by the X. This packet reinitialises counters and buffers of the existing VC and indicates to the remote DTE that the local DTE is operational. the connection is used as a PVC (Permanent Virtual Circuit).active SVC June 2009 87 . 1 is the lowest entry number and there can not be more entries in the X.25 support DLL x25corei. Nevertheless a X.passive SVC.25 CALL REQUEST packet to the remote DTE.PVC Default value: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-99 Value description: integer value Default value: 0 Type of Virtual Circuit This parameter can have one of the values 0.Parameters in “CUSTOM. trace output is off Default value: 0 Buffer size in send direction This parameter is used to set the internal VC send buffer size in bytes that is evaluated by the X.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-2048 Value description: integer value Default value: 2048 88 June 2009 . The value can be up to 4096 bytes large.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-2048 Value description: integer value Default value: 2048 Buffer size in receive direction This parameter is used to set the internal VC receive buffer size in bytes that is evaluated by the X.25 support DLL x25corei. Parameter name: NOTRACE Section in *.trace output is on. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: MAXRECVSIZE Section in *.dll. The value can be up to 4096 bytes large.dll.25 support DLL x25corei.PPF” This parameter is used to suppress the TLS trace.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0. Parameter name: MAXSENDSIZE Section in *.Communication Suppress TLS trace output Parameters in “CUSTOM. 1 . every X.25 network node where the remote DTE is connected to) instead of the local DCE (that is the X. that the data was transported correctly through the X.delivery control active Default value: 0 June 2009 89 .no delivery control.Parameters in “CUSTOM. 1 Value description: 0 .25 network but not (!) that it was processed correctly by the remote DTE.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0. If the X. This guarantees.25 data packet is acknowledged by the remote DCE (that is the X.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-255 Value description: integer value Default value: 1 Delivery control for send and receive direction This parameter can be used to activate a so called Delivery Procedure. The number has to concur with the PVC number setting on the EICON card.25 network node where the local DTE is connected to).25 network supports this procedure. The EICON card settings can be viewed with the EICON card support software.PPF” Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) number Communication This parameter is used to set the PVC number if a PVC connection is configured. Parameter name: D_BIT_PROC Section in *. 1 . Parameter name: PVCNO Section in *. PPF” This parameter is used to activate Short Hold Mode for the local DTE. 1 . 2 .CALL CLEAR packets are handled as a Short Hold Mode CALL CLEAR.short hold mode is active Default value: 0 Short Hold Mode passive configuration This parameter is used to refine the behaviour of Short Hold Mode. It can take the value 0. The communication framework changes to listen mode and waits for an INCOMING CALL from the remote DTE.Communication Activate Short Hold Mode Parameters in “CUSTOM. during listen mode it is additionally checked whether the physical connection with the modem is active.Check physical line during listen mode.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0. This parameter can be used only in SVC connections. 1 Value description: 0 . 1 . If the value is 2 every CALL CLEAR is regarded as error and is reported to the communication framework user. every CALL CLEAR packet received from the EICON card is regarded as a Short Hold Mode CALL CLEAR.no short hold mode. 1 or 2. If the value is 1. If this connection is lost. The communication framework changes into the listen mode and waits for an INCOMING CALL packet from the remote DTE. If the value is 0.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-2 Value description: 0 . This parameter is used only in SVC connections. an error is reported.Every CALL CLEAR is reported as an error to the communication framework (SVC connections only). Default value: 1 90 June 2009 . Parameter name: SHM_PASSIVE Section in *. Parameter name: SHMDELAY_FLAG Section in *. This parameter is used only in SVC connections. 1. 1 Value description: 0 . If the value is 0.reconnect is on. an error is returned in the Send() method. the Open() method returns immediately. If the value is 0. >1 Value description: integer value Default value: 1 Connection reconnect This parameter can be used to define how the communication framework behaves if a CALL CLEAR packet is received while data is sent.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0. it blocks infinitely until the connection is established.Parameters in “CUSTOM. If the value is greater then 1 it indicates the number of seconds the Open() method waits for a connection establishment Parameter name: PASSIVE_START Section in *. 1 .PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0.PPF” Start Short Hold Mode passive connection Communication This parameter is used to set how the SVC or PVC Open() should be returned. that a RESET packet has arrived from the remote DTE. Parameter name: SEND_RECONNECT Section in *. If the value is 1.no reconnect Default value: 1 June 2009 91 . For a SVC this means that an INCOMING CALL packet has arrived and for a PVC. it is tried to reestablish the VC without error reporting to the communication framework user by the return code of the Send() method. If the value is 1. PPF” Diagnostic code setting for SHM clear cause This parameter is used to specify a diagnostic code for the SHM clear cause. 100 Value description: 0 . The first two digits from the left are the Cause Code.99 specifies a closed user group number 100 .no closed user group defined 92 June 2009 . The value of this parameter is a four characters long string of hexdigits. If it is between 0 and 99 it indicates the Closed User Group that the X.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0-99. This parameter is used only in SVC connections. A Closed User Group is a strictly isolated subnet from the X. If the value is 100.25 net.25 CALL REQUEST packet to the remote DTE to open the connection.Communication Parameters in “CUSTOM.25 facility that is added to the facility field in the X.no closed user group defined Default value: 100 . Parameter name: SHMCLRCAUSEDIAG Section in *. It can have a value between 0 and 100. The Closed User Group is a X.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0000-FFFF Value description: 4 digit hex value Default value: 0000 Closed user group selection This parameter is used to specify a closed user group number. Parameter name: CUGSELECTION Section in *. no Closed User Group is defined. the last two digits are the Diagnostic Code that is sent in a CALL CLEAR packet for a Short Hold Mode VC for closing the line. Usually the user defined Cause Code is set to 80h. This parameter is used only in SVC connections.25 DTE is assigned to. Only users within the group can communicate with each other. 25 DTE is assigned to. 1 . The communication costs are burdened to the communication partner. Parameter name: CUGOUTSELECT Section in *. If it is between 0 and 99 it indicates the Closed User Group with Outgoing Call that X. If the value is 100.25 CALL REQUEST packet that is sent from the communication framework to open the connection.Parameters in “CUSTOM.25 net. Users within the group can communicate with each other and can connect to addresses outside of this group.PPF” Closed user group outgoing call assignment Communication This parameter is used to specify a Closed User Group with Outgoing Call that X.no closed user group defined Default value: 100 . The value be 0 or 1.no facilities June 2009 93 .99. The Closed User Group with Outgoing Call is a X.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0.99 specifies the closed user group number 100 .25 DTE is assigned to. if it accepts this facility. This parameter is used only in SVC connections. If it is 1 the Reversed Charging Facility is added to the facility field of a X.no facilities. The parameter can have a value between 0 and 100. A Closed User Group with Outgoing Call is a restricted subnet of a X. Parameter name: REVERSECHRG_ACT Section in *.add facilities Default value: 0 . This parameter is used only in SVC connections. It is not possible to connect to a member of this group from outside of the group.no closed user group defined Add Reversed Charging Facility to “Call Request” packets This parameter is used to add reversed charging facilities for SVC active connections.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0 .25 facility that is added to the facility field in the X. 1 Value description: 0 . no Closed User Group with Outgoing Call is defined. 100 Value description: 0 .25 CALL REQUEST packet that is sent from the communication framework to the remote DTE to open the connection. the value of this parameter is an empty string. The value can be 0 or 1. The communication costs are burdened to the local DTE account in this case. The value of this parameter is a string of maximum 16 two-figured hexadecimal numbers separated by blanks.no user data 94 June 2009 . If it is 1 the Reversed Charging Facility is accepted if it is set in the reversed charging facility field of a X.ignore reversed charging facility Default value: 0 .PPF” Accept Reversed Charging Facility of incoming calls This parameter is used to add reversed charging facilities for SVC active connections.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 00 00 00 00 .accept reversed charging facility 1 .25 INCOMING CALL packet that was received from the remote DTE to open the connection.ignore reversed charging facility Add Call User Data to “Call Request” packets The parameter is used to add Call User Data in call request packets.Communication Parameters in “CUSTOM. If no call user data is used. 1 Value description: 0 .FF FF FF FF Value description: call user data in hex notation Default value: 00 00 00 00 . Parameter name: REVERSECHRG_PAS Section in *. Parameter name: CALLUSERDATA_A Section in *. The parameter is used only in SVC connections. This parameter is used only in SVC connections.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 0. The data of this string defines the Call User Data to be added to a X.25 CALL REQUEST packet that is sent to the remote DTE. PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] integer values max. inclusive address extension 40 digits Value description: local address Default value: ““ June 2009 95 .25 INCOMING CALL packet that was received from the remote DTE. This value is used only for SVC connections. The value of this parameter is a string of maximum 16 two-figured hexadecimal numbers separated by blanks.PPF” Check Call User Data of incoming calls Communication This parameter is used to define call user data to be checked for incoming calls.FF FF FF FF Value description: call user data in hex notation Default value: 00 00 00 00 .Parameters in “CUSTOM.no user data Local station address This parameter is used to set the X.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] 00 00 00 00 . The data of this string defines the Call User Data which are checked against the Call User Data in a X. Parameter name: CALLUSERDATA_P Section in *. Characters other than digits and the period are ignored. The VC is established only if the incoming Call User Data is equal to the parameter value. This parameter is used only in SVC connections. It can contain a maximum of 15 digits and a possible address extension of maximum 40 digits. the value of this parameter is an empty string.25 address of the local DTE. This extension has to be separated from the address prefix by a period. Parameter name: LOCALADR Section in *. 15 digits. If no call user data is used. inclusive address extension 40 digits Value description: local address Default value: [1] ““ ’x’ represents the remote address number from 1 up to 5. Characters other than digits. 96 June 2009 . An address not defined is indicated by an empty string for the corresponding parameter. If the connection is opened passively. 15 digits.PPF: Valid range: [X25_PROJECT] integer values max. the period and asterisks are ignored. In each probe the remote DTE address is added to the CALL REQUEST packet that is sent to the remote DTE. the remote addresses are checked in order from REMOTEDAR1 to REMOTEADR5 for a connection setup. Parameter names: REMOTEADRx [1] Section in *. the remote address in the INCOMING CALL packet is checked against the alternative addresses in order from REMOTEADR1 to REMOTEADR5. If the connection is opened actively. Each address can contain a maximum of 15 digits and a maximum possible address extension of 40 digits. This extension has to be separated from the address prefix by a period.25 addresses of the remote DTE.PPF” There are a maximum of five alternative X.Communication Remote station (host) address Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: ““ June 2009 97 .xxx Value description: remote station IP address. Parameter name: COM_FRAME Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] integer values in format xxx.xxx. Parameter name: REMOTEPEER Section in *.dll Remote station (host) address This parameter is used to set the IP address of the remote station that it tries to connect to.PPF” Communication [TCPIP] TCP/IP Communication Framework This parameter is used to specify the TCP/IP communication framework inclusive of the path location.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] 256 characters Value description: specifies the location of the framework Default value: C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ComTcpIp. If DNS is configured you can also enter a name instead of the adress number. PPF” This parameter is needed to specify the remote destination TCP port.keep alive mode off. so-called KEEPALIVE packets can be exchanged over a TCP connection. For a successful communication both client and server have to use the same port number. YES . Parameter name: KEEPALIVES Section in *.Communication TCP port number Parameters in “CUSTOM. This is a WORD sized number that has to be unique for every application using the TCP layer. Parameter name: PORTNUMBER Section in *. To improve the offline recognition. one communication partner signals the other that it is still operable.keep alive mode on Default value: YES 98 June 2009 . Applications above the TCP/IP protocol stack that use TCP communication are identified by their TCP port. The port value should be greater than 1024 because ports below could be reserved for the so-called “well known ports” that are assigned to specific protocols for applications like telnet.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] 00000 . YES 99999 Value description: NO .PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] NO. In this case the default value NO is assumed internally. By using KEEPALIVE packets.99999 Value description: 5 digit port number Default value: Keep Alive mode This parameter is used to activate keep alive mode. ftp or smtp. The value of this parameter can be either YES if the local socket sends KEEPALIVE packets to the remote socket or NO if the local socket does not send KEEPALIVE messages. This parameter can be omitted. 255 Value description: timer value in seconds Default value: 20 Connection retries This parameter specifies the maximum number of times the ATM tries to connect to the server. Every try waits at most OPENTIMEOUT seconds.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: OPENTIMEOUT Section in *.PPF” TCP/IP open timer Communication This parameter is used to specify how long the Open() method waits for a successful connect.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] 0 .255 Value description: number of retries Default value: 2 June 2009 99 . an error code unequal to zero is returned. If there was no connection established within this time. In the client case the Open() method implicitly retries to establish the connection as many times as the value of the parameter CLIENTOPENRETRY indicates.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] 0 . the Open() method returns with an error code unequal to zero. If no try could open the connection. Parameter name: CLIENTOPENRETRY Section in *. PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] 0 .PPF” This parameter sets the maximum waiting time the Send() Method waits for processing of the send data by the connected socket. Parameter name: SENDTIMEOUT Section in *. Parameter name: CLOSETIMEOUT Section in *. If the connection was not closed within this time. Parameter name: LOCALPORT Section in *.Communication Send timeout timer Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF 100 June 2009 .255 Value description: timer value in seconds Default value: 20 Close timeout timer This parameter sets the waiting time in seconds the Open() Method waits for closing of the TCP/IP connection.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] 0 . a value unequal to zero is returned. This value is necessary because the stream oriented socket can process send data in several send calls where in each call only a part of the message is sent. If the data was not processed within this time. In the client case only the connected socket is invalidated.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] 0 .255 Value description: timer value in seconds Default value: 20 Local port address configuration This parameter can be used to specify a specific local port adress used by TCPIP. a code unequal to zero is returned.999999 Value description: local port number used by TCPIP Default value: not set in registry and CUSTOM. If this parameter is set the ATM always is using this local port number. to be used if the TCP/IP stream has a 2 Bytes binary header to specify the length of the packet including the header length.PPF” Coding DLL location Communication This parameter contains the absolute pathname of the DLL that processes the conversion between the byte stream delivered by the socket and the messages of the application protocol and vice versa.dll .dll . dcTcp2HI. To identify message boundaries in a bytestream in most cases it is necessary to enhance the application protocol by a special intermediate protocol.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] character string (path) Value description: absolute path of the com dll Default value: ““ ProCash/NDC-DDC provides following coding DLL’s: ● dcTcp2H.dll . dcTcp4AI. dcTcp4A.dll . ccTcpEds.to be used if no header is required in both directions.dll . ● ● ● ● June 2009 101 . The DLL identified by this parameter will be implemented in such a protocol specific enhancement. Parameter name: CODINGDLL Section in *.to be used if the TCP/IP stream has a 4 Bytes ASCII header to specify the length of the packet including the header length.to be used if the TCP/IP stream has a 2 Bytes binary header to specify the length of the packet excluding the header length.to be used if the TCP/IP stream has a 4 Bytes ASCII header to specify the length of the packet excluding the header length. even if two TCP/IP communication framework objects have been created in the same address space. Parameter name: ADMINSIZE Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [TCPIP_PROJECT] 0 . Since the memory block is local to the communication framework. A pointer to this block is passed as a parameter to every public function of the DLL that is concerned with the protocol conversion between the bytestream and application message protocol.Communication Size of memory blocks need to allocate Parameters in “CUSTOM. it allows individual message processing.99999 Value description: size of allocated memory blocks Default value: 8200 102 June 2009 .PPF” This parameter gives the size of a memory block that will be allocated within the Open() method. You have to create a REG file using REGEDIT to add that parameters.PPF. it will acknowledge the keep alive transmission. All parameters described in this section are located in the follwing Windows registry tree: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\ SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters] KeepAliveTime Parameter name: KeepAliveTime Valid range: 00000000-FFFFFFFF in milliseconds (REG_DWORD) Value description: This parameter controls how often TCP attempts to verify that an idle connection is still intact by sending a keep alive packet. Default value: This parameter is not set in the registry by default. The default value used by Windows is set to 20 tries.Parameters in “CUSTOM. NOTE: The following parameters are NOT included in CUSTOM. The default value used by Windows is set to: 7200000 (two hours) TcpKeepTries Parameter name: TcpKeepTries Valid range: Number (REG_DWORD) Value description: Specifies the maximum number of times that TCP/IP will attempt to deliver keep-alive traffic before marking a connection as down. Default value: This parameter is not set in the registry by default. June 2009 103 .PPF” Communication TCP/IP parameters used by Windows The following parameters are needed for the TCP/IP service of Windows. Those parameters have influence for online and offline recognition and they have to be set if you need an immediate response (timer controlled) from the TCP/IP service where the ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC application can react on offline and online situations. If the remote system is still reachable and functioning. 104 June 2009 . The connection will be end after the number of retransmissions specified by TcpMaxDataRetransmissions were unanswered. Please see description for parameter "TcpMaxDataRetransmissions" on the following page. Once a response has been received. KeepAliveInterval Parameter name: KeepAliveInterval Valid range: Number in milliseconds (REG_DWORD) Value description: This parameter determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received. When TCP/IP determines that no activity has occurred on the connection within the specified time. Default value: This parameter is not set in the registry by default. The default value used by Windows is 1 second. Default value: This parameter is not set in the registry by default. it generates keep-alive traffic to probe the connection.Communication TcpKeepCnt Parameter name: TcpKeepCnt Valid range: Parameters in “CUSTOM. the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled by the value of KeepAliveTime. The default value used by Windows is 20 attempts. After trying TcpKeepTries number of times to deliver the keep-alive traffic without success. it marks the connection as down.PPF” Number in seconds (REG_DWORD) Value description: Specifies how often TCP/IP will generate keep-alive traffic. Parameter "TcpMaxDataRetransmissions" is set to 10. The base timeout value is dynamically determined by the measured round-trip time on the connection. It is reset when responses resume.PPF” TcpMaxDataRetransmissions Parameter name: TcpMaxDataRetransmissions Valid range: Number in milliseconds (REG_DWORD) Communication Value description: This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment (non connect segment) before ending the connection.Parameters in “CUSTOM. The retransmission timeout is doubled with each successive retransmission on a connection. Default value: This parameter is not set in the registry by default. The default value used by Windows is 5 times. Parameter "TcpKeepTries" and "TcpKeepCnt" is set to 10. Example configuration in Windows registry: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\ SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters] "KeepAliveTime"=dword:00003a98 "TcpKeepTries"=dword:0000000a "TcpKeepCnt"=dword:0000000a "TcpMaxDataRetransmissions"=dword:0000000a "KeepAliveInterval"=dword:00003a98 Description: Parameter "KeepAliveTime" is set to 15000 milliseconds. June 2009 105 . Parameter "KeepAliveInterval" is set to 15000 milliseconds. Parameter names: PARAMETER_XX [1] Section in *.255 Value description: Option Code bits for each Option Number Default value: [1] see table 5 on the next page.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] 0 . Optional Parameters (NDC) These parameters contain NDC specific customization parameters which can be downloaded from the host through the “Enhanced Customization Table” load command. ’XX’ represents the two digit Option Number in table 5. Furthermore this section contains parameters where the Logical Unit Number (LUNO) and the four digit Configuration ID is set.[LYNXCI_PARAMETER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] This section contains the NDC specific optional parameters which are downloaded from the host with the “Enhanced Customization Table” load command. 106 June 2009 . PPF” Table 5: Optional Parameters (NDC) Option number 00 01 000 001 002 008 02 03 001 002 003 004 04 05 06 000 001 07 001 002 003 004 08 09 10 11 12 000 001 13 14 15-22 23 000 001 24-30 31 000 001 001-255 001-040 001-040 002 Option code Description Camera Control (not supported) Ready/Supply options No options selected Optional Parameters (NDC) Separate READY (B) status sent in response to Transaction Reply Auto return to previous mode from supply mode 12 digit amount buffer Auto voice (not supported) default off Date format for supervisor/journal messages MMDD(YY) (default condition) DDMM(YY) (YY)MMDD (YY)DDMM Roll width (Defines the number of receipt and journal columns used to print messages from the host. except in PIN states or ’* is pressed June 2009 107 . Default is ’001’) Vandal Guard Open Condition Open vandal guard when card detected (default condition) Open vandal guard when keyboard is enabled Track 1 format ISO format (default condition) VISA format ???? ???? Reserved for future use Diebold status reporting for vandal guard (not supported) Tamper Indicator Control option (not supported) Extended status control (not supported) Specific Command Reject option) Do not transmit Specific Command Reject (default condition) Transmit Specific Command Reject Card reader error thresholds (Default value is 010) Track 3 write error thresholds Codes reserved for future use Envelope dispener status option Do not send unsolicited dispenser messages (default condition) Send unsolicited envelope dispenser messages Codes reserved for future use Enable Audio Echo on Keyboard Do not echo the keyboard (default condition) Echo the keyboard.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default for NDC = ’040’ and for DDC = ’099’) Left print column (Defines the leftmost print column for receipt and journal messages. PPF” 32-33 34 000 001 50-99 Codes reserved for future use Message Coordination Number range 31H-3FH (default condition) 31H-7EH Codes reserved for ATM/E private use 108 June 2009 .Optional Parameters (NDC) Parameters in “CUSTOM. PPF” Miscellaneous Features I (DDC) Miscellaneous Features I (DDC) This parameter contains DDC specific customization options which can be downloaded from the host through “Write Command III” (Customization Table load). Default value: 0 Table 6: Miscellaneous Features I (DDC) BIT 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1 Description Append rollover counts Decimal Style Deposit cancel status bit [1] Dollar decimal places Dollar buffer size ( if enabled 12 digits instead of 8 ) Fault status bit [1] Automatic return to previous mode Separate ready response [1] These options are not supported or neccessary to set by ProCash/DDC. June 2009 109 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] 0 .255 Value description: The value of this parameter represents the activated bits of the Miscellaneous Features I.Parameters in “CUSTOM. (See table 6 for available options). Parameter names: PARAMETER_01 Section in *. (See table 7 for available options).PPF” Miscellaneous Features II (DDC) This parameter contains the second part of DDC specific customization options which can be downloaded from the host through “Write Command III”.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] 0 .Miscellaneous Features II (DDC) Parameters in “CUSTOM.255 Value description: The value of this parameter represents the activated bits of the Miscellaneous Features II. 110 June 2009 . Parameter names: PARAMETER_100 Section in *. Default value: 0 Table 7: Miscellaneous Features II (DDC) BIT 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1 Description Reserved Reject Reason codes to network Send MDS status to network Send Maintanance Mode log to network [1] Change MMD mispick timer from 2 minutes to 30 seconds [1] Send Expanded Hardware Configuration status [1] Reserved Reserved [1] These options are not supported or neccessary to set by ProCash/DDC. PPF” Miscellaneous Features III (DDC) Miscellaneous Features III (DDC) This parameter contains the third part of DDC specific customization options which can be downloaded from the host through “Write Command III”.255 Value description: The value of this parameter represents the activated bits of the Miscellaneous Features II. (See table 8 for available options). Default value: 0 Table 8: Miscellaneous Features III (DDC) BIT 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1 Description Reserved [1] Transaction verification status No retract [1] Send all status [1] Message sequence number in solicited status [1] Extended range for message coordination number field [1] Doubling timer 03 feature [1] Double Expanded hardware configuration status [1] [1] These options are not supported or neccessary to set by ProCash/DDC. June 2009 111 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] 0 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter names: PARAMETER_101 Section in *. No CI present 112 June 2009 .PPF” Logical Unit Number (LUNO) This parameter contains the three digit Logical Unit Number which is included in host and terminal messages. Parameter name: CONFIG_ID Section in *. In general a ’0000’ Config ID forces a CI download from the host. Typically the Config ID will be set through the Config ID load command from the host after a successful Customization Image (CI) download.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] 000-999 Value description: three digit LUNO Default value: 000 Configuration Identification (Config ID) This parameter contains the four digit Config ID.Logical Unit Number (LUNO) Parameters in “CUSTOM. At the first connection between the ATM and the host the Config ID is ’0000’ which indicates an empty configuration. Parameter name: LUNO Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] 0000-9999 Value description: four digit Config ID Default value: 0000 . They can be modified if the values will not be modified via the host download. 0 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. All settings provided in “CUSTOM.PPF” are default settings.no additional time Default value: 30 June 2009 113 . ProCash/NDC-DDC stores all timer values as seconds into the registry.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds.PPF” [LYNXCI_TIMER] [LYNXCI_TIMER] This section contains timer parameters which are downloaded through the “Configuration Parameters” load or “Enhanced Configuration Parameters” load command. Keyboard response time (Timer 00) Number of seconds allowed for the client to make a keyboard entry. The timer values of the enhanced load are seconds. 0 . Parameter name: TIMER_00 Section in *.infinity Default value: 30 Additional time (Timer 01) Number of extra seconds allowed for keyboard input and form or envelope insertion.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds.8s). Timer values of the "Configuration Parameters" load command are downloaded in ticks (1 tick = 0. Parameter name: TIMER_01 Section in *. 0 . Parameter name: TIMER_04 Section in *.PPF” Close state time delay (Timer 02) Number of seconds the ATM will remain in the close state after the card has been ejected or if the card cannot be ejected.infinity Default value: 50 114 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds.no delay Default value: 5 Communication response time (Timer 03) Number of seconds allowed for the terminal to receive a transaction reply from the host. Parameter name: TIMER_02 Section in *. Parameter name: TIMER_03 Section in *. 0 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds. 0 .[LYNXCI_TIMER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.no time checking Default value: 60 Envelope insertion time (Timer 04) Number of seconds allowed for the client to insert an envelope. PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds Default value: 60 Poll/select time (Timer 06) Number of seconds allowed for the terminal to respond to a poll or select sequence received from the host.PPF” [LYNXCI_TIMER] Cash retract time-out ( Timer 05) Number of seconds allowed for the client to take the cash before a retract is attempted. Parameter name: TIMER_06 Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: TIMER_07 Section in *. Parameter name: TIMER_05 Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: not used by ProCash/NDC-DDC Default value: 60 Take cash time (Timer 07) Number of seconds allowed for the client to take the cash that has been dispensed.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds Default value: 1 June 2009 115 . PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds Default value: 2 Statement retract (Timer 95) This timer determines when to retract a statement that has not been taken by the cardholder.[LYNXCI_TIMER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds Default value: 30 116 June 2009 . This card will be retained by the ATM when this timer has expired. Parameter name: TIMER_10 Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds Default value: 40 Additional cash present time (Timer 10) This indicates the numbers of additional seconds the CSC will wait for the customer to take the cash. Parameter name: TIMER_95 Section in *.PPF” Card capture time (Timer 09) Number of seconds allowed for the client to remove a card that has been ejected. Parameter name: TIMER_09 Section in *. The value of ’000’ means ’do not wait’. When the timer expires the next state specified in the transaction reply is entered. Parameter name: TIMER_99 Section in *. The value of ’000’ means the vandal guard will remain permanently open when the terminal goes in service.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds Default value: 1 Vandal guard close (Timer 98) This timer is started when a card read state is entered. Parameter name: TIMER_96 Section in *. Parameter name: TIMER_98 Section in *. 0 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds Default value: 10 Vandal guard close time (Timer 99) Number of seconds the vandal guard remains open after the last customer left the ATM.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [LYNXCI_TIMER] Statement present (Timer 96) This timer is started when a statement has been cut and delivered in a “print statement and set next state” function command.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_TIMER] 0-255 Value description: number of seconds.permanently open Default value: 10 June 2009 117 . The vandal guard closes when the timer expires. PPF” Unsupported timers The following table lists downloadable timers which are not supported by ProCash/NDC-DDC: Table 9: SUnsupported timers by ProCash/NDC-DDC Timer 06 15 18 22 23 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 97 Description Communication message timeout (Poll select timeout) Card Reader enabled timer Swipe or DIP Card Reader error screen timer Not used Dip Card Reader prompt for removal timer Rear Settlement timeout DPM document captured screen timeout Reserved Reserved Reserved EJ inspection timeout SOH/TM-Alert cyclial display timeout SOH/TM-Alert next/previous timeout Document/Envelope eject timeout Door access open timeout Protocol NDC/DDC DDC DDC DDC DDC NDC NDC NDC NDC NDC NDC NDC NDC NDC NDC 118 June 2009 .[LYNXCI_TIMER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Blue) components used in creating the specified color. 0-255. Parameter name: SCREEN_FOREGROUND_COLOR Section in *.PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Screen default foreground color This parameter is used to set the default foreground color of the screens to be displayed.255 The following table shows the RGB values for the 16 standard colors: Table 10: RGB values for 16 standard colors RED 0 0 0 0 170 170 170 170 85 85 85 85 255 255 255 255 GREEN 0 0 170 170 0 0 85 170 85 85 255 255 85 85 255 255 BLUE 0 170 0 170 0 170 0 170 85 255 85 255 85 255 85 255 COLOR black dark blue dark green dark cyan dark red dark magenta dark yellow light grey dark grey light blue light green light cyan light red light magenta light yellow white June 2009 119 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0-255. Green.255.Parameters in “CUSTOM. The parameter consists of the three RGB (Red. 0-255 Value description: three integer values which contain the RGB components of the color. Default value: 255. 0-255. 0-255 Value description: three integer values which contain the RGB components of the color. 1.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0-255. This setting is useful if you want to display a full screen background picture and you want to overlay the downloaded text.0. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: SCREEN_BACKGROUND_COLOR Section in *. Parameter name: SCREEN_TRANSPARENT_MODE Section in *. Blue) components used in creating the specified color. Green. Default value: 0.0 Screen transparent mode This parameter activates transparent mode for every screen by default.[LYNXCI_SCREEN] Parameters in “CUSTOM.No.PPF” Screen default background color This parameter is used to set the default background color of the screens to be displayed. The downloaded screens should not contain color sequences if you want to use transparent mode.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0.Yes Default value: 0 120 June 2009 . Transparent mode configuration should be used only if all screens are cleared via the clear screen sequence (FF) before the next screen is displayed. The parameter consists of the three RGB (Red. Diebold compatible or SNI softkeys installed.PPF: Valid range: [LAYOUT] SNI.Parameters in “CUSTOM.sets the NCR compatible layout Blink rate This parameter can be used to modify the default blink rate which is used for the blinking sequence defined in a downloaded screen.1 second June 2009 121 . DBO Value description: three characters in uppercase Default value: NCR . Parameter name: BLINK_RATE Section in *.9999 Value description: number of milli seconds Default value: 1000 . Parameter name: SOFTKEYS Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 200 .PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Screen softkey layout This parameter sets the screen layout depending on whether you have NCR. NCR. 102) \1bP9990 \1bO999 PICTURE_999 PALETTE_999 122 June 2009 . Parameter name: PICTURE_XXXX [1] Section in *.PPF” Graphic file location This parameter is needed to specify in which directory the graphic files are stored on the harddisk. logos. DDU. Graphic file types can be BMP.[LYNXCI_SCREEN] Parameters in “CUSTOM. ICN or AVI. PCX. or picture sequences.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] character string Value description: path of the graphic file including the file name Default value: Example: “” "C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS\PICTURE.PCX" [1] XXXX represents the graphic number which is defined in the downloaded screen. The number can represent icons. (101. The following table describes which kind of picture controls can be configured via parameter ’PICTURE_XXXX’: Table 11: Screen parameters reference table Protocol NDC NDC NDC NDC DDC DDC DDC Description Picture Control Picture Control Picture Control Logo Control Animation Display Icon Select DAC Screen Sequence Parameter Name \1bP2999\1b\ PICTURE_2999 \1bP299\1b\ \1bP29\1b\ \1bP199\1b\ PICTURE_299 PICTURE_29 PICTURE_199 \1bA1002004 PICTURE_100. normal 1 . Default if not specified: ShockwaveFlash Display Options (bits): 1 ... If you specify 1.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] character string Value description: the parameter value consists of a list of 6 comma separated parameters: Position 0 1 Description path location of the Flash file delay time in milli seconds.display Background screen if configured via parameter PICTURE_BACKGROUND after Flash is displayed reserved file name of the Flash movie inclusive .HIGH Default if not specified: 0 Specifies the window name (case sensitive) of the Flash movie. logos.Parameters in “CUSTOM. See also Abschnitt ”Graphic file location” on page 122. The Flash animation file has to be stored as an executable file. you have to use parameter "PICTURE_XXXX" to specify the path and additional options of a Flash animation file. Default if not specified: 0 Display priority of the running Flash process.010. The number can represent icons. Parameter name: PICTURE_XXXX [1] Section in *.IDLE 2 .show Flash in normal mode (no Fullscreen stretch) 2 .EXE extension 2 3 4 5 6 Default value: Example: [1] not specified "C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS. June 2009 123 . This is useful to prevent screen flickery when after a Flash movie is following a JPG or BMP picture. or picture sequences.exe XXXX represents the graphic number which is defined in the downloaded screen.. the process has a lower priority as other processes.650.. Specifies how long the Flash animation remain displayed after the process has been terminated. This option can be used to specify the process priority.PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Configure MacroMedia Flash Animations If you want to display Flash animation files. 0 . Please add following lines in FWKILL.bat 124 June 2009 .[LYNXCI_SCREEN] Note: Parameters in “CUSTOM. you have to kill a running flash movie separately.PPF” If you stop the application without rebooting the system.exe > c:\protopas\kilflash.BAT: c:\protopas\tools\kilflash.bat call kilflash. [2] ProCash/DDC provides following default DAC files: ● ● DAC000. PALETTE_DEFAULT [2] Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM.DAT . June 2009 125 . Palette files are used to set the color table for the relevant graphic file.PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Palette file location This parameter is needed to specify in which directory the palette files are stored on the harddisk.contains color black. Parameter names: PALETTE_XXX [1] .contains the default color palette DAC001.DAT . PALETTE_DEFAULT can be used to set a basic color palette for all graphic files if you do not have specific palette files for each graphic.DAT" [1] XXX represents the palette file number which is appended to the graphic file name.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] character string Value description: path of the palette file including the file name Default value: Example: “” "C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS\DAC000. Parameter name: CHARACTER_HEIGHT Section in *. Parameter name: HORIZONTAL_OFFSET Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0-999 Value description: number of pixels the window is moved down from the top most position. Parameter name: CHARACTER_WIDTH Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0 . Default value: 0 126 June 2009 .99 Value description: number of pixels for one character Default value: 16 Character Height screen global This parameter can be used to set a basic character height for all screens.[LYNXCI_SCREEN] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Character Width screen global This parameter can be used to set a basic character width for all screens.99 Value description: number of pixels for one character Default value: 24 Screen horizontal offset This parameter can be used to set a horizontal offset default setting for all screens. the picture is stretched to full screen.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: VERTICAL_OFFSET Section in *.PCX" June 2009 127 . Parameter name: PICTURE_BACKGROUND Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] character string (valid path) Value description: path location of the graphic file Default value: Example: "" "C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS\EXAMPLE. Default value: 0 Screen background picture This parameter can be used to specify a full screen graphic as a background picture with the mixture of screen contents which is displayed in all screens. If the background picture is smaller than the screen size.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0-999 Value description: number of pixels the window is moved from the left most position to the right.PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Screen vertical offset This parameter can be used to set a horizontal offset default setting for all screens. PPF” Play videos in full screen mode This parameter can be used to force playing video files in full screen mode.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: SCREEN_FULL_SCREEN_VIDEO Section in *. Parameter name: ESC_SUB Section in *.play videos stretched in full screen mode Default value: not configured in Registry ESC substitution character This parameter can be set if you need the configure a specific substitution character that is replaced for the ESC (1BH) character in the downloaded screen data that is downloaded by the host.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] One ASCII character in range (20H-7FH) Value description: specifies the substitution character Default value: not configured 128 June 2009 .play videos in original size 1 . If you have enabled this option all video files are stretched to full screen videos.[LYNXCI_SCREEN] Parameters in “CUSTOM. use CCMCIPLY. "ESCPEfilepath") or ProCash/DDC (e.EXE to play Videos once Default value: Example: not configured in Registry The following parameter setting assigns a FLC extension to an AVI extension using display method of CCMCIPLY.EXE to play Videos repeatedly 3 . PICTURE_BACKGROUND or PICTURE_XXXX.1" June 2009 129 .EXE to play videos repeatedly: PICTURE_EXT_FLC = "AVI. In addition you can specify in the second parameter in which display method.use Presentation Framework of Protopas for Bitmaps 1 . "ESCPxxxx" xxxx = picture number) or you like to use a different extension thus the downloaded one is supported.g.g. If a file extension is downloaded that is not supported by ProCash/NDC (e.PPF: Parameters: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] character string (valid file extension).PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Graphic and Video file extension mapping The following parameters can be used to assign a different file extension for graphics and video files that are included in screen downloades or for local configured background pictures. the file with the specified extension should be displayed.use CCMCIPLY. The second parameter specifies the display method: 0 . or the file extension specified via parameter PICTURE_BACKGROUND or PICTURE_XXXX.display method PICTURE_EXT_DAT PICTURE_EXT_PCC PICTURE_EXT_AVI PICTURE_EXT_FLC PICTURE_EXT_GIF PICTURE_EXT_MPEG PICTURE_EXT_MPG Value description: The first parameter specifies a graphic or video file extension that should be processed instead of the extension specified in the host download or specified via param. you have here the possibility to specify a file extension that replaces the downloaded extension. Parameter names: PICTURE_EXT_ICN PICTURE_EXT_PCX PICTURE_EXT_DDU PICTURE_EXT_MOV PICTURE_EXT_FLI PICTURE_EXT_TIF PICTURE_EXT_JPG PICTURE_EXT_BMP Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM. PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0. If the entered PIN has to be confirmed via a touch key and not via a Function Display Key (FDK). this parameter has to be enabled otherwise the presentation framework of Protopas returns with an error if a touch zone has been touched. 1 Value description: 0 . 1 Value description: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0.Play AVI infinite 1 .Stop AVI after delay as specified in the screen Default value: not configured in Registry Touch zone support in PIN entry dialogs (EPP only) The following parameter is neccessary to enable touch zone support for the PIN entry state.Enable touch zone support in PIN entry dialogs Default value: not configured in Registry On Wincor Nixdorf ATM’s this parameter works only if EPP hardware is installed or EDS is in use. 130 June 2009 .PPF” Stop Video after screen delay sequence (NDC only) This parameter can be used to configure whether videos (AVI’s or MPG’s) should be terminated after the elapsed delay time specified via a screen delay control sequence (ESC[dddz) or if the AVi should play further as long as no new screen is called.[LYNXCI_SCREEN] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: PIN_TOUCH_ENABLE Section in *.No touch zone support in PIN entry states 1 . Parameter name: STOP_VIDEO_AFTER_DELAY Section in *. I Value description: specifies the FDK where the confirm key is assigned to.’X’ represents the language group number 0-7.PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Assign "Confirm" FDK in PIN entry dialogs (EDM only) This parameter is needed if you have to assign the confirmation key in a PIN entry dialog to an FDK other than A. D. and the hardware configuration consists of PINPAD and EDM. B. In PIN entry dialogs the FDK confirmation key is assigned to FDK A (defined in CSCW32 PIN Key File (PKF) by default).. It is also neccessary that you assign the new termination key to the new FDK position in the PKF file.ESC\) or/and automatic voice support is enabled in the Enhanced Configuration Parameters Load message.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] A.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: not configured in Registry Configure default Audio path for NDC This parameter is used to configure the path location of audio (*.WAV) files for ProCash/NDC. See ProCash/NDC User Guide for detailed description about voice support and configuration.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] ASCII string (max. Parameter name: PIN_CONFIRM_KEY Section in *. H. 128 digits) Value description: full path definition of the wave file. Default value: not configured in registry [1] . Those wave files are called if digital audio messages are configured in the screen download (via ESCP0. Parameter name: AUDIOX_PATH [1] Section in *. June 2009 131 .. C. G. F. [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Parameters in “CUSTOM. If you like to exchange the ’X’ against a * (star) character. Configurable substitution character on display This parameter can be used to exchange the substitution character of customer input characters in the PIN entry and Information Entry states. By default the customer input on the screen appears as ’X’ characters in the PIN entry state.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] ASCII string (max.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] one character input in range 0x20H . Those wave files are called if voice prompting commands are configured in the screen download (via ESC.) or/and voice states are downloaded from host.. Default value: not configured in registry [1] . you can specify a star character in the following parameter.WAV) files for ProCash/DDC. Parameter name: AUDIOXXX_PATH [1] Section in *.0x7FH Value description: specifies the substitution character in PIN entry and Information Entry states Default value: Example entry: not configured in Registry.. Parameter name: SUBST_CHAR_SCREEN Section in *. use ’X’ as substitution character SUBST_CHAR_SCREEN = * 132 June 2009 .’XXX’ represents the language bank number number 000-255.PPF” Configure default Audio path for DDC This parameter is used to configure the path location of audio (*. See ProCash/DDC User Guide for detailed description about voice support and configuration. 128 digits) Value description: full path definition of the wave file.. Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: not configured in registry June 2009 133 . Configure number of PIN digits This parameter can be used to define how many PIN digits the consumer has to enter before the next state can be entered. If the parameter is configured. Parameter name: SCREEN_MIN_PIN_LEN Section in *. Parameter name: SPECIFIC_SV_MODE_SCREEN Section in *. the minimum PIN digit definition of the FIT table is ignored. Default value: not configured in registry Note: If you have to emulate a Diebold MDS i series system.PPF” [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Specific supervisor mode screen This parameter can be used to specify a specific screen number that should be displayed during supervisor mode instead of the standard screen 003 (DDC) or C03 (NDC).PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 0-64 Value description: specifies the minimum PIN digits the consumer has to enter on the PIN pad.PPF: Valid range: [LYNXCI_SCREEN] 3 or 4 ASCII characters Value description: specifies the screen number that is displayed instead of screen 003 or C03. you need to specify value 002. [SCREEN_XXX] [1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. 0-255 Value description: three integer values which contain the RGB components of the color. Parameter name: BACKGROUND_COLOR Section in *.PPF” [SCREEN_XXX] [1] [1] ’XXX’ represents the screen number which is downloaded from host.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-255. 134 June 2009 . the values in Registry section "SCREEN" are used. Foreground Color This parameter can be used to set a specific foreground color for a downloaded screen. 0-255. Default value: if the parameter is not set. Background Color This parameter can be used to set a specific background color for a downloaded screen.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-255. 0-255. Default value: if the parameter is not set. Parameter name: FOREGROUND_COLOR Section in *. 0-255 Value description: three integer values which contain the RGB components of the color. the values in Registry section "SCREEN" are used. See also the next parameter for the display time definition of the screen. timer value in milli seconds Default value: -1 .PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] -1. 0-3600000 Value description: -1 . Parameter name: IDLE_TIME Section in *. This parameter can be independently set from the screen download.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: IDLE_NEXT_SCREEN Section in *. next screen number Default value: -1 .no time. or separately to the screen download.no next screen Screen idle time This parameter can be used to specify an idle time how long the current screen appears before it changes to the next screen which can be specified via parameter IDLE_NEXT_SCREEN.no next screen.no time June 2009 135 . 0-999 Value description: -1 .PPF” [SCREEN_XXX] [1] Screen idle next screen This parameter can be used to specify a next screen where it goes to after the current screen has been displayed.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] -1. With this parameter you can insert local screen idle rotations in combination with. Parameter name: SCREEN_CONTENTS Section in *. Parameter name: CHARACTER_HEIGHT Section in *. Character Height screen specific This parameter can be used to specify a char height for a specific downloaded screen.PPF” Character Width screen specific This parameter can be used to specify a char width for a specific downloaded screen. the values of Registry section "SCREEN" are used.[SCREEN_XXX] [1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: CHARACTER_WIDTH Section in *. Screen contents This parameter should be set in CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] valid ASCII screen sequences (NDC or DDC specific) Value description: contains screen contents to be displayed Default value: not set in Registry 136 June 2009 . You can use this parameter just in case if you like to configure a screen locally that is not downloaded from host.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-99 Value description: number of pixels in vertical direction Default value: If the parameter is not set.PPF only if no screen contents are downloaded from host.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-99 Value description: number of pixels in horizontal direction Default value: If the parameter is not set. the values of Registry section "SCREEN" are used. PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-999 Value description: number of pixels the window is moved from the left most position to the right. Parameter name: VERTICAL_OFFSET Section in *. Parameter name: HORIZONTAL_OFFSET Section in *. Default value: 0 June 2009 137 .PPF” [SCREEN_XXX] [1] Screen horizontal offset This parameter can be used to set a horizontal offset for a specific downloaded screen.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-999 Value description: number of pixels the window is moved down from the top most position.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: 0 Screen vertical offset This parameter can be used to set a horizontal offset for a specific downloaded screen. PCX" 138 June 2009 .yes Default value: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] character string (valid path) Value description: path location of the graphic file Default value: Example: "" "C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS\EXAMPLE.PPF” Screen transparent mode This parameter is used to set transparent mode for a specific downloaded screen. Parameter name: TRANSPARENT_MODE Section in *.no. 1 .PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-1 Value description: 0 .[SCREEN_XXX] [1] Parameters in “CUSTOM.no Screen background picture This parameter can be used to specify a full screen graphic as a background picture with the mixture of screen contents of a specific downloaded screen or as a picture instead of screen contents which are downloaded from host. Parameter name: PICTURE_BACKGROUND Section in *. PPF” [SCREEN_XXX] [1] Screen display contents This parameter is used to switch off displaying the screen contents of a specific downloaded screen. Default value: not used (remarked) June 2009 139 . Often the cursor positioning downloaded from host does not match with the coordinates of the input rectangle from the background graphic.suppress displaying downloaded screen contents 1 . display contents Set Curser position for consumer inputs locally The following parameters are used to set if you need to configure the cursor position and cursor adjustment of consumer inputs locally.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-1 Value description: 0 .yes.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-9999 (pixel) Value description: Specifies the left offset of the upper left corner of the input rectangle. Sometimes it is neccessary to place the curser exactly to the input field of a background picture.yes. display contents Default value: 1 . The following parameters should solve that problem.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: DISPLAY_CONTENTS Section in *. Upper left offset of the input rectangle Parameter name: INPUT_FIELD_LEFT Section in *. PPF” Value description: Specifies the top offset of the upper left corner of the input rectangle.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-9999 (pixel) Value description: Specifies the bottom offset of the lower right corner of the input rectangle. Default value: not used (remarked) Lower bottom offset of the input rectangle Parameter name: INPUT_FIELD_BOTTOM Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-9999 (pixel) Parameters in “CUSTOM.[SCREEN_XXX] [1] Upper top offset of the input rectangle Parameter name: INPUT_FIELD_TOP Section in *. Default value: not used (remarked) Lower right offset of the input rectangle Parameter name: INPUT_FIELD_RIGHT Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0-9999 (pixel) Value description: Specifies the right offset of the lower right corner of the input rectangle. Default value: not used (remarked) 140 June 2009 . Description: The input rectangle is definded on the left side starting with the first character at the left border on the second line. If you have a display resolution of 640x480 and your font has the size and height of 16x24. characters are moving to right and to left Default value: not used (remarked) It is very important that for the cursor configuration all five parameters as described above are set in the [SCREEN_XXX] section. (value / 16) = 1 character adjust for parameter xxx_LEFT or xxx_RIGHT. 2 Value description: 0 . The offset values are dependent from the display resolution and the font size. Configuration Example: You have set following values: INPUT_FIELD_LEFT = 0. INPUT_FIELD_TOP = 24. Parameter name: INPUT_FIELD_ADJUST Section in *. INPUT_FIELD_ADJUST = 0. INPUT_FIELD_BOTTOM = 456.PPF: Valid range: [SCREEN_XXX] 0. (value / 24) = 1 character adjust for parameter xxx_TOP or xxx_BOTTOM.PPF” Input adjustment [SCREEN_XXX] [1] This parameter controls the character adjustment of the consumer input.character input from right to left 3 . INPUT_FIELD_RIGHT = 32.Parameters in “CUSTOM.character input from left to right 1 .character input centered. The input size is exactly two characters. June 2009 141 . 1. See also section “Vendor and AddOn depended configuration” on page 274. 142 June 2009 . Those screen sub sections are created if in the screen download the ESCLxxx (set language bank) sequence is downloaded by the host.INA file.\LYNXCI\SCREEN\BANK_002\011". the screen contents are stored in registry section ". BANK_002.PPF used by PARAC. Table 12: Parameters supported in language banks (DDC only) Parameters FOREGROUND_COLOR BACKGROUND_COLOR TRANSPARENT_MODE PICTURE_BACKGROUND CHARACTER_WIDTH CHARACTER_HEIGHT VERTICAL_OFFSET HORIZONTAL_OFFSET INPUT_FIELD_LEFT Example: Parameters INPUT_FIELD_RIGHT INPUT_FIELD_TOP INPUT_FIELD_BOTTOM INPUT_FIELD_ADJUST PICTURE_BACKGROUND PICTURE_XXX If the host downloads screen 011 that contains "ESCL002".. etc.). Parameters needed in language bank sub sections can not be configured in CUSTOM. Please use the way via creating an *.Language bank screen parameters (DDC only)Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF Language bank screen parameters (DDC only) The following table lists all local parameters that can be used in language specific screen bank sub sections (BANK_001. Electronic journal files defined in section [CUST_MSG] are stored by default in directory C:\CUSTOMER as defined with parameter CUST_JOURNAL_PATH. and which message should be stored to the CUSTOMER path. The advantage of this two parallel journal sections is that you can filter the journal messages. You can decide which message should be stored to the JOURNAL.PPF [1] ’XXXX’ represents a fixed four digit definition number which is related to the error map table (CCErrMap) together with DESTXXXX. June 2009 143 . Electronic journal files are stored by default in directory C:\JOURNAL as defined with parameter TOP_JOURNAL_PATH. variables and text messages which are transferred to the destinations defined in parameter DESTXXXX. 128 characters) Value description: Defines the message string for the journal printer Default value: see definitions in CUSTOM.PPF: [TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG] Valid range: ASCII string (max. Parameter name: MSGXXXX [1] Sections in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG] [TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG] Event and Error message definitions Parameters of section [TOP_MSG] contain formats. [TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG] Format Variables Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” The event and error message text can be prepared with some variables.dll) if it is loaded via FwLoadPM.exe variable variable 144 June 2009 .initiates a new line defines a variable name from the variable framework (ccvarfw. Here is a short overview of some variables and their meaning: Table 13: Variables and formats for event and error messages Variable @2 @3 @4 @5 @6 #NL# $XXX$ %XXX% Description prints the current day in two integer digits prints the current month in two integer digits prints the current year in four integer digits prints the current time Output format dd mm yyyy hh:mm:ss Inserts a three digit security number (000-999) ddd macro .dll) defines a variable name from the data dictonary framework (ccdatdic. The destination values can be combinated via enabling the requested bits (see value description).PPF: Valid range: Value description: Bit Value Description 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 4 32 none journal file journal printer journal event with journal data reserved journal events for data monitoring (ProView) [TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG] 0-39 Default value: [1] see entries in CUSTOM. June 2009 145 . Parameter name: DESTXXXX [1] Section in *.PPF ’XXXX’ represents a fixed four digit definition number which is related to the error map table (CCERRMAP) together with MSGXXXX.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG] Event and Error message destination This parameter defines the output destinations of the event or error messages. PPF” [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] Hardware Configuration Parameters (NDC) The following table describes the hardware device configuration which is sent in the NDC solicited status message “Send Configuration Information”.[HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Table 14: Hardware Configuration Parameters (NDC) Parameter HW_CONF_0_PROD_CLASS HW_CONF_1_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_2_DISK HW_CONF_3_CARD_READER HW_CONF_4_CASH_HANDLER HW_CONF_5_DEPOSIT HW_CONF_6_REC_PRINTER HW_CONF_7_JRN_PRINTER HW_CONF_8_RESERVED HW_CONF_9_RESERVED HW_CONF_10_NIGHT_DEPOSIT HW_CONF_11_ENCRYPTOR HW_CONF_12_CAMERA HW_CONF_13_DOOR_ACCESS HW_CONF_14_FLEX_DISK HW_CONF_15_TAMPER_BINS HW_CONF_16_CARDHOLDER_KEYB HW_CONF_17_OPERATOR_KEYB HW_CONF_18_DISPLAY_VOICE HW_CONF_19_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_20_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_21_STATEMENT_PRT HW_CONF_22_SIG_DISPLAY HW_CONF_23_RESERVED HW_CONF_24_COIN_DISP HW_CONF_25_SYSTEM_DISPLAY HW_CONF_26_MED_ENT_IND Description Product Class No Configuration System Disk Card Reader/Writer Cash Handler Depository Receipt Printer Journal Printer Reserved Reserved Night Safe Depository Encryptor Security Camera Door Access Flex Disk Tamper Indicating Bins Cardholder Keyboard Operator Keyboard Cardholder Display/Voice No Configuration No Configuration Statement Printer Signage Display Reserved Coin Dispenser System Display Media Entry Indicators Default Value 11 7F 00 03 01 02 [1] 01 [1] 01 [1] 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 7F 7F 7F [1] ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ 146 June 2009 . Parameter name: MESSAGE_LOGGING Section in *./Sol.EXE" during installation. 2 .PPF” [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] HW_CONF_27_ENV_DISP HW_CONF_28_DOC_PROC_MOD HW_CONF_29_COIN_TAMP_IND HW_CONF_30_DOC_TAMP_IND HW_CONF_31_RESERVED HW_CONF_32_DIG_AUDIO_SERV HW_CONF_33_RESERVED HW_CONF_34_RESERVED HW_CONF_35_RESERVED HW_CONF_36_RESERVED HW_CONF_37_RESERVED Envelope Dispenser Document Processing Module Coin Tamper Indication Document Tamper Indication Reserved Digital Audio Service Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ ““ [1] . 2 Value description: 0 .logging off.Depending on the available hardware.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0.DDC logging on Default value: 0 June 2009 147 . this value will be modified by utility "SETHWPPF. message logging on journal This parameter activates NCR compatible logging or DDC MDS status logging of unsolicited and solicited messages on journal destination. 1.NDC logging on. 1 . Unsol. EXE" during installation.[HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Note1: Note2: This field will be filled dynamically by application The two digit value represents one Byte where the left digit is the high part and the right digit the low part. HEX Value 3CH 3DH 3EH 3FH ASCII char < = > ? 148 June 2009 .PPF” Expanded Hardware Configuration Parameters (DDC) The following table describes the hardware device configuration which is sent in the DDC solicited status message “Send Configuration Information”. Table 15: Hardware Configuration Parameters (DDC) Parameter Default Parameter Value EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_10 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_11 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_12 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_13 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_14 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_15 Default Value see Note1 00 00 00 00 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_0 02 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_1 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_2 00 [1] EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_3 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_4 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_5 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_6 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_7 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_8 00 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_9 28 [1] DOUBLE_EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_16 00 DOUBLE_EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_17 00 DOUBLE_EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_18 00 [1] . this value will be modified by utility "SETHWPPF. The range of each digit is 30H to 3FH. See ProCash/DDC User Guide section “Expanded Hardware Configuration” and “Double Expanded Hardware Configuration” for detailed description of the optional bits for each parameter. HEX Value 30H 31H 32H 33H 34H 35H ASCII char 0 1 2 3 4 5 HEX Value 36H 37H 38H 39H 3AH 3BH ASCII char 6 7 8 9 : .Depending on the available hardware. The value itself has to be entered as an ASCII character value for the high part and the low part of the byte (see reference table). Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] MACing configuration Send TVN and MAC in Transaction Request messages This parameter is used to set if the TVN (Time Variant Number) and MAC have to be sent in Transation Request messages. Parameter name: SEND_TVN_MAC Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0-1 Value description: 0 - do not send TVN and MAC 1 - TVN and MAC will be sent Default value: 0 - do not send TVN and MAC Check TVN and MAC This parameter is used to set if the TVN (Time Variant Number) and the MAC have to be checked in Transaction Reply, State table or FIT Load messages. Parameter name: CHECK_TVN_MAC Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0-1 Value description: 0 - do not check TVN and MAC 1 - TVN and MAC will be checked Default value: 0 - do not check TVN and MAC Send Machine Number This parameter is used to set if the Machine Number (Security Terminal Number) has to be sent in terminal to host messages. Parameter name: SEND_MACHINE_NO Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0-1 Value description: 0 - do not send the Machine number 1 - include the Machine number in the messages Default value: 0 - do not send the Machine Number June 2009 149 [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] Check Machine Number Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” This parameter is used to set if the Machine Number (Security Terminal Number) has to be checked in Transaction Reply messages. Parameter name: CHECK_MACHINE_NO Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0-1 Value description: 0 - do not check the Machine number 1 - check the Machine number Default value: 0 - do not check the Machine Number Send TVN and MAC in solicited status This parameter is used to set if the Time Variant Number and MAC have to be sent in solicited device status messages. Parameter name: SEND_TVN_MAC_SOL Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0-1 Value description: 0 - do not send TVN and MAC 1 - TVN and MAC will be sent Default value: 0 - do not send TVN and MAC Field selected MACing This parameter is used to activate field selected MACing. The fields to MACed are defined in the Message Authentication Field Selection Load command. Parameter name: MAC_FLD_SELECTED Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0-1 Value description: 0 - Field selected MACing OFF 1 - Filed selected MACing ON Default value: 0 - Field selected MACing OFF (DDC) 1 - Field selected MACing ON (NDC) 150 June 2009 Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] ASCII MACing activation in EBCDIC line environments This parameter is used to force MACing calculation in ASCII. This parameter is only needed if the line communication is EBCDIC and the MAC has to be calculated in ASCII. Parameter name: MAC_ASCII Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0-1 Value description: 0 - MAC calculation as received from line 1 - MAC calculation always in ASCII Default value: 0 - MAC calculation as received from line M-Data and MDS i series status code handling This parameter is used to specify how the CCERRMAP entries for M_DATA and DDC_MDS_STATUS have to be modified in the unsolicited or solicited message by the application at runtime before it be sent to the host. How the values should be set by the application depends on how the host verifies those status fields. Parameter name: STATUS_CODE_HANDLING Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0, 1, 2 Value description: 0 - Status codes entered in CCERRMAP.INA are modified by the application for solicited and unsolicited messages. 1 - M-Data or MDS i series status codes are replaced through STCLASS, STCODE, STWARN for solicited or unsolicited messages. (3 x 4 Bytes = 12 characters) 2 - Status codes entered in CCERRMAP.INA remain unchanged in solicited and unsolicited messages. Default value: 0 - Status codes entered in CCERRMAP.INA are modified by the application for solicited and unsolicited messages. See also section “Miscellaneous tools” on page 382 utility MDS2WNC.EXE. June 2009 151 [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Go offline after host reply timeout This parameter can be used to set if the terminal should change the ATM mode to Offline (Communication framework receives offline event), when the host does not sent the transaction reply message within the time specified by TIMER_03 (Host Response Timer). This parameter should prevent processing of host reply commands that are not related to the customer that has initiated the transaction request. Parameter name: GO_OFFLINE_AFTER_TIMEOUT Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - stay online; 1 - go offline after reply timeout Default value: 0 - stay online RKL message encoding This parameter is used to specify the type of encoding for RKL (Remote Key Loading) message fields. RKL message fields can be send/received in hexa decimal, BASE64 or BASE94 encoded format. The parameter specifies how RKL fields have to be handled in receive and send direction. The format has to be agreed with the switch provider. Parameter name: RKL_ENCODING Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] 0, 1, 99 Value description: 0 - encoding off, hexa decimal field values 1 - BASE64 encoding enabled 99 - BASE94 encoding enabled Default value: 0 - encoding off 152 June 2009 Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] [APPLICATION_XXX][1] [1] ’XXX’ represents the protocol type which can be NDC or DDC. Hardware Fitness Fitness This parameter can be used to set whether the hardware fitness should be cleared or remain as before after leaving the SOP session. If you have ProCash/NDC installed, the Hardware Fitness will allways be cleared if SOP function "Display Supplies Status" is called. Parameter name: CLEAR_HWFITNESS Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0-1 Value description: 0 - use current fitness after exiting supervisor mode; 1 - clear fitness after exiting supervisor mode Default value: 1 - clear fitness after exiting supervisor mode If the parameter is not set in the Registry, the hardware fitness is cleared after exiting supervisor mode (like value 1). Resend Power Up This parameter is used to set what time cycle the power up message should be repeated to the host. Parameter name: RESEND_POWER_UP Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0-99999 Value description: time value in seconds Default value: 0 - no power up repetition June 2009 153 [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Suspend Mode timeout This parameter can be used to set the time in seconds how long the suspend mode stays active if an error with the suspend mode severity 3 has occurred. If the parameter is configured with time value zero, the suspend mode option is switched off. Parameter name: SUSPEND_TIMEOUT Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0-99999 Value description: time value in seconds. (0 = suspend mode is switched off) Default value: 30 - suspend mode timeout after 30 seconds Resend Power up message This parameter is used to specify in which ATM mode the power up message should be sent. Parameter name: SEND_POWER_UP Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] NEVER, ONCE, ALWAYS no power up message. send power up message during startup only. send power up after every online or after exiting supervisor mode Value description: NEVER ONCE ALWAYS Default value: ONCE 154 June 2009 Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Sensor messages for terminal doors This parameter is used to specify for which terminal doors (Cash and Operator door) an alarm or sensor change message has to be sent. This parameter also influences the parameter "SVRMODE_WHEN_DOOR_OPEN". Parameter name: SEND_DOOR_CHANGE Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] GENERAL, SAFE, OPERATOR Value description: GENERAL - Send door open message if one of the doors has been opened, and send close message if both doors are closed. SAFE - Send open/closed message if safe door has been opened/closed. OPERATOR - Send open/closed message if operator door has been opened/closed. Default value: GENERAL Force Supervisor Mode when door open This parameter can be used to specify if the terminal should go into supervisor mode after the time specified when the safe or operator door has been opened. Supervisor mode will be automatically exited (without time delay) when the door is closed and you have not entered the supervior mode via the SOP menu. See also section “Sensor messages for terminal doors” on page 155 for door configuration options. Parameter name: SVRMODE_WHEN_DOOR_OPEN Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0, 999 seconds delay time Value description: 0 - do not enter SV mode >0 - enter SV mode after the specified time delay. Default value: 0 - option disabled June 2009 155 [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Solicited and Unsolicited message queuing The parameters in this section are used to configure message queuing for events within transactions or for during offline which generates a message to the host. The message will be queued until a transaction has been finished or the line status changes from offline to online. The following parameter activates queuing for unsolicited messages within transactions. If a transaction request message has been sent to the host, unsolicited messages will be queued until the ready response is sent after the host reply. Unsolicited sensor messages (doors, cassettes change) or device fault messages are sent to the host after the transaction ready message. Parameter name: Q_UNSOL_IN_TRAN_REQ Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - message immediately sent to host. 1 - queue message within transactions and send it after transaction ready. Default value: 0 - NDC; 1 - DDC The next parameter activates queuing of solicited messages during offline mode. Solicited messages unable to be sent to the host during offline mode are queued until the terminal is again online. Parameter name: Q_OFFLINE_TRAN_READY Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - ignore solicited messages during offline. 1 - queue message during offline and sent it when online. Default value: 0 - NDC; 1 - DDC 156 June 2009 the bits which are set locally in the default parameters remain active. If there is a configuration download from the host. Those default values will be ORed together with the values of Write Command III (Configuration download).switch on/off logo light together with the ready indicator Default value: 0 June 2009 157 .switch on/off ready indicator only 1. Parameter name: SWITCH_LOGO Section in *. Parameter names: DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_1 DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_2 DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_3 Section in *.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Default Miscellaneous Features (DDC only) These parameters can be used to set default values for the Miscellaneous Features 1. where the values are less than the default setting. table 7 and table 8 for detailed value description.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0. 2 and 3. 1 Value description: 0 . Switch on/off logo light together with ready indicator This parameter can be used to set if the logo light should be switched on/off together with the ready indicator.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_DDC] 0-255 Value description: see table 6. This could be useful if you want to set locally required bits which are not downloaded by the network.PPF: Valid range: VALUES DESCRIPTION 0 1 2 8 No options selected Separate READY (B) status sent in response to Transaction Reply Auto return to previous mode from supply mode 12 digit amount buffer (if not set 8 digit amount buffer) [APPLICATION_XXX] Value description: The values of each option can be added together if you want to set more than one option. Parameter name: DEFAULT_SUPPLY_READY_AMOUNT_OPTIONS Section in *. Bits which are set in this parameter will be AND with the downloaded bits from the host. Example: Value 3 sets "Separate Ready (B)" and "Auto return to previos mode from supply mode". 158 June 2009 . See also Abschnitt ”Optional Parameters (NDC)” on page 106 of this manual.PPF” Ready/Supply/Amount option defaults (NDC) With this parameter you can switch on bits for the Ready/Supply/Amount Buffer Options if the Configuration Parameters Load message is downloaded from host and the bits are switched off.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM.No option is set Refer to ProCash/NDC User Guide for detailed field description of the Configuration Parameters Load message (13). Default value: 0 . 3 . 1 Value description: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0. Default values: 10 .PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0.for write errors Refer to ProCash/NDC. Parameter name: OOS_AFTER_ONLINE Section in *. 1 . Enter "Out of service" mode after line reconnect This parameter can be used to specify if the terminal should enter "Out of Service" mode after reestablishing the line if the previous mode before offline was "In Service" mode. See also Abschnitt ”Optional Parameters (NDC)” on page 106 and of this manual.Parameters in “CUSTOM.for read errors.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Card Read/Write error treshold defaults This parameter allows you to set default treshold values for card read/write errors which are downloaded with the Enhanced Configuration Parameters or the Configuration Parameters load command (Write Command III for DDC).or ProCash/DDC User Guide for detailed description of parameter option "13" and "14" in the Enhanced Configuration Parameters (1A) and see also the parameter fields of the Configuration Parameters (13) load (Write Command III for DDC).return to "In Service" mode if previous mode was "In Service" before offline.enter "Out of Service" mode after reconnection Default value: 0 June 2009 159 . 99 Value description: Sets the number of read/write errors which can occur before a message is sent to the network. Parameter name: DEFAULT_CARD_READ_THRESHOLD DEFAULT_CARD_WRITE_THRESHOLD Section in *. With this parameter you are able to set locally a minimum limit which cannot be overloaded with a lower value from the host. Default value: 30 Configure Customer Relays 1 . If the terminal does not receive the "Go in Service" command within the specified time.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. the rear balancing function will not performed. Parameter name: REAR_BALANCE_TIMEOUT Section in *. 160 June 2009 .4 The following parameters are used to configure Customer Relays (1-4) control of the Special Electronic (SEL) and the Status Indicators of the Operator Panel.PPF” Rear Balancing host timeout This parameter can be used to specify the time the application waits for the "Go in Service" command after the Rear Balancing function has been executed and the terminal has exited supervisor mode.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 10. 9999 Value description: specifies the time in seconds the application waits for the "Go in service" command from host. You can configure which status lights should be switched on/off during following ATM modes or device status: ● ● ● ● ● ● ATM is in service mode Customer transaction active (card inserted by consumer) ATM is in Supervisor Mode ATM requires technical service or maintanance Low or out status on cash cassettes Printer paper low See detailed description of the parameters on the following pages. A negative value (preceding minus character) in range 1-4 of Number indicates to switch OFF (inverted logik) the specified Relay number. Service Indicator Color green yellow yellow red red Number 0 1 2 3 4 EXAMPLE 1: Assume you like to switch ON the Customer Relay 2 and the Customer Indicator of the Operator Panel when the ATM mode is in service. A positive value in range 1-4 of Number indicates to switch ON the specified Relay number. For the Customer Relays you have to enter keyword REL for IndicatorType.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] All parameters can be configured in the same parameter syntax as follows: IndicatorType:Number.Parameters in “CUSTOM. .OPL:0.IndicatorType:Number.IndicatorType:Number..PPF is required: LED_IN_SERVICE = REL:2. For Status Indicators of the Operator Panel you have to enter OPL for IndicatorType .PPF is required: LED_SVR_MODE = REL:3.. Service Indicator on the Operator Panel when the ATM mode is in Supervisor Mode.OPL:4 NOTE: REL configuration requires OPL configuration too. Range 0-4 of Number (ON/OFF behaviour see Relay description) represents the control of the Status Indicators in following order: OPL Status Indicators In Service Indicator Customer Indicator Cash Indicator Paper Indicator tech. June 2009 161 .OPL:-4 EXAMPLE 2: Assume you like to configure Customer Relay 3 and 4 and the tech.REL:4. Following parameter setting in CUSTOM. Service Indicator of Operator Panel: Following parameter setting in CUSTOM. In addition you like to configure to switch OFF the tech. .IndicatorType:Number.PPF” IndicatorType:Number.IndicatorType:Number.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] LED_IN_SERVICE (ATM is in service mode) Parameter name: LED_IN_SERVICE Section in *. Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) LED_CUSTOMER (transaction active) Parameter name: LED_CUSTOMER Section in *. Value description: specifies which Relay Indicator(s) and Operator Panel Indicator(s) should be switched on/off if a consumer transaction is active.. . Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) LED_CASH (cash cassette(s) has/have low or out status) Parameter name: LED_CASH Section in *.. Value description: specifies which Relay Indicator(s) and Operator Panel Indicator(s) should be switched on/off during in service mode. . Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) 162 June 2009 . Value description: specifies which Relay Indicator(s) and Operator Panel Indicator(s) should be switched on/off when the cash cassette(s) has/have a low or out status. .PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] IndicatorType:Number.IndicatorType:Number.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] Parameters in “CUSTOM...PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] IndicatorType:Number.. PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] [APPLICATION_XXX][1] IndicatorType:Number.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] IndicatorType:Number. Value description: specifies which Relay Indicator(s) and Operator Panel Indicator(s) should be switched on/off when the ATM is in supervisor mode Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) June 2009 163 .. Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) LED_SERVICE (technical service required) Parameter name: LED_SERVICE Section in *.IndicatorType:Number. .IndicatorType:Number.. Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) LED_SVR_MODE (ATM in supervisor mode) Parameter name: LED_SVR_MODE Section in *. .PPF” LED_PAPER (printer paper low) Parameter name: LED_PAPER Section in *.IndicatorType:Number. . Value description: specifies which Relay Indicator(s) and Operator Panel Indicator(s) should be switched on/off if the printers has/have paper low status.Parameters in “CUSTOM..PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] IndicatorType:Number... Value description: specifies which Relay Indicator(s) and Operator Panel Indicator(s) should be switched on/off if technical service or maintanance is required for one or more ATM devices.. RED (Relay 1): ATM is currently in Supervisor mode or ATM is in Offline mode or ATM is Out of Service mode. RELAY1 = Red. The colors Red. 164 June 2009 .[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. as used to configure Customer Relays (see also Abschnitt ”Configure Customer Relays 1 . On Wincor Systems the RSI status can only be GREEN or YELLOW or RED. Multiple lights cannot be enabled. RSI is connected to the Relay output 1-3 of the Special Electronic. RELAY2 = Yellow. Yellow and Green are assigned to fixed Relay positions.PPF” The LED configuration parameters are preset with following defaults if the parameters are not set in the registry: Parameter LED_IN_SERVICE LED_CUSTOMER LED_CASH LED_PAPER LED_SERVICE LED_SVR_MODE Relay OPL OPL OPL OPL OPL Number 0 1 2 3 4 - Configure Remote Sensor Indicators (RSI) The Remote Sensor Indicators (RSI) consist of three different status lights of following colors: GREEN (Relay 3): ATM is In Service and all devices are ok. YELLOW (Relay 2): ATM is In Service but one or more devices need(s) to be serviced. RELAY3 = Green.4” on page 160). To configure RSI you can use the same parameters (but with some restrictions). .OPL:3 REL:0. See Abschnitt ”Configure Customer Relays 1 .PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] REL:0.4” on page 160 for detailed description about Status Indicator configuration of Operator Panel. Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) June 2009 165 ..Parameters in “CUSTOM.OPL:2 REL:0. You have to set Status Indicators of the Operator Panel together with RSI lights.IndicatorType:Number. For RSI you have to enter keyword REL for IndicatorType.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] All parameters can be configured in the same parameter syntax as follows: IndicatorType:Number.PPF configure RSI and the belonging Status Indicators of the Operator Panel. . The value of Number has to be zero which enables the RSI processing.OPL:4 RSI Status GREEN (RELAY3) Parameter name: LED_IN_SERVICE Section in *. Value description: enables green RSI for In Service mode and as an option Operator Panel Indicator(s)... LED_IN_SERVICE = LED_CASH = LED_PAPER = LED_SERVICE = REL:0. .IndicatorType:Number. EXAMPLE: The following parameters in CUSTOM.OPL:0 REL:0.IndicatorType:Number. PPF” REL:0.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] Parameters in “CUSTOM..IndicatorType:Number. Value description: enables red RSI if the ATM is offline.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] REL:0.IndicatorType:Number.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] RSI Status YELLOW (RELAY2) Parameter name: LED_CASH LED_PAPER Section in *... Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) 166 June 2009 . . Value description: enables yellow RSI for cash low/out and paper low status and as an option Operator Panel Indicator(s). Default value: not configured in registry (internal default handling of transaction framework is used) RSI Status RED (RELAY1) Parameter name: LED_SERVICE Section in *. . out of service or in supervisor mode and as an option Operator Panel Indicator(s).. Example: LED_CASH = RSM.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Configure Remote Status Monitor (RSM) On Wincor Nixdorf systems the Remote Status Monitor handling can be enabled via IndicatorType RSM. you can configure multiple parameters and multiple Indicator Types in a comma separated list.OPL:2 For Multivendor environments on NCR Systems the Indicator Type has to be set to IndicatorType RSMNCR.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Example: LED_CASH = RSMNCR June 2009 167 . As described in Abschnitt ”Configure Remote Sensor Indicators (RSI)” on page 164. 0 1 2 3 4 Wincor Nixdorf In Service Customer Cash Paper Service Supervisor NCR Supervisor Ready Error Not available Not available DeLaRue Diebold Parameter entries in CUSTOM. Some LED’s do not exist or the LED numbers are in a different order.PPF” LED Mapping for systems of other vendors The LED control for the Operator Panel (OPL) is slightly different on for hardware systems other than Wincor Nixdorf. Diebold and DeLaRue systems. The following table shows the difference of the Operator Panel LED’s between Wincor Nixdorf and NCR: Parameter LED_IN_SERVICE LED_CUSTOMER LED_CASH LED_PAPER LED_SERVICE LED_SVR_MODE LED No.PPF for NCR systems: LED_IN_SERVICE = "OPL:1" LED_SERVICE = "OPL:2" LED_SVR_MODE = "OPL:0" 168 June 2009 .[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. This section describe how the Operator Panel LED’s can be mapped (as an example) for NCR. 9 hours) Value description: Positive value: If the ATM has been started and the line connection is online up to know the ATM mode is triggered. the connection is checked for online. If the ATM mode does not change from offline to online within the specified time. Default value: not configured in registry June 2009 169 . If the ATM mode changes to offline.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Offline Reboot timer This parameter can be used to initiate a system reboot if the ATM mode changes from online to offline and remain offline longer than the time configured via this parameter. The behavior is the same as described in the section above (Positive value). In addition you can specify the time the ATM is waiting for line connection after restart before a system reboot is initiated after timer expiry.If parameter SHUTDOWN_ACTIVE is set to "1".Parameters in “CUSTOM. The timer starts when the application is in offline mode.If the value is "0" the application will be just killed. Parameter name: OFFLINE_REBOOT_TIMER Section in *. a system reboot takes place. . 545 minutes (max. This cycle will be repeated until we get line connection and number of times configured in MAXREBOOT. the reboot flag is set. . This parameter can be useful if host and terminal have reconnect problems in a non-stable network or because of hardware problems with network cards.If the value of SHUTDOWN_ACTIVE is "0" the application will be just killed. Dependency Restart Manager: . If ATM gets line connection after restart.If parameter SHUTDOWN_ACTIVE is set to "1". If the ATM remains offline and the timer expires. the reboot flag is set. a system reboot takes place. Negative value: Immediately if the ATM has been started. the timer is started.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] -545. Dependency Restart Manager: . PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0. 1 Value description: 0 . 1 . 1 Value description: 0 . Send command reject message to the host.Preset General Purpose buffers with leading zeros. Default value: not configured in registry 170 June 2009 . Parameter name: DOUBLE_LENGTH_KEYS Section in *. Send ready message to the host.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0.PPF” Enable double length keys for triple DES This parameter has to be set if ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC has to work with triple DES keys and has to accept encryption key loads from host that contain double length keys (48 digits). Hardware requirement for triple DES encryption mode is an installed EPP of version 4. which are needed to perform triple DES encryption. 1 .Encryption key load with double length keys are accepted.Encryption key load with double length keys are rejected.General Purpose buffers are NOT zero filled. This option effects for the Enhanced Amount Entry state for NDC. Parameter name: ADJ_GEN_BUF_FROM_AMT Section in *. Default value: not configured in registry Zero filled General Purpose Buffer B and C This parameter can be used to specify if the General Purpose Buffer B and C should be preset with zeros as it is already done for the Amount Buffer. the Copy Buffer state and the Enhanced Copy Buffer state for DDC. JOU_NAME_CASS3 and JOU_NAME_CASS4 define the names of 4 cassettes. You can overwrite following default names: REJECT CASSETTE TOP CASSETTE SECOND CASSETTE THIRD CASSETTE BOTTOM CASSETTE Configuration Option 1: Parameter names: JOU_NAME_REJECT JOU_NAME_CASSx [1] Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] character string (max. JOU_NAME_CASS2.Parameters in “CUSTOM. The parameters JOU_NAME_CASS1. Default value: [1] not configured in registry x = physical cassette number beginning with 1 for the first dispense cassette.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] For parameter JOU_NAME_CASSN you have to include in addition to a unique cassette name the characters $N$ that are replaced with the physical cassette number. Range for parameter JOU_NAME_REJECT as defined in Configuration Option 1. 40 characters) Value description: specifies the cassette names for the reject cassette and for each single cash out cassette. Value description: specifies the cassette names for the reject cassette and cash out cassettes. Default value: not configured in registry June 2009 171 . Configuration Option 2: Parameter names: JOU_NAME_REJECT JOU_NAME_CASSN Section in *.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Configurable cassette names on journal With the following parameters you can define your own cassette names for the journal logging when a cassette has been inserted or removed. Default value: not configured in registry 172 June 2009 .PPF” Configurable text for reject/retract counter on journal With the following two parameters you can define your own journal text for number of rejects and retracts for the counter changed messages "Cash Counters before SOP" and "Cash Counters after SOP".PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] character string (max. You can overwrite following default text: RETRACTS: (represents the retract counter) REJECTS: (represents the reject counter sum of all dispense cassettes) Parameter names: JOU_TXT_REJECTS JOU_TXT_RETRACTS Section in *. 40 characters) Value description: specifies the journal text that is logged on journal for the number of cash retracts and rejects. The counter with the size of 4 digits for each parameter will be appended to the new defined text separated with one space to the right.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Repeat the ADRS run as long as the dispenser is not repaired.Parameters in “CUSTOM. In error situations (cash dispenser time-outs. If a consumer inserts his card. 2 . By default ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC starts the ADRS run after each consumer transaction.15 Value description: 0 . This option can be ORed together with one of the other options. If the dispenser is again operational.Run ADRS in OpenCustomerService() to force ADRS after SOP exit or if the ATM mode changes from offline to online and previous mode was In Service or the host sends a Go In Service command. stop ADRS run and allow further consumer transactions.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] ADRS options This parameter can be used to set specific ADRS options to optimize the ADRS behaviour.Do NOT wait for a previous ADRS run. or shutter jams. dispenser resets. the application waits as long as a previous ADRS run has been finished.wait until previous ADRS run has been finsihed after a consumer has inserted a card (can cause a delay during consumer input) 1 . Proceed with the consumer transaction with the risk that the delay happens (through a dispenser problem) after the transaction reply has been received and a dispense function has been initiated.Run ADRS additionally in Out of Service mode. Display OOS screen in this phase if the dispenser is still not operational. 8 .) the waiting time to finish the ADRS run can cause a long delay time to the next FDK selection or PIN entry screen for a customer that has already inserted his card. Default value: not configured in registry June 2009 173 .PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0 . 4 . Parameter names: ADRS_OPTIONS Section in *. This option can be ORed together with one of the other options.Do NOT allow a consumer transaction if after a previous ADRS run a cash dispenser error has not been repaired. etc. number of repetitions the ADRS is repeated until the device is repaired.Downloaded COM key is lost after system reboot. The parameter can be used to simulate the behavior of Diebold systems. >0 . They lose the downloaded COM key after power failure.3 retries during in service mode (1 minute delay). Parameter name: STORE_COM_KEY Section in *.COM key is stored and available after system reboot.9999 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: ADRS_MAX_RETRIES Section in *. 1 . Default value: not configured . Default value: not configured in registry Store downloaded COM key This parameter is needed if you have to configure whether the downloaded COM key should be still available after system reboot or if it should be lost after power failure.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0 . 1 Value description: 0 .COM key is stored power secure 174 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0.PPF” ADRS max retries This parameter can be used to set the maximum repetitions the ADRS should be repeated.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. if the card was retained by the application (but retain flag not set in host reply) in case of a jam or a consumer timeout. if card is retained by the application (default). Parameter name: PRINT_IMMEDIATE_OPTIONS Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0-3 Value description: Bit order 0x01 -Allow print immediate in Supervisor mode 0x02 -Allow print immediate in In Service mode Default value: not configured in registry June 2009 175 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: not configured in registry Print immediate processing options This parameter can be used to specify in which ATM mode a print immediate host reply command (FID ’4’) is accepted by the ATM. Parameter name: CARD_RETAIN_DISPLAY Section in *.display retain screen if card was captured through the application and not by retain flage from host reply.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0-1 Value description: 0 .do not display card retain screen.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Force displaying "Card captured" screen in close state This parameter activates displaying the "Your card has been captured" screen defined in the Close State (J). 1 . the device name of parameter position 1 is used.PPF” Configure anti skimming and mouthpiece sensors The following parameter is used to configure anti skimming and mouthpiece sensor recognition...[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Example entry 1: 64340050 Example entry 2: 643A0060CCCdmFW Note: Please make sure that the error section exist in registry location ... If configured the status change can be journalled to file or/and printer StClass/StCodeDeviceName This field can be used to set a specific class and error code that can be set for a specific device name. all device state changes will be assigned to this device name. 0 = OFF).:.. where it can be defined a journal message.... Parameter name: ALARM_SENSORS Section in *.. error code..:.SensorValue2:.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] SensorValue1:. Sensor State changes from OFF to ON (alarm active) 2 3 X X 4 digit Journal (TOPMSG/CUSTMSG) message number. and unsolicited message name. Within each sensor definition.:.:.\Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCERRMAP Name of the unsolicited message that should be sent in case if the sensor status has changed from OFF to ON Example: T2HUnsolicitedAlarmStateChange 1 4 X 176 June 2009 . If DeviceName is not specified. The current sensor state can be received in method PREP_SENSOR_STATUS of the Message Control Framework (value: 1 = ON (alarm). The single options of each sensor in the list are grouped through a colon (:).). This parameter consists of a comma (.:.) separated list for each sensor that you like to define. the mandatory and optional fields are separated through a colon (:): POS 0 Optional Description Sensor number that represents the WOSA sensor type: Value Sensor Type 1 SIU_TAMPER 2 SIU_INTTAMPER 10 SIU_INPUT1 11 SIU_INPUT2 12 SIU_INPUT3 13 SIU_INPUT4 X Device name that represents the device class that will be created in the Device Status Framework (dcDevsta. Value description: the parameter value consists of one or more Sensor definitions.:. where each Sensor definition is separated through a comma (.dll) Example: If you enter the name TAMPER_SENSOR. . The card reader state is set to not operational and an unsolicited card reader message with a fatal status is sent to the host.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Sensor State changes from ON to OFF (alarm inactive) 5 6 X X 4 digit Journal (TOPMSG/CUSTMSG) message number. or . following registry parameter settings are required: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\CSC-W32\CurrentVersion\CSCSEL] "RSRVI2"="ID_ENTRY" ProDevice (WOSA) uses sensor type WFS_SIU_TAMPER (1) for status indication.. device name TAMPER_SENSOR for dcDevSta. a specific mouthpiece can be connected to the "Reserve In 2" contact of the special electronic. 10:INPUT_SENSOR1 :2001::T2HUnsolicitedMyOwnDefinedMessage" This configuration example sets WOSA sensor device SIU_TAMPER. no StClass and StCode. June 2009 177 . and message T2HUnsolicitedMyOwnDefinedMessage if the sensor state changes from OFF to ON (alarm). a running card insert job will be cancelled. and message T2HUnsolicitedAlarmStateChange if the sensor state changes from OFF to ON (alarm). The second field (after the comma separator) configures SIU_INPUT1. Please note that own defined messages have to be configured in registry section . journal message 2001.\CCOPEN\PROTOCOL\NDC\.1/20 or higher for detailed information. Note: If WOSA parameter "CheckSkimming" is configured in section HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\WOSA/ XFS_ROOT\PHYSICAL_SERVICES\SSI and skimming is active.\CCOPEN\PROTOCOL\DDC\.dll.\Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCERRMAP Name of the unsolicited message that should be sent in case if the sensor status has changed from ON to OFF Example: T2HUnsolicitedAlarmStateChange 7 X Default value:not configured in registry Example: "1:TAMPER_SENSOR:2000::T2HUnsolicitedAlarmStateChange. Anti Skimming module connection on Wincor ATM’s: The Anti Skimming module is connected to contact "Reserve In 2" of the special electronic.. device name INPUT_SENSOR1 for dcDevsta. If DeviceName is not specified. the device name of parameter position 1 is used..dll. For activation of this sensor. . no StClass and StCode. Refer also to ProDevice CEN document "Part 10: Sensors and Indicators Unit Device Class Interface" and "Part4: Identification Card Device Class Interface". For activation of this sensor. journal message 2000. Please refer to "Generation Tools" User Guide CSC-W32 2.Parameters in “CUSTOM.. If configured the status change can be journalled to file or/and printer StClass/StCodeDeviceName This field can be used to set a specific class and error code that can be set for a specific device name. following registry parameter settings are required: [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\CSC-W32\CurrentVersion\CSCSEL] "RSRVI2"="ANTI_SKIMMING" "MAGDOOR3"="ANTI_SKIMMING" Alternatively: Card reader mouthpiece connection on Wincor ATM’s: As an alternative solution to the anti skimming module. Example entry 1: 64340050 Example entry 2: 643A0060CCCdmFW Note: Please make sure that the error section exist in registry location . Default value: not configured in registry Use Close (J) state Timer 02 always If this parameter is enabled the close Timer 02 is always used. Use state index 2 if receipt will be deliverd in the close state.[APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: USE_CLOSE_TIMER_ALWAYS Section in *. always state index 2 (no transaction record form delivered screen) is displayed. If the parameter is enabled.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0.use state index 0 only if receipt could be printed and delivered but not if reply DDC FID ’H’ or ’D’ is used in host reply.use close timer only if the next state is a 000 state specified in the close state (J).PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0. 1 . 1 . If a receipt was not printed. If DDC FID ’H’ or ’D’ is used in the host reply.use state index 0 if receipt already delivered in the reply function (form feed (FF) included in printer data). By default when the parameter is not set. 1 Value description: 0 . always state index 0 (transaction record form delivered screen) of the close state (J) is used if the printer has successfully printed and delivered a receipt. default is 0 178 June 2009 . Parameter name: RECEIPT_DELIVERED Section in *.PPF” Display receipt delivered screen in close state With this parameter can be configured which screen should be displayed in the close state when a receipt was printed or not printed. the close Timer 02 is used only if the next state is a 000 state.use close timer always Default value: not configured in registry. always state index 2 is used. 1 Value description: 0 . PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] -999-999 Value description: Positive value: delay as long as the Transaction Request dialog returns. Parameter name: FID_Z_WAIT_TIME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0-5 Value description: the value specifies the time in seconds how long the screen of FID ’Z’ should be displayed.PPF” [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Delay after Transaction Request processing This parameter is used to sepecify a delay time how long the application should wait for the Transaction Reply procesing after the Transaction Request message has been sent to the host. default is 0 Screen delay time for FID ’Z’ (DDC only) This parameter can be used to specify a screen delay time (in seconds) for the screen that is sent via function identifier ’Z’ (do nothing) of a DDC Function Command message. Parameter name: TRAN_DELAY_TIME Section in *. Negative value: delay the specified time in any case Default value: not configured. but maximum deleay as specified. delay time is 0 June 2009 179 . Default value: not configured.Parameters in “CUSTOM. [APPLICATION_XXX][1] Parameters in “CUSTOM. if monitoring is disabled. Parameter name: PAN_HANDLING Section in *. 1 Value description: 0 . That means. Default value: not configured.specific PAN handling for ANSI PIN block.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0.PPF: Valid range: [APPLICATION_XXX] 0. Parameter name: MONITOR_BOOT_SWITCH Section in *. (default = 1) 180 June 2009 .standard PAN handling 1 . Use PANLN and PANDX. a button press through an operator has no effect.disable boot switch monitoring 1 .PPF” Options for PAN handling This parameter can be used to set special PAN handling that is required in some project environments.boot switch monitoring enabled Default value: not configured. 1 Value description: 0 . Skip field separator und take next PAN digits up to the number of digits specified by PANLN. use standard PAN handling Monitor SEL boot switch (Wincor only) This parameter can be used to disable monitoring of the boot switch (ON/OFF button) from the operator panel or special electronics panel (the black boot button of the old special electronic is not involved). If the consumer performs a withdrawal transaction. Parameter name: CAS_WAIT_TIME Section in *.. If the consumer does not press CANCEL and CAS is still active after the timer has expired. CAS is supported with ProTopas/SOP-DDC. the withdrawal transaction will be processed. 1-999.infinite .\LYNXCI\TIMER section.INA. you have to specify timeout values for each CAS screen dialog that is displayed when the operator has selected one of the Continuous Availablity Service. These timeout values specify how long the CAS specific function selection screen is displayed where the consumer can select to continue or to abort the transaction if CAS is active. The consumer has the choice to wait until CAS is finished or to press CANCEL to abort the transaction. 0. the terminal responds to the host with a solicited CANCEL message.PPF” CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only) CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only) If the terminal uses Continuous Availability Services (CAS).Number of seconds the screen remain. If the consumer press CANCEL. Time-out for CAS of cash dispenser This parameter specifies the timeout value for the screen that is displayed if CAS for the cash dispenser is active. "" . .Timer 04 is used (Diebold compatible) Value description: 0 1-999 Tnn "" Default value: not configured . To use CAS.Use timer value that is downloaded from host.Parameters in “CUSTOM. nn = downloaded timer number stored in . screen 907 is displayed after the terminal has received the transaction reply and CAS is active. the transaction will be aborted and the terminal responds to the host with a solicited timeout message.120 seconds (Diebold compatible) June 2009 181 .BAT located in "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF". . To set the default CAS screens in registry you have to call the batch routine CAS_SCR. parameter SYNCHRONIZE_IMMEDIATE has to be set to "N" in configuration file CCSOPSTEP. If CAS will be finished within the time specified via this parameter.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] Tnn. CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only) Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: CAS_WAIT_TIME Section in *..Timer 04 is used (Diebold compatible) 182 June 2009 . the deposit transaction will be processed. If CAS will be finished within the time specified via this parameter. The consumer has the choice to wait until CAS is finished or to press CANCEL to abort the transaction.\LYNXCI\TIMER section. 0.Number of seconds the screen remain.Timer 04 is used (Diebold compatible) Value description: 0 1-999 Tnn "" Default value: not configured . If the consumer does not press CANCEL and CAS is still active after the timer has expired. 1-999. nn = downloaded timer number stored in . "" . the terminal responds to the host with a solicited CANCEL message.infinite . If the consumer performs a deposit transaction. screen 906 is displayed after the terminal has received the transaction reply and CAS is active. .Use timer value that is downloaded from host. If the consumer press CANCEL. .PPF” Time-out for CAS of deposit module This parameter specifies the timeout value for the screen that is displayed if CAS for the deposit module is active. the transaction will be aborted and the terminal responds to the host with a solicited timeout message.PPF: Valid range: [DEPOSIT] Tnn. Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only) Time-out for CAS of receipt printer This parameter specifies the timeout value for the screen that is displayed if CAS for the receipt printer is active. After the consumer has inserted the card it will be checked if CAS for the receipt printer is active. If CAS is active, screen 903 is displayed. Within this screen (FDK selection screen) the consumer has the choice whether to continue or to abort the transaction. If the consumer press CONTINUE, the transaction will be processed without getting a receipt. If the consumer press CANCEL or after consumer timeout, the card will be returned and screen 904 is displayed. Parameter name: CAS_WAIT_TIME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0, 1-999 - infinite - Number of seconds the screen remain. Value description: 0 1-999 Default value: not configured - infinite June 2009 183 CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only) Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Time-out for CAS of document printer This parameter specifies the timeout value for the screen that is displayed if CAS for the document printer is active. If the consumer performs a transaction and the transaction reply contains statement print data, screen 906 is displayed if CAS is active. The consumer has the choice to wait until CAS is finished or to press CANCEL to abort the transaction. If the consumer does not press CANCEL and CAS is still active after the timer has expired, the transaction will be aborted and the terminal responds to the host with a solicited timeout message. If the consumer press CANCEL, the terminal responds to the host with a solicited CANCEL message. If CAS will be finished within the time specified via this parameter, statement printer data will be processed as received in the transaction reply. Parameter name: CAS_WAIT_TIME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] 0, 1-999 - infinite - Number of seconds the screen remain. Value description: 0 1-999 Default value: not configured - infinite 184 June 2009 Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” CAS dialog timer parameters (DDC only) Check CAS of deposit module during dispense This parameter can be set to inform the consumer that CAS for the deposit module is active when a withdrawal transaction has been selected by the consumer. This parameter prevents that dispense operations fail because of an open safe door while CAS of the deposit module is processed. This parameter is not needed on terminals which accept dispense operations with an open safe door. Parameter name: CAS_WAIT_DEPOSIT Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - Do not check CAS for deposit module within a withdrawal transaction. 1 - Check CAS for deposit module within a withdrawal transaction. Default value: not configured - Check CAS for deposit module within a withdrawal transaction. June 2009 185 [CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Number of logical cassettes This parameter specifies the number of logical cassettes. Parameter name: NUM_LOG_CASS Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0-4 (for NDC); 0-8 (for DDC) Value description: integer value sets the number of logical cassettes. Default value: 0 Set cassettes currencies This parameter sets the currency of the cassettes. Parameter name: CURRENCY_X [1] Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 3 digit char string (uppercase) Value description: represents the cassette currency. Default value: [1] . “” ’X’ represents the logical cassette position from 1 to 4 for NDC and up to 8 for DDC, where 1 - 8 are assigned to denomination ’A’ - ’H’. 186 June 2009 Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Set cassettes values This parameter sets the bill values of the cassettes. Parameter name: VALUE_X [1] Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 - 9999999 Value description: represents the cassette values. Default value: [1] 0 ’X’ represents the logical cassette position from 1 to 4 for NDC and up to 8 for DDC, where 1 - 8 are assigned to denomination ’A’ - ’H’. Default number of notes loaded This parameter can be used to specify the number of notes loaded count for each cassettes denomination. This parameter will also be used by SOP function "STD CASH". Parameter name: DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_X [1] Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0-9999 Value description: represents the number of notes loaded count. Default value: [1] “” ’X’ represents the logical cassette position from 1 to 4 for NDC and up to 8 for DDC, where 1 - 8 are assigned to denomination ’A’ - ’H’. June 2009 187 [CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Automatic cassettes logon This parameter can be used to configure automatic logon features for cash cassettes and also for the reject and retract cassette. This allows cassettes exchange without entering the SOP session. The cassettes are set to operational automatically after reinsertion. In addition you can specify the counter behavior of the cassettes. This parameter can also be used to logon cash in cassettes and retract cassette on CCDM. Parameter name: AUTO_LOGON_CASSETTES Section in *.PPF: Valid range: Value description: Bit value 1 2 Description Logon the cassettes if they are inserted and the safe door has been closed after cassettes insertion Only if parameter AUTO_LOGON_NOTES is non zero: - Sets the dispensed to customer counter to zero - Sets the dispensed counter to zero Sets the counter of the reject cassette to zero Sets the counter of the retract cassette to zero Logon cassettes during safe door open. (Dangerous if cassettes are qickly shuffled; could cause counter mismatch) [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 - 31 4 8 16 Default value: 1 - logon the cassettes Automatic cassettes logon in SOP session This parameter activates the automatic logon feature for cash out cassettes and also for the reject cassette within supervisor mode and without entering the cassette exchange function. The cassettes will be automatically logged on just before SOP exit. Parameter name: AUTO_LOGON_IN_SOP Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - logon in SOP off; 1 - logon in SOP on Default value: 0 188 June 2009 Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Set initial number of notes for auto logon cassettes This parameter can be used to set initial number of notes for cassettes which are logged on via the automatic logon feature. This makes the cassettes immediately operational without entering any counters via the SOP "Set cash counters" menu. Parameter name: AUTO_LOGON_NOTES Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 - 9999 Value description: initial number of notes for each cassette which is logged on Default value: 0 The initial configured counter is ignored if the actual counter of the cassette has a higher value. This parameter should be used only if the host and operators do not care about the local calculated cash counters. If a host or other ATM monitoring programs like ProView ask for the local counters they will get wrong cash counters. June 2009 189 [CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Send cash low message only if whole denomination low This parameter can be set if the solicited low message should be sent only if the whole denomination gets low. This is useful if you have configured multiple cassettes with the same cash type and the solicited low message should be sent only once for each denomination. If this parameter is not set, the solicited low message will be sent for each physical cassette. Parameter name: DENOMINATION_LOW_MSG Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - send message for each physical inserted cassette 1 - send low message only if the whole denomination becomes low [1]. Default value: DDC: 0, NDC: not configured [1] - If in a DDC environment parameter SEND_CASSETTE_LOW_ALWAYS is not configured, the low message is sent after each transaction. If you like to send the low message only once, you have to configure SEND_CASSETTE_LOW_ALWAYS = 0. Set dispense algorithm (ATM’s only) This parameter can be used to set how the cassettes should be emptied. You can specify if the cassettes should be emptied equally or from top to bottom. If you have for example four cassettes with the same denomination, it might be useful to set empty cassettes equally, because a cassettes low message is sent not until the last cassette gets empty. This parameter can also be combined with parameter "DENOMINATION_LOW_MSG". If the value is zero, the cassettes low message is immediately sent if the first cassette gets empty. If the value is one, the low message is sent not until the last cassette gets empty. On Cash Recycling Systems (CRS) is supported only value "0" (top to bottom algorithm). Parameter name: DISPENSE_ALGO Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - top to bottom algorithm 1 - empty cassettes equally Default value: 0 190 June 2009 PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. Additionally the counters are set to zero in the SOP "Display/Print Supply Counters" functions.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Also after cassettes exchange the cassettes counters for removed cassettes are printed as zero counters on journal after supervisor exit.PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Ignore cash counters for removed cassettes This parameter can be used to configure that the cash counters of removed cassettes are reported as zero counters to the host.cash counters remain after cassettes removal 1 . 1 Value description: 0 .cash counters are set to zero after cassettes removal Default value: 0 The cash counters for removed cassettes in the SOP functions are still available !! June 2009 191 . Parameter name: CLEAR_MISS_COUNTER Section in *. [CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. In DDC you can additionally combine bit 0x04 and bit 0x08 if these options are required by the host. That is usually used in the NDC environment. send low message only for used cassettes that have the low status and set the MDS low status bit only for the used ones (not the accumulated value). 4. Cash low message not only once This parameter can be used to force sending an unsolicited cash low message after each consumer transaction if the supply status of one or more cassettes is low. enables above options 4 and 8.send low message after each transaction 192 June 2009 . send low message after first consumer transaction if one or more cassettes have a low status after exit supervisor mode. 12 low message is sent only once after supply status change from "good" to "low".PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. send low message after each transaction if one or more cassettes have low supply status also if a low cassette is not used in current cash transaction. 2. Value description: 0 1- 2- 4 - 8 - 12 - Default value: DDC: not configured NDC: 1 . 1. Parameter name: SEND_CASSETTE_LOW_ALWAYS Section in *.PPF” Send unsol. send low message after each transaction only if current cassettes supply status of a used cassette is low. In this case bit 0x01 and bit 0x02 should be switched off. In this case the MDS low status bits are accumulated. 8. Parameter name: MAX_PRESENT_ERRORS Section in *.Counting of money present errors disabled June 2009 193 .PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. number of present errors This parameter can be used to specify after how many cash transactions the application should stop the dispense operation if the application has received the same error multiple times in the money present operation from the cash dispenser module.After how many times the application should stop the dispense operation if it has received the same error in the money present operation of previous cash out transactions. 999 Value description: 0 .PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Stop dispensing after max. In addition the application is generating a different device error message for the host where at least the host can decide to not send any cash out transaction replies any more until the error is fixed (after exit superviser mode).Counting of money present errors disabled >0 . Default value: 0 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: MAX_DISPENSE_ERRORS Section in *. 99 Value description: number of dispense errors after the cash dispenser will be set to fatal (severity 4) Default value: not configured in registry.PPF” Set fatal after max. internal default is 10 194 June 2009 . number of failed dispenses This parameter can be used to specify after how many consecutive dispense errors the cash dispenser device should be set to severity 4 (fatal).PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 1.[CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. 1 Value description: 0 . Send unsolicited status message after cash retract if the money was not taken by the consumer during the time-out period. the terminal sends a solicited status message to the host after the retract operation has been initiated by the application (only on retract systems if retract operation is enabled). which initiates a cash retract operation. Default value: not configured in registry June 2009 195 .PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Send sol. Parameter name: SOLICITED_IF_RETRACT_INHIBIT Section in *. Parameter MAXRETRACT has to be non-zero. but a solicited message is sent to the host and the terminal waits for a new host function command message. If the money has not been taken by the customer during the time-out period. Parameter name: SEND_SOL_RETRACT Section in *. After retract the terminal generates a solicited message. a solicited message is sent to the host.Retract is initiated by the terminal after present timeout.Send transaction ready immediately when presenting the cash. 1 .PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. Default value: not set in registry Cash retract through Presenter Dump ’Q’ (DDC only) This parameter can be set if presented cash should be retracted by the host through function command ’Q’ and not by the cash terminal if the cash present timer has expired.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. message on Cash present time-out (NDC only) If this parameter is enabled the transaction ready message is sent after the consumer has successfully taken the money. 1 . 1 Value description: 0 . If the cash retract time-out timer (Timer 05) has expired. Send solicited message after cash present consumer time-out.Parameters in “CUSTOM.Retract is NOT initiated by the terminal.Send ready after money has been taken. Then the host can respond with the Presenter Dump function command ’Q’. ’f’. The disadvantage of this option is. The denomination ID status in the SOP User Exit function display or print Supply Counters remain unchanged. Default value: Disabled. which are reported to the host as a lower case denomination ID status but the cassette cannot be used anymore because of a fatal status. or ’h’ can be fatal. because they are reported as the same status ’@’.Disabled. ’c’. note jams.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. empty or low. ’g’. 196 June 2009 . 1 . pick failures or the cassette is not initialized. which have status fatal. send lower case denomination ID in solicited cash dispenser status message for fatal cassettes. In the Diebold protocol the lower case denomination ID ’a’.[CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. ’d’. Missing status also effects to Hardware Configuration status and Enhanced Supply Counters status message. not configured in registry. This option enabled prevents repeated dispense commands from host for cassettes. ’b’. ’e’. no reference value. Fatal conditions can be physically or logically empty.PPF” Send missing (’@’) for fatal cassettes (DDC only) This parameter can be used to set the denomination ID to missing (’@’) in solicited status messages for those cassettes. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: FATAL_CASS_AS_MISSING Section in *.Enabled. that missing and fatal cassettes cannot be found out on the host side. send missing denomination ID ’@’ in solicited cash dispenser status message for fatal cassettes. Do not use any more those cassettes where the counter "Number of notes remaining in cassette" has reached zero. which have still notes physically available. June 2009 197 .Money present security time. but cash counter is < 0.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Sets the time within what time a present money operation has to be initiated after a dispense operation.Dispense below zero enabled. 1 Value description: 0 .999 (time in seconds) Money present security timer off .Dispense below zero disabled. but the logical counter "number of notes remaining" in cassette has reached a value below zero. Parameter name: PRESENT_TIMER Section in *. Default value: 0 . Value description: 0 1 . If a present money operation is not initiated within the specified time.999 Default value: not configured. Parameter name: DISPENSE_BELOW_ZERO Section in *.Dispense below zero disabled. 1 .PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Allow dispense if cassettes counter < 0 (NDC only) This parameter can be used to allow dispense operations for those cassettes. This option prevents unexpected money delivery after possible hanging situations or if an outstanding job does not return. the present money function returns with "Order not allowed". If the counter "Number of notes remaining" is below zero. Allow dispensing for those cassettes which have still money available in the cassette. Security timer between dispense and presenting money This parameter can be used to set a time interval that specifies within what time a present money operation is allowed after a dispense operation.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. the value is set fix to 65535 and remain unchanged until you have entered SOP to set or add new cash counters via the SOP function. default time used by application is 180 sec. Remaining physical cassettes are ignored. 1 Value description: 0 .\LYNXPAR\CASH_DISPENSER and NOT as physically inserted. The available cassettes. The 912 cassette specific dispense error code will be calculated in logical order. The four denomination ID’s in the Hardware Configuration message are reported in logically. which will be assigned to a logical type are searched from top to bottom. following standard protocol characteristics of ProCash/DDC are changed: ● Cassettes in sol. Only the first 4 physical cassette types (top to bottom search) that match with the configured logical types are taken. If this parameter is enabled 4 logical cassette types are built of 6 physical cassettes. cash dispenser device fault messages are reported in logical order as configured in . ProCash/DDC If this parameter is enabled.PPF” Logical cassettes mapping for 6 cassettes ATM’s This parameter is needed to be set if the application has to run on an ATM that has a dispenser with 6 dispense cassettes.[CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. If multiple physical cassette types are assigned to one logical type./unsol. ● ● ProCash/NDC For ProCash/NDC following characteristics are changed: ● TI Sensor messages of the cassettes are reported logically and NOT as physically inserted.. Parameter name: LOGICAL_MAPPING Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0.Logical mapping off (4 or less cassettes) 1 .Logical mapping off (4 or less cassettes) 198 June 2009 . the sensor status changes only from IN to OUT if all physical cassettes of the same type are removed. Physical cassettes that are not configured as a logical type are skipped. Cassettes supply counters in Supply Counters and Enhanced Supply Counters messages are sent in logical order (four logical types only).Logical mapping on (needed on 6 cassettes ATM’s) Default value: not configured . double picks. Parameter name: DENOM_ID_UPPERCASE Section in *.shutter status check is OFF after money was taken 1 .PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. if the supply status of a cassette is still GOOD. 1 .send always lower case letters for cassettes it cannot be dispensed from. even the supply is GOOD. fatal status.shutter status check is ON after money was taken Default value: not configured. Parameter name: CHECK_STATUS_AFTER_MONEY_TAKEN Section in *. like (pick failure. shutter status check is ON Upper case Denomination ID for cassettes (DDC only) This parameter can be used to specify if the denomination ID’s for dispense cassettes should be sent as upper case letters in solicited status messages. no reference value.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. send always lower case letters for cassettes that have dispense problems. Default value: not configured. 1 Value description: 0 . 1 Value description: 0 . June 2009 199 . but the cassette has other errors that prevents dispensing from it.send lower case letters only if the supply status of a cassette is LOW or OUT. etc.).PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Check cash dispenser shutter status after money taken This parameter can be used to specify whether the shutter status of the cash dispenser should be checked or not after the money has been taken by the consumer. perform the retract operation asynchronously without sending a device status message."TAKE CASH" screen is shown before the present is issued Default value: not configured.PPF” Present failure screen and synchronous retract With the following parameter you can configure a specific screen that will be displayed if the cash present function has failed (note jams.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0. 010 . consumer manipulations)."TAKE CASH" screen is displayed when money is accessible after present. whether the screen of the host function reply should be displayed before the present cash function or after the present cash function.behaviour as value 0 and display the configured screen. Screen display options during cash present This parameter can be used to configure. Parameter name: DISPLAY_PRESENT_SCREEN Section in *. Parameter name: PRESENT_FAILURE_SCREEN Section in *.perform synchrous retract and send unsolicited message. 1 . For NDC this parameter activates also sending a solicited device error message instead of sending an unsolicited message. but do NOT display an additional screen. blocked shutter. default is 0 200 June 2009 . Additionally this parameter enables to perform the following retract operation synchronously. 1 Value description: 0 .999 or (9999) .999 or (9999 if four digit screen numbers configured) Value description: 0 . Default value: not configured.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 .[CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. set device Cash dispenser to severity 4 (fatal) Default value: not configured June 2009 201 .PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0-1 Value description: 0 .Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Cash Dispenser fatal if reject bin not operational This parameter can be used to force setting the severity 4 (fatal) for the device Cash Dispenser. Severity 4 is also set if the reject bin is removed. if the reject bin status from the cash dispenser framework is not operational.leave status of device Cash dispenser unchanged 1 . Parameter name: REJECT_FATAL_STATUS Section in *. PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 .no retries.set number of dispense retries Default value: not configured. one dispense call only >0 . The value of this parameter should be less or equal as parameter DISPENSE_RETRIES. one dispense call only >0 . Parameter name: HWERR_DISPENSE_RETRIES Section in *. 3 retries is done by default Example: Assume parameter DISPENSE_RETRIES is set to 5 and HWERR_DISPENSE_RETRIES is set to 1. This parameter has to be combined with parameter DISPENSE_RETRIES (see previous section).no retries.99 Value description: 0 . 4 dispense tries is done by default Dispense retries after hardware error This parameter can be used to specify how many dispense retries should be performed if the dispense function returns HARDWARE_ERROR (-14). 202 June 2009 .[CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: DISPENSE_RETRIES Section in *.99 Value description: 0 .set number of dispense retries Default value: not configured. In case the dispense operation returns with HARDWARE_ERROR (-14) the dispense operation stops after the first retry.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 . If HWERR_DISPENSE_RETRIES is not set. 5 dispense retries would be done.PPF” Dispense retries This parameter can be used to specify how many dispense retries should be performed if the dispense function returns with an error. 99 sets defined number of retracts (hardware dependent).PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0.no exponent correction. If the specified limit has been reached the dispenser will be locked. the value from WOSA is used 1 . On ProCash Compact ATM’s without a retract tray the number of allowed retracts is one. Parameter name: EXPONENT_CORRECTION Section in *. 1 Value description: 0 .PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] Currency Exponent correction If this parameter is enabled.PPF: Valid range: [CCCDMFW] -1. The money of the second retract remain on the stacker.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: MAXRETRACT Section in *.exponent value will be adjusted for NDC and DDC Default value: 1 Maximum cash retracts This parameter specifies how many cash retracts can be performed by the cash dispenser.99 Default value: -1 June 2009 203 . the WOSA exponent value will be adjusted to the exponent value that is needed for dispense operations and status messages in the NDC or DDC environment. no retract operations number of retracts allowed Value description: -1 0 1 . 0 . The money remains on the stacker area and has to be removed manually by the operator. PPF” Low threshold for physical cassettes This parameter can be used to specify a low threshold for physical cassettes. This configuration secures the dispense operation where in case. NG.[CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. the physical cassette status changes from GOOD to LOW. If the physical number of notes become lesser than the specified value. The value ’n’ should be greater than the line communication time-out timer specified in the CSC-W32 layer.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] n-999 Value description: time in seconds at what time a single dispense operation should return. Default value: not configured Maximum dispense time (watch dog) This parameter can be used to specify a time frame in seconds at what time a single dispense operation should return. CRS. This parameter can be useful to over control the physical status of recycling cassettes in cases when the LOW status is set too early. Parameter name: PHYS_GOOD_NOTES Section in *. Parameter name: MAX_DISPENSE_TIME Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0-9999 Value description: number of notes threshold. V4) and the number of notes. the application stops dispense retries to avoid long delays of communication time-outs at this time (application would hang for a while). Default value: not configured 204 June 2009 . The maximum dispense time can differ between each dispenser type (RM2. the dispenser has a connection problem. If the limit has been reached. rejects allowed up to physical limit June 2009 205 . Default value: 50 Number of maximum bills to be rejected This WOSA parameter specifies how many bills are allowed to be stored in the rejected cassette.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: REJECTCASSFULL Section in *. Parameter name: MINIMUMITEMS Section in *.WN: Valid range: [CDM30] 0 .9999 Value description: specifies how many bills are allowed to be rejected Default value: 0 . This parameter has no effect if cassettes with a low switch are installed.PPF” [CASH_DISPENSER] WOSA XFS30 Parameters (Wincor Nixdorf) Number of minimum bills („money low“ limit) This parameter is used to set the low condition of the cassettes. This value is just an initial value that is set during the first application start.value not checked. the WOSA status of the reject cassette changes to WFS_CDM_STATCUFULL (overfilled).WN: Valid range: [CDM30] 0 .255 Value description: integer value sets the „money low“ limit. If the limit has been reached. This parameter has no effect if cassettes with a low switch are installed.[CASH_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Number of maximum bills to be rejected This WOSA parameter specifies how many bills are allowed to be stored in the rejected cassette. This value is just an initial value that is set during the first application start.9999 Value description: specifies how many bills are allowed to be rejected Default value: 0 . the WOSA status of the reject cassette changes to WFS_CDM_STATCUFULL (overfilled). rejects allowed up to physical limit 206 June 2009 .BIN. Parameter name: MINIMUMBILLS Section in *.value not checked. Parameter name: REJECTCASSFULL Section in *. After that you have to do a new init of all cassettes via SOP.WN: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 . Default value: 50 If you want change the value after installation it is very important to delete the file C:\WOSASSP\CONF\CASSDATA.255 Value description: integer value sets the „money low“ limit.PPF” Obsolete WOSA XFS20 Parameters Number of minimum bills („money low“ limit) This parameter is used to set the low condition of the cassettes.WN: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0 . BIN does not exist. June 2009 207 . If the specified limit has been reached the dispenser will be locked.PPF” Number of maximum cash retract operations [CASH_DISPENSER] This parameter specifies how many cash retracts can be performed by the cash dispenser.99 sets defined number of retracts (hardware dependent). The money remains on the stacker area and has to be removed manually by the operator. On ProCash Compact ATM’s without a retract tray the number of allowed retracts is one.WN: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] -1. 0 . no retract operations number of retracts allowed Value description: -1 0 1 . The money of the second retract remain on the stacker. NOTE: After installation the change of this value is only allowed via SOP function.99 Default value: -1 This parameter is just an initial value after installation for the first time when the application will be started and the WOSA data file C:\WOSASSP\CONF\CASSDATA.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: MAXRETRACT Section in *. when the host requests for a coin dispense. 208 June 2009 . Parameter name: CURRENCY_X [1] Section in *. 0-8 (for DDC) Value description: integer value sets the number of logical coin hoppers.PPF” [COIN_DISPENSER] Number of coin hoppers This parameter specifies the maximum number of coin hoppers available for the application to use.8 are assigned to denomination ’A’ . “” ’X’ represents the coin hopper position from 1 to 4 for NDC and up to 8 for DDC.[COIN_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: 0 Set coin hopper currency This parameter specifies the currency for each coin hopper. where 1 . Default value: [1] .’H’.PPF: Valid range: [COIN_DISPENSER] 0-4 (for NDC).PPF: Valid range: [COIN_DISPENSER] 3 digit char string (uppercase) Value description: represents the currency of one coin hopper in the specified position. Parameter name: NUM_LOG_HOPPERS Section in *. ’H’.PPF: Valid range: [COIN_DISPENSER] 0-7 Value description: 0 . Set coin dispense flags This parameter can be used to set specific conditions how the coin dispense should be performed if a coin dispense is requested by the host.Dispense from coin hoppers with status LOW. Parameter name: DISPENSE_FLAGS Section in *.Dispense from coin hoppers with status LOW June 2009 209 .WN The values are optional bits and can be set in any combination as required Default value: 2 .8 are assigned to denomination ’A’ .Dispense from coin hoppers where the minimum coin threshold is not specified.always try to dispense coins even if only partial dispense is possible 2 .9999999 Value description: represents the cassette values.no option set 1 . where 1 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. 4 .PPF: Valid range: [COIN_DISPENSER] 0 . Parameter name: VALUE_X [1] Section in *. This threshold can be configured via XFS parameter MINIMUMITEMS of section COUT30 in CUSTOM. Default value: [1] 0 ’X’ represents the logical cassette position from 1 to 4 for NDC and up to 8 for DDC.PPF” [COIN_DISPENSER] Set coin hopper values This parameter sets the coin values of each coin hopper. Value description: integer value sets the number of logical coin hoppers. this parameter can be used to report up to 8 different hopper types. If the host is able to handle more than 4 logical types.[COIN_DISPENSER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [COIN_DISPENSER] 4 or up to 8 if the NDC or DDC protocol has been extended on the host side. Default value: not configured (use 4 by default) 210 June 2009 .PPF” Number of coin hoppers reported to the host This parameter can be used to configure how many logical coin hopper types should be reported to the host. Parameter name: NUM_HOST_HOPPERS Section in *. In the standard protocol definition of NDC and DDC only 4 different logical hopper types are allowed to be reported. 2. 3 Dispense envelope in deposit host reply function. Disable envelope dispenser device.PPF: Valid range: [DEPOSIT] 0. Value description: 0 123- Default value: 1 Refer to parameter description of parameter DISPENSE_SCREEN Abschnitt ”Screen to be displayed during envelope dispense” on page 212. In addition this parameter can be used to disable the envelope dispenser device. In combination to the dispense options you can configure specific screens via parameter DISPENSE_SCREEN (see description on the next page) that can be displayed during the envelope dispense operation. Parameter name: DISPENSE_ENVELOPE Section in *. June 2009 211 . Envelopes can be either dispensed during the envelope "C" state or later when the terminal has received the deposit transaction reply function.Parameters in “CUSTOM. dispense envelope in "C" state but not in reply function. 1. Dispense envelope in "C" state.PPF” [DEPOSIT] [DEPOSIT] Options to dispense envelopes This parameter is used to specify when an envelope should be dispensed to the customer. Envelopes will not be dispensed and envelope dispenser status messages are not sent. Displays specific screen "nnn" instead of downloaded screen defined in the deposit transaction reply function. Envelope will be dispensed in deposit reply function. but state flow continues. O[1] 0 S[2] "" DESCRIPTION Envelope will be dispensed in deposit reply function. State flow continues when the envelope has been taken or captured after timeout. no specifc screen is displayed but state flow continues (behaviour as option 1). Typically the "Please Wait" screen of the transaction request state remains displayed. Envelope is dispensed during processing the "C" state but state flow continues and screen of host reply function will be displayed if the envelope was not already taken.999. 010 . No specifc screen will be displayed.PPF” Screen to be displayed during envelope dispense This parameter is used to specify which screen is displayed during envelope dispense when the customer is waiting for an envelope that has to be taken during processing the "C" state or in the deposit host reply function. Envelope is dispensed asynchronously during processing the "C" state. Envelope is dispensed asynchronously during processing the "C" state. Envelope is dispensed during processing the "C" state. Parameter name: DISPENSE_SCREEN Section in *. displays specific screen "nnn" and waits until the envelope has been taken during processing the "C" state. Screen of host reply function is displayed Envelope will be dispensed in deposit reply function. no specifc screen is displayed but state flow continues. Envelope is dispensed during processing the "C" state. Envelope is dispensed during processing the "C" state but state flow continues and screen of host reply function is displayed (behaviour as option 1).[DEPOSIT] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Envelopes will not be dispensed and no screen is displayed 0 0 HOST nnn 1 1 1 "" HOST nnn 2 2 2 "" HOST nnn 3 --- [1] = value of parameter DISPENSE_ENVELOPE [2] = value of parameter DISPENSE_SCREEN Default value: "" 212 June 2009 . HOST Value description: The following table illustrates the behavior of dispensing envelopes in combination with parameter DISPENSE_ENVELOPE and parameter DISPENSE_SCREEN.PPF: Valid range: [DEPOSIT] "". Displays a specific screen "nnn" in deposit reply function if the envelope was not already taken by the customer. PPF” [DEPOSIT] Screen "Please wait for an envelope" This parameter can be used to enable displaying a specific screen while the consumer is waiting for an envelope. 1 Value description: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [DEPOSIT] 0.PPF: Valid range: [DEPOSIT] "".no. Parameter name: DISPENSE_WAIT_SCREEN Section in *. 010 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: CANCEL_ACTIVE Section in *.999 Value description: specifies the screen number of the screen that should be displayed during an envelope dispense. Default value: not configured Allow to cancel deposit transaction This parameter can be set so that a deposit transaction can be canceled within the envelope dispense. deposit transaction can be canceled Default value: 1 This parameter is currently not used by ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC June 2009 213 . deposit transaction cannot be canceled 1 .yes. If the parameter will be configured and set to "0".print data on retracted envelopes Default value: not configured.[DEPOSIT] Parameters in “CUSTOM. This can be useful if the print characters from host need to be mapped to another hex code. Parameter name: PRINT_ON_ENVELOPE Section in *. 1 Value description: 0 . For example if the host sends the character 60H (’) to print the pound character (£). data on retracted envelopes will be printed. Deposit print character mapping table These parameters can be used to map print characters to another hexadecimal postion as the default print position.PPF: Valid range: [DEPOSIT] see description Value description: you can use the same character definition as for receipt. Default value: not configured 214 June 2009 . Parameter names: DEPOSIT_CHARTABLE_LOW DEPOSIT_CHARTABLE_HIGH Section in *.PPF” Disable printing on retracted envelopes This parameter can be used to disable printing on retracted envelopes. dispensed envelopes are left blank in the retract operation when the consumer has not taken the envelope after the envelope dispense timeout.PPF: Valid range: [DEPOSIT] 0. the value 60H in the hex position 60 has to be replaced with value 9CH.PPF). journal or document printers (defined in CUSTOM.do not print on retracted envelopes 1 . This feature has the advantage that the consumer does not need to wait the long time (approx.prepare dispense OFF June 2009 215 .PPF: Valid range: [DEP] 0.Parameters in “CUSTOM. 4 seconds. The activation of this parameter speeds up the transaction time of envelope deposits up to approx. the Entry job returns when the envelope was fully transported into the safe.no entry splitting Prepare envelope dispense If this WOSA parameter is enabled.prepare dispense OFF 1 . Parameter names: ENTRYSPLIT Section in *. Parameter names: PREPAREDISPENSE Section in *. The transport operation will be initiated directly at the end of a previous deposit transaction or after application start if no envelope is found in the transport position. job returns immediately when the envelope has been inserted. 1 Value description: 0 .no entry splitting. If the parameter is enabled the Entry job returns immediately when the envelope has been inserted. 1 Value description: 0 . Default value: 0 . empty envelopes from the envelope dispenser will be automatically transported in the near of the input shutter. If the parameter is disabled. job returns when envelope is in safe 1 .PPF” [DEPOSIT] Deposit entry splitting This WOSA parameter can be used to control when the Envelope Entry job should be returned.entry splitting enabled. 4 seconds) while the envelope is transported the long distance from the safe to the input shutter.PPF: Valid range: [DEP] 0.prepare dispense ON Default value: 0 . [CARD_READER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. 1 Value description: 0 .read chip data only if specified in the read conditions of the Card Read State. 1 . 1 .pre-read off.PPF” [CARD_READER] Default track read definitions The following parameters are used to set which ID card tracks should be preread after the card has been inserted independent of settings defined in the Card Read State (A or T).PPF: Valid range: [CARD_READER] 0. Default values: not configured .read chip data only if specified in the read conditions of the Card Read State.after card insertion read chip data in any case. Parameter names: DEFAULT_READ_TRACK1 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK2 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK3 Section in *.pre-read on Default values: DEFAULT_READ_TRACK1 = 0 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK2 = 0 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK3 = 0 Default chip data read on Smart Cards The following parameter can be used to force reading the chip data in any case before reading the ID card tracks (if needed to read). 216 June 2009 . Parameter name: DEFAULT_READ_CHIP Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CARD_READER] 0. 1 Value description: 0 . wake up after half eject time positive values . -999 .time after eject timer start negative values . This occurs while the card eject timer is running (card is returned to the customer). the time range should be within the time of the card eject timeout timer. Parameter name: EJECT_IN_OUT_TIMER Section in *.PPF” [CARD_READER] Card insert/eject wake up time This parameter is used to set the time after which the card is briefly moved back and forth to get the consumer attention. Parameter name: IDLE_REMOVE_SCREEN Section in *.time before eject timer end Default value: 0 For DIP readers this wake up function has to be switched off (value 9999). For the activation of wake up. Here you can configure a screen that can be displayed after the close state. the wake up procedure is switched off. If you set a higher value.PPF: Valid range: [CARD_READER] 010 . This screen is displayed as long as the card is still in the DIP reader. because insert/eject operations with a remaining card in a DIP reader will cause undefined error situations "Remove Card" screen for left cards in DIP reader This parameter is used to specify a screen to be displayed when the card has not been removed during the previous transaction.PPF: Valid range: [CARD_READER] 0.999 Value description: screen number of screen to be displayed Default value: "" .9999 Value description: zero value .no separate screen is not displayed June 2009 217 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. tracks are read during insert (motorized readers) 1 . 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: WAITFORREMOVE Section in *.sets the number of reset retries before the application goes OOS Default: 0 . This parameter is useful to set especially for SWIPE card readers(ID24).PPF: Valid range: [CARD_READER] 0. >0 .[CARD_READER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. For motorized readers this parameter must be always zero.PPF: Valid range: [CARD_READER] 0-99 Value description: 0 . to minimize read errors.application goes immediately OOS if the card reader is not operational. Parameter name: MANIP_THRESHOLD Section in *.tracks are read during removal (SWIPE readers) Card manipulation threshold This parameter can be used to set a threshold how often the application should call a card reader reset command to move an ID card or/and repair the card reader device before the application goes out of service.PPF” Read tracks during insert or remove direction (SWIPE) The following (WOSA) parameter is used to specify if the tracks should be read during card insertion or card removal.not configured 218 June 2009 . message will be sent when the threshold is exceeded.PPF: Valid range: [CARD_READER] 0-99 Value description: sets a jam threshold. Default: 0 . unsolicited message will never be sent June 2009 219 . Parameter name: JAM_THRESHOLD Section in *.not configured. the application sends an unsolicited card reader status message (StClass\StCode 6434\0049) to the host.Parameters in “CUSTOM. an unsol. If the jam threshold is exceeded.PPF” [CARD_READER] Card jam threshold This parameter can be used to configure a threshold for the number of consecutive card insert jams. n4.PPF” [BARCODE] The following parameters are used to set up the barcode reader.Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 11 .PPF: Valid range: [BARCODE] comma separated list. Each value in the list indicates the type of barcode that should be accepted by the barcode reader.CODE 11 (USD-8) 12 . Parameter name: ACCEPT_CODE_FORMAT Section in *.CODE 93 15 .n3.CODE 39 13 .EAN-8/13 with 5 digit add-on 6 .2.CHANNEL CODE (NS with BR02) Value description: Default values: Example entry: not configured "1.EAN 128 2 .UPC-A/E with 2 digit add-on 8 .MSI/PLESSEY (NS with BR02) 16 .[BARCODE] Parameters in “CUSTOM. 1 .EAN-8/13 with 2 digit add-on 5 . Syntax: n1.12.n2.UPC-A/E 7 .PDF-417 (NS with BR02) 20 . Configure barcode type formates The following parameter configures the barcode types that should be accepted by the barcode reader..20" 220 June 2009 .5.STANDARD 2 of 5 (NS with BR02) 17 .14.JAN-8/13 4 .UPC-A/E with 5 digit add-on 9 .CODE 49 (NS with BR02) 14 .MAXICODE (NS with BR02) 22 ..EAN-8/13 3 .DATAMATRIX (NS with BR02) 21 .INDUSTRIAL 2 of 5 (NS with BR02) 18 .4.NW-7 (CODABAR) 10 .POSNET (NS with BR02) 19 .CODE ONE (NS with BR02) 23 . the default setting is CPI15 and LPI6. CPI15 and LPI6) If the parameter(s) does/do not exist in the registry. If the parameter(s) is/are empty the last actual setting is used.PPF” [OPERATOR_SCREENS] [OPERATOR_SCREENS] Printer header for Operator screens These parameters can be used to set predefined macro sequences as a header for operator screens of the SOP user exit functions to be printed on the journal or/and receipt printer. Default value: #NCT##CPI15##LPI6# (Sets standard character set.PPF: Valid range: [OPERATOR_SCREENS] valid macro sequences or/and text Value description: the macro sequences must be available by CSCW32 and be supported by the printer. This permits the setting of a special CPI or/and LPI size and additional presettings for the operator screens Parameter names: PRINTER_HEADER_RECEIPT PRINTER_HEADER_JOURNAL PRINTER_HEADER_DOCUMENT Section in *. June 2009 221 .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: PAPER_JOURNAL Section in *. 15.[JOURNALPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.Printing on journal printer disabled 1 . Parameter name: LPI Section in *. 8. This parameter has to be set to zero if no journal printer is physically connected and not configured in the registry. 12. 25 Value description: integer value sets number of characters per inch Default value: 15 Journal printer LPI setting This parameter is used to set the LPI size for the journal printer.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 8. Parameter name: CPI Section in *. 10 Value description: integer value sets number of lines per inch Default value: 6 222 June 2009 . 1 Value description: 0 .PPF” [JOURNALPRINTER] Set journal destination on paper This parameter is used to set the journal output on paper of the journal printer. 10.Printing on journal printer enabled Default value: 1 .PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 6.Printing on journal printer enabled Journal printer CPI setting This parameter is used to set the CPI size for the journal printer. 17.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. Double Width off. 1 Value description: 0 . 1 .PPF” [JOURNALPRINTER] Double Width This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in double width by default. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter names: CONDENSED Section in *. 1 .Double width on Condensed Print This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in condensed mode by default.Condensed on June 2009 223 .Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. Parameter names: DOUBLE_WIDTH Section in *.Condensed off. send spooler active message 224 June 2009 . 1 Value description: 0 .no logging of host print data 1 .PPF” Electronic journal This parameter is used to set the electronic journal log destination for host print data.log host print data to both destinations Default value: 0 .send original journal printer error message 1 .PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0-3 Value description: 0 . Stcode: 000E).log host print data to TOPMSG destination 2 . the host print data can be stored optional into the journal files of the specified path locations.no electronic journal log Send Spooler active or journal printer error message This parameter can be used if the host should receive the original journal printer error in the unsolicited status message instead of spooler active message (StClass: 6434.log host print data to CUSTMSG destination 3 .send spooler active message Default value: not configured . Parameter name: SEND_SPOOLER_ERROR Section in *. Depending on the setting of the parameters TOP_JOURNAL_PATH and CUST_JOURNAL_PATH in section [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL].[JOURNALPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. Parameter name: ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL Section in *. PPF” [JOURNALPRINTER] Keep original printer status if Spooler is configured This parameter can be set if the host should receive the original hardware and supply status of the journal printer when the journal spooler is configured. the journal printer severity never reaches fatal (4) and the supply status never is set to empty (3).send printer error to the host only if the journal print job fails. 1 Value description: 0 . June 2009 225 . 1 . 1 . Parameter name: SPOOLER_KEEP_PRINTER_STATUS Section in *. paper out status messages or more likely jam status messages are sent to the host only if the journal print job fails to print the host data. This behavior can prevent that the host takes the ATM out of service.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0.The printer highest severity condition is WARNING (2) and highest supply condition is LOW (2). the application always sends a "Paper Out" message to the host if the Device Status framework reports a paper out status.use original journal printer severity and supply status. 1 Value description: 0 . thus the journal printer is out of paper or/and not operational. Fall down to FATAL (4) and supply OUT (3) Default value: not configured Force to send "Paper Out" message on paper out supply If this parameter is enabled. If this parameter is disabled. Default value: not configured .PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. Parameter name: FORCE_PAPER_OUT_SUPPLY Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM.send paper out message on paper out supply status. even the previous print job could be successfully finished. If this parameter is NOT configured or the value is ZERO.send printer error to the host only if the journal print job fails. [JOURNALPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. 226 June 2009 . Print journal host data always prior function ID’s This parameter can be used to specify if the journal print data sent from host should be printed immediately after the host reply has been received before any function ID has been processed. which is already. print journal host data through function ID.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] one valid NDC font type character Value description: NDC font type character. Parameter name: CP_JOURNAL_FONT_TYPE_NNN [1] Section in *. or has to be new specified via parameter JOURNAL_FONT_TYPE in the JOURNAL_FONT_XXX [2] section.PPF” Assign codepage control sequence to NDC font type This parameter can be used to assign the codepage control sequence ESC%nnn (nnn = codepage number) to a local defined NDC font type. This parameter is supported for NDC journal and receipt print. 1 Value description: 0 .print journal host data through function ID 1 . Parameter name: PRINT_JOURNAL_ALWAYS Section in *. The codepage control sequence can be included in the host print data which is sent from the central to the terminal.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. [1] ’NNN’ represents the codepage number specified via ESC% [2] ’XXX’ represents the font section number Example: Assume ESC%850 is included in the host print data for the journal printer.print journal host data prior function ID’s Default value: not configured. Refer to Abschnitt ”Font type” on page 244. If you specify CP_JOURNAL_FONT_TYPE_850 = "2". all font parameters in the JOURNAL_FONT_XXX section are selected where parameter setting JOURNAL_FONT_TYPE = "2" is found. See also Abschnitt ”Font type” on page 244. This parameter should also be enabled if for NDC Electronic Journal Upload (EJU).send unsolicited journal message if journal data cannot be stored into the file. 1 Value description: 0 . Enable journal file writing error messages This parameter activates sending unsolicited journal error messages if journal information cannot be stored in the journal file. If file writing fails. In this case the host should take the terminal out of service.do not send unsolicted messages if file writing fails 1 . the terminal sends an unsolicited warning (CCERRMAP: 6434\0043_WARNING) message to the host after each consumer transaction. Default value: not configured . It is related to journal Write() calls to write the journal data into the dayly journal files initiated by the ProTopas Journal framework (CCJourna.4000 (MB) Value description: hard disk free space low threshold.dll). If the parameter is enabled and the journal data could not be stored into the file. Parameter name: CHECK_FILE_JOURNAL Section in *. If lesser bytes on hard disk are available as it is specified via this parameter. the terminal sends an unsolicited error (CCERRMAP: 6434\0043_ERROR) message to the host.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0 . or for DDC Store And Forward (SAF) is configured. the hard disk space is not checked. hard disk free space is not checked. Parameter name: HDD_SPACE_LOW_LIMIT Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM. If the value is zero. the journal framework sends an error event to the application.do not send journal error messages June 2009 227 .PPF” [JOURNALPRINTER] Hard disk free space low threshold This parameter specifies the hard disk low threshold. the application sends an unsolicited journal error message to the host in the next ADRS run at the end of the current consumer transaction. If lesser than 1MB is available on hard disk. Default value: not configured. EJU or SAF disabled 228 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0 .EJU or SAF disabled C:\JOURNAL\EJU_SAF.99999 Value description: specifies the file size in kilobytes plus additional 5 KB header size.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] file path Value description: specifies the path and filename for EJU or SAF. Default value: Example entry: not configured .size 0.PPF” Configure EJU or SAF shared mapping file This parameter specifys the filename where all the electronic journal data are stored. Important Note: Please make sure that all sub directories exist if the file will be configured in a sub folder of the hard disk. which can be sent up to the host via Electronic Journal Upload in NDC or sent up to the host through Store And Forward message sequences in DDC Parameter name: EJU_SAF_FILE_NAME Section in *. Parameter name: EJU_SAF_MAX_FILE_SIZE Section in *.[JOURNALPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: not configured .JRN Configure EJU or SAF maximum file size This parameter specifys the maximum file size (in kilobytes) of the EJU or SAF share mapping file. PPF” [JOURNALPRINTER] EJU journal NCR compatible mode This parameter can be used to configure the EJU journal log format in NCR compatible mode. Parameter name: EJU_CONVERT_HOST_DATA Section in *. If this parameter is enabled specific control sequences like SO and LF or converted in the same way how the original NCR system it does.character range 20-7F hex (default) 1 . Be default the journal files are printed in the restricted character range 20-7F hex. 1 Value description: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: ALL_CHARS_IN_EJRN Section in *.NCR conversion off (default) 1 .Parameters in “CUSTOM.extended character range 20-FF hex Default value: not configured June 2009 229 .PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0.NCR conversion on Default value: not configured Extended range of characters in file journal This parameter can be used to enable printing of characters in range 20-FF hex. Parameter name: SPOOLER_RESET Section in *. Parameter names: TOP_MAX_FILES CUST_MAX_FILES Section in *.7FH. 255 characters) Value description: The string can contain valid printer macros or single ASCII characters in range 20H .PPF: Valid range: [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] 0 .PPF: Valid range: [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] ASCII character string (max.PPF” [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] Maximum journal files These two parameters are used to specify the journal file creation cycle for the TOPMSG and CUSTMSG journal files. It specifies for how many days a new journal file should be new created. Default value: "" The following example entry initialize the journal printer with CPI15 and LPI8 during a printer reset initiated by the journal spooler framework.5 years) Value description: number of journal files to be created Default value: 10 Journal Spooler reset sequence This parameter can be used to send printer macro sequences to the journal printer when the journal printer framework sends a reset command to the printer. Example: SPOOLER_RESET = "#CPI15##LPI8#" 230 June 2009 . (Note: These parameters replace PPF parameter MAX_JOURNAL_FILES (registry parameter MAX_JFILES)). This is useful if the printer is loosing the default settings after reenabling the journal printer during hardware error conditions.549 (maximum 1.[ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] Parameters in “CUSTOM. PPF” [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] Journal Spooler check timer for Spooler data This parameter specifies in which time cycle the spooler checks the spooler file contents that should be printed out to the journal printer.9999 (kilobytes) Value description: spool file size in kilobytes Default value: not configured .PPF: Valid range: [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] 0 .PPF: Valid range: [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] 0 . Parameter name: SPOOLER_MAX_SPOOL_FILE Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: SPOOLER_PRINT_CACHE_TIMER Section in *.size of 2000 kilobytes is used June 2009 231 . Parameter name: SPOOLER_PRINT_CACHE_THRESHOLD Section in *.255 seconds Value description: time in what cycle the spooler checks if spooler data exist Default value: 2 Journal Spooler threshold This parameter specifies the number of print jobs be collected before the Journal Spooler starts printing.255 seconds Value description: number of collected print jobs before the spooler starts printing Default value: 10 Maximum spool file size This parameter can be used to encrease or decrease the maximum spool file size in kilobytes.PPF: Valid range: [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] 0 . PPF” Maximum unprinted spool data size This parameter can be used to encrease or decrease the maximum unprinted data size within the spool file in kilobytes. Parameter name: SPOOLER_MAX_SPOOL_AREA Section in *.[ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] Parameters in “CUSTOM.9999 (kilobytes) Value description: unprinted spool data size in kilobytes Default value: not configured .size of 1000 kilobytes is used 232 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] 0 . 17. 10.Parameters in “CUSTOM.user defined character set Default value: 0 June 2009 233 . 8.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 8. Parameter name: CPI Section in *.standard character set. Parameter name: LPI Section in *. 12. 1 . Parameter name: USER_CHARSET Section in *. 1 Value description: 0 . 10 Value description: integer value sets number of lines per inch Default value: 6 Receipt printer character set This parameter is used to specify which character set should be used by default.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 6.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0. 15.PPF” [RECEIPTPRINTER] [RECEIPTPRINTER] Receipt printer CPI setting This parameter is used to set the CPI size for the receipt printer. 25 Value description: integer value sets number of characters per inch Default value: 15 Receipt printer LPI setting This parameter is used to set the LPI size for the receipt printer. [RECEIPTPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM.Condensed off. 1 . 1 .Condensed on 234 June 2009 . 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter names: CONDENSED Section in *.Double width on Condensed Print This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in condensed mode by default.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0. Parameter names: DOUBLE_WIDTH Section in *.Double Width off.PPF” Double Width This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in double width by default. 1 Value description: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0. the footer data can be placed at a specific line after the host print data. Default value: Example: The following entry sets “Variable Receipt length” (macro #VLM#) and two “Line Feeds” (macro #LF#) for every receipt.7FH Value description: appends or inserts print data or macros to the print raw data stream of host print data. Parameter name: RECEIPT_PAGE_FOOTER Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] ASCII characters in range of 20H .PPF” [RECEIPTPRINTER] Receipt printer page header This parameter can be used to initialise the receipt printer with special settings via printer macros or text which should be printed at the beginning of the receipt. Default value: not configured June 2009 235 . If RECEIPT_FOOTER_LINE is not configured or zero. RECEIPT_PAGE_HEADER = “#VLM##LF##LF#” no value Receipt printer page footer This parameter can be used to append local defined printer data inclusive macros together with the print data that are sent by the host. the footer will be directly appended to the host data print raw data stream.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] ASCII characters in range of 20H .7FH Value description: macros and characters can be used as init sequences or to print header lines in front of the host print data. Parameter name: RECEIPT_PAGE_HEADER Section in *. If parameter RECEIPT_FOOTER_LINE (see description on the next page) is configured.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: not configured LED timer during receipt delivery This parameter is used to set the LED blinking time during the receipt delivery. the footer will be appended at the 20th line. If for example the host print data consists of 15 lines and the parameter is set to 20. the footer will be directly appended after the host print data.[RECEIPTPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: 5000 .PPF” Receipt footer line position This parameter can be used to define a specific line where the local defined footer data should be appended after the host print data.999 Value description: specifies the line where the footer will be appended.blinking time of 5 seconds 236 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0. Parameter name: LEDTIMER Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0 . 99999 Value description: number of time in milli seconds the guide light is blinking on receipt eject. If the host print data consists of 25 lines. Parameter name: RECEIPT_FOOTER_LINE Section in *. [1] ’NNN’ represents the codepage number specified via ESC% [2] ’XXX’ represents the font section number Example: Assume ESC%850 is included in the host print data for the receipt printer. If this parameter is enabled. the R01 and host print data are merged together via a software algorithm and not just inserting a #CR# after the R01 line. June 2009 237 . Parameter name: MERGE_R01 Section in *. Then the R01 line is not correctly mixed together with the host print line. all font parameters in the RECEIPT_FONT_XXX section are selected where parameter setting RECEIPT_FONT_TYPE = "2" is found.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0. If you specify CP_RECEIPT_FONT_TYPE_850 = "2". or has to be new specified via parameter RECEIPT_FONT_TYPE in the RECEIPT_FONT_XXX [2] section. which is already. 1 Value description: enables host and R01 data merging via software algorithm. Default value: not configured Assign codepage control sequence to NDC font type This parameter can be used to assign the codepage control sequence ESC%nnn (nnn = codepage number) to a local defined NDC font type.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] one valid NDC font type character Value description: NDC font type character.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [RECEIPTPRINTER] Enable R01 print data merging (NDC only) This parameter has to be set if the receipt printer does not support the carriage return (#CR#) command. The codepage control sequence can be included in the host print data which is sent from the central to the terminal. Parameter name: CP_RECEIPT_FONT_TYPE_NNN [1] Section in *. This parameter is supported for NDC receipt and journal print. Refer to Abschnitt ”Font type” on page 244. See also Abschnitt ”Font type” on page 244. transfer.send printer error to the host only if the receipt print job fails.PPF” Force receipt delivery after each host reply This parameter can be used to activate the receipt delivery for every transaction reply.send paper out message on paper out supply status. 1 Value description: 0 .PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0. 238 June 2009 .send printer error to the host only if the receipt print job fails. 1 Value description: 0 .[RECEIPTPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. paper out status messages or more likely jam status messages are sent to the host only if the receipt print job fails to print the host data. This might be useful if a consumer can perform multiple transactions (transaction chaining with Balance enquiry.PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] 0. Default value: not configured .append formfeed (FF) to host printer data for each host reply. If this parameter is disabled. 1 .do not append formfeed (FF). withdrawal. the application always sends a "Paper Out" message to the host if the Device Status framework reports a paper out status. and the print data of each transaction should be printed on single receipts. The setting of this parameter is always necessary if no formfeed (FF) is sent for each transaction reply but single receipts are required. Default value: 0 Force to send "Paper Out" message on paper out supply If this parameter is enabled. even the previous print job could be successfully finished. Parameter name: SINGLE_RECEIPT Section in *. deposit). 1 . Parameter name: FORCE_PAPER_OUT_SUPPLY Section in *. Do 0x04 . Default value: not configured .PPF: Valid range: [RECEIPTPRINTER] Bit order 0x01 .Do 0x02 . The options can be enabled or disabled via setting the bit that is assigned to the requested option. Parameter name: REAR_BAL_OPTIONS Section in *.Do not print contents of PAGE_HEADER not print contents of PAGE_FOOTER not print contents of R00 not print contents of R01 Value description: The bit options can be set in any combination you like.Parameters in “CUSTOM.Do 0x08 .all options are off June 2009 239 .PPF” [RECEIPTPRINTER] Options during Rear Balancing print This parameter can be used to set specific print options in a Rear Balancing transaction regarding Header/Footer and R00/R01 printing. PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] 6.standard character set. 17. Parameter name: USER_CHARSET Section in *.[DOCUMENTPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. 25 Value description: integer value sets number of characters per inch Default value: 15 Document printer LPI setting This parameter is used to set the LPI size for the document printer.PPF” [DOCUMENTPRINTER] Document printer CPI setting This parameter is used to set the CPI size for the document printer. Parameter name: CPI Section in *. Parameter name: LPI Section in *. 10 Value description: integer value sets number of lines per inch Default value: 6 Document printer character set This parameter is used to specify which character set should be used by default. 1 Value description: 0 . 10.user defined character set Default value: 0 240 June 2009 . 12.PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] 8.PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] 0. 15. 1 . 8. PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] ASCII characters in range of 20H . Parameter names: DOUBLE_WIDTH Section in *.7FH Value description: macros and characters can be used as init sequences or to print header lines in front of the host print data. Parameter names: CONDENSED Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” [DOCUMENTPRINTER] Double Width This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in double width by default.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. 1 Value description: 0 .Condensed off.Double Width off.PPF: Valid range: [JOURNALPRINTER] 0. 1 .Condensed on Document printer page header This parameter can be used to initialise the document printer with special settings via printer macros or text which should be printed at the beginning of the document. 1 . Default value: no value June 2009 241 .Double width on Condensed Print This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in condensed mode by default. Parameter name: DOC_PAGE_HEADER Section in *. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: DOC_FOOTER_LINE Section in *. the footer data are inserted in the specified line. If the parameter is zero.PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] ASCII characters in range of 20H .7FH Value description: appends or inserts print data or macros to the print raw data stream of host print data.999 Value description: specifies the line where the footer will be inserted. If DOC_FOOTER_LINE is not configured or zero.PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] 0 .[DOCUMENTPRINTER] Parameters in “CUSTOM. the footer data will be appended. Default value: not configured 242 June 2009 . Default value: not configured Document footer line position This parameter specifies the line position where the footer specified by DOC_PAGE_FOOTER should be inserted. Parameter name: DOC_PAGE_FOOTER Section in *. If parameter DOC_FOOTER_LINE (see description) is configured.PPF” Document printer page footer This parameter can be used to insert or append local defined printer data inclusive macros together with the print data that are sent by the host. the footer will be appended to the host data print raw data stream. 10 Value description: specifies how many documents can be collected in the collection tray prior to delivery.not active.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: 10 Cancel document processing This parameter can be used to set the cancel activation within the document printing process. Parameter name: CANCEL_ACTIVE Section in *.PPF” [DOCUMENTPRINTER] Maximum documents to be collected before delivery This parameter is used to set the maximum documents to be collected in the collection tray before the bundle is delivered to the customer. Parameter name: NO_OF_DOC_BEFORE_EJECT Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] 0 .PPF: Valid range: [DOCUMENTPRINTER] 1 . 1 .cancel active Value description: currently not used by ProCash/NDC-DDC Default value: 0 June 2009 243 . Y (DDC) Valid range: [1] ’XXX’ represents the font section number from 001-006 244 June 2009 . >. B (NDC) 1. A. The following parameters can be set for each font: Font type This parameter is used to specify which NDC or DDC font type should be used for this font section Parameter names: JOURNAL_FONT_TYPE RECEIPT_FONT_TYPE DOCUMENT_FONT_TYPE Section in *. In parameter configuration file CUSTOM. S. 7. ?.PPF” Printer Font parameters ProCash/NDC-DDC can use maximum 8 different fonts for each kind of printer.PPF: [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] [1] [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] 1. document and journal printer.PPF you find 6 font sections configured by default for ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC. All parameters can be set for the receipt. X. V.Printer Font parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM. 2. .PPF” Printer Font parameters The following tables show what Font type is used by ProNDC or ProDDC depending on which character set is selected by the NDC or DDC protocol: Font type 1 2 7 > ? B Character set defined by NDC Single Alpha 1 Single Alpha 2 Single Alpha 3 Double Alpha 1 Double Alpha 2 Double Alpha 3 Sequence ESC(1 ESC(2 ESC(7 ESC(> ESC(? ESC(B Font type 1 A V X S Y Character set defined by DDC Standard char set Alternate (user) char set VT chars from standard char set VT chars from alternate (user) char set Second alternate (user) char set VT chars from second alternate (user) char set Sequence ESC5 ESC4 ESC5.Parameters in “CUSTOM.VT ESC4......VT ESCz1 ESCz1.VT June 2009 245 . 1 . 1 Valid range: Value description: 0 .PPF” Double Width This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in double width for the selected font.unchanged [1] ’XXX’ represents the font section number from 001-006 Condensed Print This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters in condensed mode for the selected font.unchanged [1] ’XXX’ represents the font section number from 001-006 246 June 2009 .PPF: [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] [1] [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] 0.Double Width off. Parameter names: JOURNAL_DOUBLE_WIDTH RECEIPT_DOUBLE_WIDTH DOCUMENT_DOUBLE_WIDTH Section in *. 1 Valid range: Value description: 0 . 1 . 2 .Condensed on.PPF: [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] [1] [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] 0.Printer Font parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM. 2 .Condensed off.Double width on. Parameter names: JOURNAL_CONDENSED RECEIPT_CONDENSED DOCUMENT_CONDENSED Section in *. print from user defined character set 2 . [1] ’XXX’ represents the font section number from 001-006 June 2009 247 .PPF: [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] [1] [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] character string or macros (e. #LOGO1#) Valid range: Value description: Character string that will be inserted in front of the print data.PPF: [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] [1] [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] 0. The character string can be one or multiple macros or/and additional text.g. stay in current character set [1] ’XXX’ represents the font section number from 001-006 Printer initialization macros or characters The following parameter can be used to insert additional macros or/and text in front of the print data. Parameter names: JOURNAL_MACRO RECEIPT_MACRO DOCUMENT_MACRO Section in *.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter names: JOURNAL_USER_CHARSET RECEIPT_USER_CHARSET DOCUMENT_USER_CHARSET Section in *. 1 Valid range: Value description: 0 .print from standard character set 1 .PPF” Printer Font parameters User defined Character set This parameter is used to specify if the printer should print the characters from the user defined character set or from the standard character set.unchanged. The printer character table is divided into a low part which contain positions from 000-127 (00H-7FH) and a high part which contains hex positions from 128 .Printer Font parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Printer character mapping table This parameter is used to define a printer character table.255 (80H-FFH). Each character position can be defined in the range from (00H-FFH) [1] ’XXX’ represents the font section number from 001-006 248 June 2009 .PPF: [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] [1] [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] Valid range: 0-255 Value description: low and high part of the character table can have a maximum of 127 hex values which represents 127 characters. Parameter names: RECEIPT_USER_CHARSET_LOW JOURNAL_USER_CHARSET_LOW DOCUMENT_USER_CHARSET_LOW RECEIPT_USER_CHARSET_HIGH JOURNAL_USER_CHARSET_HIGH DOCUMENT_USER_CHARSET_HIGH Sections in *. The mapping position of each character depends on the printer data from the host. This character table can be used to map characters to another hex position of the printer if neccessary. Parameter name: DOC_PRINTER_NAME Section in *. you have to modify the configuration file CUSTOM. if CSC-W32 has installed and configured the receipt printer as a Windows printer. TH22 or TP07 should operate as a Windows printer. If the printer TH97/G or TP01 should operate as a Windows printer. "Wincor Nixdorf ND9G" which is a pure Windows printer) is needed if the installed printer should operate as a Windows printer. Parameter name: REC_PRINTER_NAME Section in *. "Wincor Nixdorf TH97/G") is needed if the installed printer should operate as a Windows printer. If the printer TH21. Parameter TH97_GDI_ INTERFACE or TP01_GDI_INTERFACE has to be set to YES. During ProInstall installation the Windows printer name is automatically set in the Registry and also CUSTOM.PPF: Valid range: [GDI_REC_PRINTER] character string (max 128 characters) Value description: specifies the Windows printer name Default value: "" GDI Windows name for document printer This parameter specifies the Windows name of the installed document printer. 128 characters) Value description: specifies the Windows printer name Default value: "" June 2009 249 .PPF” GDI Windows name for receipt printer GDI Windows name for receipt printer This parameter specifies the Windows name of the installed receipt printer. TH22_GDI_INTERFACE or TP07_GDI_INTERFACE has to be set to YES.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter TH21_GDI_INTERFACE. The Windows printer name (e.PPF.g. you have to modify the CSC-W32 configuration file CUSTOM. if CSC-W32 has installed and configured the receipt printer as a Windows printer. During ProInstall installation the Windows printer name is automatically set in the Registry and also CUSTOM.CUS prior installation.CUS of CSC-W32 prior installation.g. The Windows printer name (e.PPF: Valid range: [GDI_DOC_PRINTER] character string (max.PPF. PPF” Screen Font configuration The following parameters are used to set the font types which are used in the screen download from the host. Value description: NDC or DDC font name Default values: [1] See table “Default NDC font names” and table “Default DDC font names” ’XXX’ represents the section number from 001 .Screen Font configuration Parameters in “CUSTOM.009. Parameter name: TABLE_ENTRIES Section in *.FON).PPF: Valid range: [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] [1] char value eight digits maximum in uppercase letters. Parameter name: NAME Section in *. 9 Value description: number of used fonts Default value: 9 Font name The following parameter is used to specify the NDC or DDC font name which is used by ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC.PPF: Valid range: [VIEWER_FONT] 0. This name has to match exactly with the name specified within the Windows font file (*. 250 June 2009 . See default settings of table “Default NDC font names” and table “Default DDC font names” on the next page. [VIEWER_FONT] Number of screen fonts This parameter specifies the number of fonts to be used by ProCash/NDC. FON NDC-G1.FON NDC-SA2.FON [VIEWER_FONT] NDC font description Single Alpha 1 Double Alpha 1 Single Alpha 2 Double Alpha 2 Graphic 1 Graphic 2 Graphic 3 Single Arabic Double Arabic Table 17: Default DDC font names SECTION [VIEWER_FONT_001] [VIEWER_FONT_002] [VIEWER_FONT_003] [VIEWER_FONT_004] [VIEWER_FONT_005] [VIEWER_FONT_006] [VIEWER_FONT_007] [VIEWER_FONT_008] [VIEWER_FONT_009] NAME DDC-NORM DDC-HELV DDC-ROLL DDC-ENGL DDC-CENT DDC-8X12 DDC-8X16 DDC-RUSS DDC-ARAB FONT FILE NAME DDC-NORM.FON NDC-DA1.FON DDC font description Standard Font Helvetica Rollíng English Century Border 8x12 Border 8x16 Russisch Arabic June 2009 251 .FON DDC-ENGL.FON DDC-CENT.FON DDC-8X12.FON NDC-G3.FON DDC-ARAB.FON DDC-HELV.FON DDC-RUSS.FON DDC-8X16.FON NDC-DARA.FON NDC-DA1.FON NDC-G2.PPF” Table 16: Default NDC font names SECTION [VIEWER_FONT_001] [VIEWER_FONT_002] [VIEWER_FONT_003] [VIEWER_FONT_004] [VIEWER_FONT_005] [VIEWER_FONT_006] [VIEWER_FONT_007] [VIEWER_FONT_008] [VIEWER_FONT_009] NAME NDC-SA1 NDC-DA1 NDC-SA2 NDC-DA1 NDC-G1 NDC-G2 NDC-G3 NDC-SARA NDC-DARA FONT FILE NAME NDC-SA1.FON DDC-ROLL.FON NDC-SARA.Parameters in “CUSTOM. PPF” Font size The following parameter is used to specify the font size for NDC and DDC fonts in pixels. 252 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] [1] See table 18 and table 19 on page 254 Value description: font height in pixels. The value depends on the created font.PPF: Valid range: [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] [1] See table 18 and table 19 on page 253 Value description: font size in pixels. The value for fixed size fonts has to match exactly with the size of the Windows font. Default values: [1] See table 18 and table 19 on page 254 ’XXX’ represents the section number from 001 . The value depends on the created font.009.[VIEWER_FONT] Parameters in “CUSTOM.009. Parameter name: HEIGHT Section in *. Font height The following parameter is used to specify the font size for NDC and DDC in pixels. Default values: [1] See and on ’XXX’ represents the section number from 001 . Parameter name: SIZE Section in *. The value for fixed size fonts has to match exactly with the size of the Windows font. 0/05 ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC delivers fonts in the resolution 640x480. The following tables show the values of "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" in the dependent resolution to be set for ProCash/DDC and ProCash/NDC: Table 18: DDC resolution dependent values for "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" NAME DDC-NORM DDC-HELV DDC-ROLL DDC-ENGL DDC-CENT DDC-CHN4 DDC-CHN5 DDC-CHN6 DDC-CHN7 DDC-8X12 DDC-8X16 DDC-RUSS DDC-RUS4 DDC-THAI DDC-ARAB 640x480 SIZE x HEIGHT 16 x 24 32 x 48 32 x 48 32 x 32 32 x 48 32 x 32 32 x 32 32 x 32 32 x 32 16 x 24 16 x 32 16 x 24 32 x 32 16 x 24 16 x 24 800x600 SIZE x HEIGHT 20 x 30 40 x 60 40 x 60 40 x 40 40 x 60 40 x 40 40 x 40 40 x 40 40 x 40 20 x 30 20 x 40 20 x 30 40 x 40 20 x 30 20 x 30 1024x768 SIZE X HEIGHT 25 x 38 51 x 76 51 x 76 52 x 51 51 x 76 51 x 51 51 x 51 51 x 51 51 x 51 25 x 38 25 x 51 25 x 38 51 x 51 25 x 38 25 x 38 June 2009 253 . Therefore parameters "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" in the [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] sections needs to be changed depending in which display resolution the application should run. 800x600 and 1024x768.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Font Resolution tables Font Resolution tables Since Release 1. Font Resolution tables Parameters in “CUSTOM. Refer to Abschnitt ”Resolution dependent WINNT Font installation” on page 258.PPF” Table 19: NDC resolution dependent values for "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" NAME NDC-SA1 NDC-DA1 NDC-SA2 NDC-DA1 NDC-G1 NDC-G2 NDC-G3 NDC-SARA NDC-DARA 640x480 SIZE x HEIGHT 20 x 30 40 x 30 20 x 30 40 x 30 20 x 30 20 x 30 20 x 30 20 x 21 40 x 42 800x600 SIZE x HEIGHT 25 x 37 50 x 37 25 x 37 50 x 37 25 x 37 25 x 37 25 x 37 25 x 26 50 x 52 1024x768 SIZE X HEIGHT 32 x 48 64 x 48 32 x 48 64 x 48 32 x 48 32 x 48 32 x 48 32 x 33 64 x 67 The values of "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" will be automatically set during ProInstall installation or if you register NT fonts via the "Configuration Manager". 254 June 2009 . Table 20: Standard NDC and DDC font identifiers SECTION NDC NDC FONT DEFAULT NAME IDENTIFIER 1 > 2 ? 3 4 5 7 B NDC-SA1 NDC-DA1 NDC-SA2 NDC-DA1 NDC-G1 NDC-G2 NDC-G3 NDC-SARA NDC-DARA DDC NDC FONT DEFAULT NAME IDENTIFIER F0 F1 F3 FF F2 F@ FG FI FE DDC-NORM DDC-HELV DDC-ROLL DDC-ENGL DDC-CENT DDC-8X12 DDC-8X16 DDC-RUSS DDC-ARAB [VIEWER_FONT_001] [VIEWER_FONT_002] [VIEWER_FONT_003] [VIEWER_FONT_004] [VIEWER_FONT_005] [VIEWER_FONT_006] [VIEWER_FONT_007] [VIEWER_FONT_008] [VIEWER_FONT_009] See also ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC User Guide section Screens for detailed descriptions about screen control sequences. June 2009 255 . The font identifier is the specification which type of font is selected in the ’ESC(’ sequence for NDC or ’ESC’ for DDC.PPF: Valid range: [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] [1] single character Value description: one character for NDC or two characters for DDC Default values: [1] See table “Standard NDC and DDC font identifiers” ’XXX’ represents the section number from 001 .PPF” Font Resolution tables NDC font identifier The following parameter identifies the NDC or DDC font type.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: NDC_FONT Section in *.009. 009.single. 1 Value description: 0 .PPF” NDC double size This parameter has to be set for double size fonts.PPF: Valid range: [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] [1] 0.double Default values: [1] See table “Default settings for NDC and DDC fonts” ’XXX’ represents the section number from 001 . 1 .Font Resolution tables Parameters in “CUSTOM. Table 21: Default settings for NDC and DDC fonts SECTION [VIEWER_FONT_001] [VIEWER_FONT_002] [VIEWER_FONT_003] [VIEWER_FONT_004] [VIEWER_FONT_005] [VIEWER_FONT_006] [VIEWER_FONT_007] [VIEWER_FONT_008] [VIEWER_FONT_009] DEFAULT VALUE 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 NDC FONT NAME NDC-SA1 NDC-DA1 NDC-SA2 NDC-DA1 NDC-G1 NDC-G2 NDC-G3 NDC-SARA NDC-DARA DEFAULT VALUE 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 DDC FONT NAME DDC-NORM DDC-HELV DDC-ROLL DDC-ENGL DDC-CENT DDC-8X12 DDC-8X16 DDC-RUSS DDC-ARAB 256 June 2009 . Parameter name: NDC_DOUBLE Section in *. 1 . In this mode characters from a downloaded screen are read line by line and not character by character.proportional off ’XXX’ represents the section number from 001 . This mode is also useful to set if you like to display WINNT proportional fonts instead of the standard NDC or DDC fonts. that lines become shorter than in normal mode depending on the characters to be displayed. 1 Value description: 0 . June 2009 257 .proportional on Default values: [1] 0 .009.Parameters in “CUSTOM. This has the effect.PPF: Valid range: [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] [1] 0. In proportional mode the distance between each character will be calculated by the size of each character. This speeds up the display time for screens which contain escape sequences to fill a screen via ’ESC R’ or ’ESC U’ in DDC mode.PPF” Font Resolution tables Display characters in proportional mode This parameter can be used to display characters in proportional mode. Parameter name: PROPORTIONAL Section in *.proportional off. Resolution dependent Bitmap/Icon installation Since Release 1.0/05 ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC are able to register automatically Windows Fonts (*. The last step is a call to PARAC to set the new values for SIZE and HEIGHT from "CUSTOM.PPF Resolution dependent WINNT Font installation Since Release 1. Within batch program "C:\STARTUP.EXE" in a second step after the automatic NT font registration during the "STARTUP. 800X600 and 1024X768).FON) with the Display Resolution which is currently set during the installation. The Bitmaps and Icon copy process will be initiated via utility "CPYNTFNT. 800X600 and 1024X768) to C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS. See also Abschnitt ”Resolution dependent WINNT Font installation” on page 258.0/05 during the installation all default Bitmaps and Icons are copied with the currently detected resolution from the resolution dependent subfolder C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS\XXX (the ’XXX’ placeholder stands for 640X480. Refer to section “Font and Graphic utilities” on page 358 for detailed description CPYNTFNT. At least the utility updates the values of parameter "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" in the [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] section of configuration file "CUSTOM. See menu "Update" ->"Install Fonts and Bitmaps" of "Configuration Manager".EXE. Later after the installation if you have decided to change the Windows display resolution you can use the "Configuration Manager" to register default fonts in a different resolution.Resolution dependent WINNT Font installation Parameters in “CUSTOM.BAT" run.BAT" at the end of the batch routines the font registration utility "CPYNTFNT. You are also able to exchange Bitmaps and Icons later after the installation with the "Configuration Manager". In addition the utility registers all standard fonts in the Windows environment for immediate access by ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC.PPF" into the registry.PPF".EXE" is called that analyzes first the current Windows display resolution. 258 June 2009 . ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC delivers a set of default Fonts which are extracted from the ProInstall CD and copied to the C:\PROTOPAS\FONTS\XXX directory (the ’XXX’ placeholder stands for 640X480. Than all files are copied from the C:\PROTOPAS\FONTS\ subfolder of the detected resolution to the \WINNT\FONTS directory. you can use utility "FONTEDIT.PPF update via the PARAC call (CfgM "Call PARAC for Update" in menu "Update"). See table “DDC resolution dependent values for "SIZE" and "HEIGHT"” on page 253 and table “NDC resolution dependent values for "SIZE" and "HEIGHT"” on page 254. June 2009 259 .PPF” User defined WINNT fonts User defined WINNT fonts If you like to create your own Windows fonts (*. The value must be 96 for all resolutions. IMPORTANT: Depending on the selected Display Resolution you have to set the correct SIZE and HEIGHT within the Windows fonts. Very important is that the name of the font you create has to match with the filename (without extension).EXE" you have to check the value of "Nominal Vert.FON). The values of "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" in configuration file "CUSTOM. The PARAC call after the Windows registration is needed too.EXE". Resolution" and "Nominal Horiz. This fontname has to be entered in uppercase letters in section [VIEWER_FONTS_XXX] for parameter "NAME" in configuration file "CUSTOM.PPF" in directory C:\INSTALL\CUSTOM.EXE" via parameter options to register a new Windows font. The new created font has to be copied in one of the resolution sub directories of C:\PROTOPAS\FONTS\XXX.PPF" are set automatically via utility "CPYNTFNT. The second option is using utility "CPYNTFNT. See Abschnitt ”Font and Graphic utilities” on page 358 the detailed description of utility "CPYNTFNT.EXE" or the procedures as described in Abschnitt ”Font and Graphic utilities” on page 358. At least you have to make a CUSTOM. Resolution" in menu "Fonts" function "Header". Than you can use function "Install Fonts and Bitmaps" in menu "Update" of the "Configuration Manager" to register the new font in the requested resolution.EXE". If you are using "FONTEDIT.Parameters in “CUSTOM. PPF: [PRIMARYSERVER] [SECONDARYSERVER] Valid range: character string (any TCP/IP host name or IP address) Value description: specifies the ProView Server station name (usually the computer name) or the TCP/IP address of the server. Set Primary/Secondary Server and Port The following parameters are used to specify the primary and secondary Server name and Port number.Enable and preconfigure ProViewAgent Parameters in “CUSTOM.INA" located in directory C:\PROTOPAS\CONF. If the primary server cannot pe reached. OS/2) V3. The Server name and Port number has to match with the settings on the ProView Server station. Default value: "" Parameter name: PORT Sections in *.PPF: [PRIMARYSERVER] [SECONDARYSERVER] Valid range: 00000 . Parameter name: NAME Sections in *. If you need details of all configuration parameters refer to the "ProView SSTP Agent (Windows.PPF” Enable and preconfigure ProViewAgent The following parameters are needed to enable and preconfigure the ProView Agent. the secondary server is taken to establish the connection.7/01 System Manual". The whole set of parameters needed by ProView Agent are stored in configuration file "PROVIEW. Default values: 18988 260 June 2009 .99999 (any valid port number) Value description: specifies the ProView Server port number the Agent tries to connect to. PPF” Enable and preconfigure ProViewAgent Terminal ID of ATM client The following parameter is used to specify the terminal ID from the ATM. Error description for ProView Server log window To enable clear text messages for the ProView Server log window you can replace journal text variable $DCMC_DEVICE_ERROR$ against $DCMC_DEVICE_ERROR_INFO$. June 2009 261 . you have to use Bit 4 of parameter DESTxxx in section [CUSTMSG]. Default value: "" Enable Application Events To enable displaying the application specific event messages in the event window of ProView Server.Parameters in “CUSTOM. Within the ProViewAgent configuration you have to configure also that the event window of the PrtoView Server will receive the journal events.PPF: [PROVIEW_SSTPAGENT] Valid range: any string without blanks Value description: This entry is the name which displayed on the ProView Server desktop window if the Agent is connected with the server. This variable contains the error message description specified in parameter INFO of the CCERRMAP table. you have to activate Bit 32 of parameter DESTxxx in section [CUSTMSG]. Usually the computer name should be used. If you have installed a ProView release older than 3. Parameter name: TERMINALID Sections in *. The computer name is default is the parameter value is an empty string.2/22. Refer to section section “[TOP_MSG] and [CUST_MSG]” on page 143. The terminal name can be any name you like to set. Bit 4 enables to send journal events. EMV parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM. 64) Value description: list of TAGs to be sent Default value: 9F27959B9F06 Contact Threshold This parameter specifies after how many failed contact attempts an unsolicited error message should be sent up to the network.PPF.PPF: [LYNXCI_EMV] Valid range: ASCII character string (max. Parameter name: COMPLETION_OBJECTS Sections in *.PPF” EMV parameters The following sections describe some important parameters that can be set in configuration file CUSTOM.99 Value description: number of chip contact attempts Default value: 9 262 June 2009 . Parameter name: CONTACT_THRESHOLD Sections in *. Completion Objects This parameter specifies the default Data Object list (list of TAGs) to be used in Solicited Status Message extension. Last Transaction Status Extension and Logical EMV error messages.PPF: [LYNXCI_EMV] Valid range: 0 . Please refer to the EMV2000 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment Systems Book1-4 for detailed description. Parameter name: LANGUAGE_SUPPORTED Sections in *. Parameter name: ACQUIRER_IDENTIFIER_9F01 Sections in *. Default value: Example: "" "endefrsp" represents the languages "English" (en). Value description: Two numeric digits with a preceding backslash represents one byte (example entry: \11\22\33\44\55\66).PPF: [LYNXCI_EMV] Valid range: ASCII character string (max 64) Value description: the string can contain multiple two digit language codes.Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” EMV parameters Language support The following parameter specifies a list of supported languages. "France" (fr).PPF: [EMV_TAGS] Valid range: ASCII character string in byte value notation of 6 bytes. Default value: not configured June 2009 263 . which uniquely identifies the acquirer within each payment system. "German" (de). "Spain" (sp). Acquirer Identifier 9F01 This parameter is used to configure an Acquirer Identifier. represented according to ISO 8583: 1993 for Card Acceptor. represented according to ISO 3166. Value description: Two numeric digits with a preceding backslash represents one byte (example entry: \11\22). Parameter name: MERCHANT_CATEGORY_CODE_9F15 Sections in *.EMV parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM. Default value: not configured 264 June 2009 . which classifies the type of business being done by the merchant. Value description: Two numeric digits with a preceding backslash represents one byte (example entry: \11\22).PPF: [EMV_TAGS] Valid range: ASCII character string in byte value notation of 2 bytes.PPF” Merchant Category Code 9F15 The following parameter can be used to configure the merchant category. Default value: not configured Terminal Country Code 9F1A The following parameter is used to specify the country code. Parameter name: TERMINAL_COUNTRY_CODE_9F1A Sections in *. which indicates the country of the terminal.PPF: [EMV_TAGS] Valid range: ASCII character string in byte value notation of 2 bytes. Please refer to the EMV2000 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment Systems Book1-4 for detailed description. Please refer to the EMV2000 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment Systems Book1-4 for detailed description. Terminal Type 9F35 The following parameter is used to set the Terminal Type.PPF. Value description: Two numeric digits with a preceding backslash represents one byte (example entry: \11\22\33). Please refer to the EMV2000 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment Systems Book1-4 for detailed description. Default value: not configured in CUSTOM.PPF” EMV parameters Terminal Capabilities 9F33 The following parameter is used to specify the terminal capabilities. which indicates the environment of the terminal. Default value: not configured in CUSTOM. but set to default value \60\48\20 in registry during installation. June 2009 265 . Parameter name: TERMINAL_TYPE_9F35 Sections in *. Value description: Two numeric digits with a preceding backslash represents one byte (example entry: \11).PPF: [EMV_TAGS] Valid range: ASCII character string in byte value notation of 3 bytes. CVM.PPF: [EMV_TAGS] Valid range: ASCII character string in byte value notation of 1 byte.PPF. and its operational control. but set to default value \14 in registry during installation. its communications capability. which indicates the card data input. Please refer to the EMV2000 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment Systems Book1-4 for detailed description.Parameters in “CUSTOM. and security capabilities of the terminal. Parameter name: TERMINAL_CAPABILITIES_9F33 Sections in *. 266 June 2009 . Please refer to the EMV2000 Integrated Circuit Card Specification for Payment Systems Book1-4 for detailed description.EMV parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM.PPF” Additional Terminal Capabilities 9F40 This parameter is used to configure the Additional Terminal Capabilities that indicates the data input and output capablilities of the terminal. but set to default value \80\00\B0\53\FF in registry during installation. Parameter name: ADDITIONAL_TERMINAL_CAPABILITIES_9F40 Sections in *.PPF: [EMV_TAGS] Valid range: ASCII character string in byte value notation of 5 bytes. Value description: Two numeric digits with a preceding backslash represents one byte (example entry: \11\22\33\44\55).PPF. Default value: not configured in CUSTOM. NCR: [CASH_DISPENSER] Section in *. Parameter name: PHYS_NAME_X [1] Section in *. Default value: set to 4 on NCR or Diebold systems Configure physical names of cassettes units The following parameters specify the physical names of the cassette units that are reported from NCR or Diebold WOSA.DIB: Valid range: ASCII character string Value description: physical cassette unit name Default NCR: PHYS_NAME_1 = Unit 1 (top) PHYS_NAME_2 = Unit 2 (next to top) PHYS_NAME_3 = Unit 3 (next to bottom) PHYS_NAME_4 = Unit 4 (bottom) Default DIEBOLD: PHYS_NAME_1 = BIN1 PHYS_NAME_2 = BIN2 PHYS_NAME_3 = BIN3 PHYS_NAME_4 = BIN4 [1] .Parameters in “CUSTOM. Parameter name: NUM_PHYS_NAMES Section in *.DIB: Valid range: 0 .PPF” Vendor specific parameters Vendor specific parameters Number of physical cassettes names The following parameter specifys how many physical cassettes names are reported by the NCR or Diebold WOSA.16 Value description: specifies the number of physical units provided by the NCR or Diebold WOSA.NCR: [CASH_DISPENSER] Section in *.X = physical unit number June 2009 267 . Default value: 99 268 June 2009 . because for a ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC application a zero value means retract inhibit.NCR: [CASH_DISPENSER] Section in *. Default value: 300 Set number of maximum retracts The following parameter is required on NCR systems.Vendor specific parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM.DIB: Valid range: 0 . Parameter name: MAX_RETRACT Section in *. This parameter sets the number of maximum allowed retract operations in the cash unit structure. This parameter will be configured by default on DIEBOLD systems as well.999 Value description: specifies the limit of maximum number of rejected notes. Parameter name: MAX_REJECT_NOTES Section in *. This parameter sets the number of maximum rejected notes in the cash unit structure.PPF” Set number of maximum rejected notes The following parameter is required on NCR systems. By default NCR Wosa returns a zero value in the cash unit structure for the maximum allowed retracted notes.99 Value description: specifies the maximum allowed retracts. This has the effect that the application never performs a cash retract operation. By default NCR Wosa returns a zero value in the cash unit structure for the maximum rejected notes.NCR: [CASH_DISPENSER] Section in *. This has the effect that the application reports always an overfilled status for the reject cassette because the current rejected notes counter is equal or higher than the maximum rejected notes counter.DIB: Valid range: 0 . Dispense from all cassettes with the same currency. This parameter can be used to enable a test dispense function that can be called from a ProTopas/SOP-NDC or ProTopas/SOP-DDC function.NCR: [CASH_DISPENSER] Section in *.Test dispense switched off 1 . Default value: 1 for Diebold systems.logical number of remaining notes not devided 1 . Parameter name: MV_TESTDISPENSE Sections in *. Reject the bundle at the end (reject is called through SOP).devide logical number of remaining notes Default value: not configured June 2009 269 .NCR: [CASH_DISPENSER] Section in *.DIB: Valid range: 0. all others not configured 0 Devide remaining notes equally to physical cassettes This parameter can be used to devide the logical number of notes remaining in cassette equally to all existing physical cassettes units of the same denomination.PPF” Vendor specific parameters Enable test dispense function The following parameter is required on Diebold systems. 1 Value description: 0 . Parameter name: EQUAL_PHYS_CASS_COUNTERS Sections in *. This parameter can be used only if parameter PHYS_NAME_X is configured.Dispense from each single cassette and reject each single note after each singel dispense. 2 .Parameters in “CUSTOM.DIB: Valid range: 0-2 Value description: 0 . PPF” 270 June 2009 .Vendor specific parameters Parameters in “CUSTOM. but after installation of PARAC/NT.Parameter Management The PARAC run Parameter Management The PARAC run During the Proinstall installation process. Figure 4: PARAC Start window Figure 5: PARAC Update window Figure 6: PARAC Finish window with return code (0) June 2009 271 . an error description in red color appears in the second line of the last pop up window. The following graphics show four pop up windows which are indicating the progress of the update steps. The last window shows the PARAC return code. an automatic call is initiated to the PARAC interface to preset the Windows registry with default parameter definitions for each product. If PARAC returns with an error code (other than 0 or 7). PPF file in C:\PARAC.PPF. can be set in the customization file CUSTOM. This is only a warning: Missing parameter restored). Protopas and ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC will be installed automatically during the installation. To avoid any confusion we only have included the most important parameters which are often changed after installation. 272 June 2009 .BIN). If the PARAC program is called after the installation it looks for an existing CUSTOM. The correct syntax and value ranges of valid ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC specific parameters for the CUSTOM. If the PPF file exists and a new parameter is defined or value of an existing parameter has been changed. PARAC stores the new parameters or changed values into the WINNT Registry.Parameter update process via PARAC Parameter Management The fourth pop up window is a PARAC error window with an example error return code. All parameters which are included in the Definition Files of PARAC (located in C:\PARAC\DEF as binary files *. But this is only a very small part of the parameters from the whole ProCash/NDCDDC environment.PPF can be taken from this manual. (The only exception is return code 7. All finish pop up windows with return codes other than 0 or 7 come up with a second line in red color as a short description of the error. Figure 7: PARAC Finish window with error return code Parameter update process via PARAC After the installation in most cases some parameters must be additionally set or changed. A huge number of basic parameters for each product like ProBase/C. Parameter Management PCEDT .PPF will be moved into the Registry.EXE.PARAC Parameter Editor If you want to view the whole set of defined parameters you have to use the program PCEDT. After the parameter move.PPF will be deleted . If you then call PARAC. Figure 8: Workbench of PCEDT Please refer to the PCEDT User Manual for detailed function description. This program is a frontend program where you can search for parameters or select one for modification. With this program you can create a new CUSTOM. The new CUSTOM. the CUSTOM. June 2009 273 . the contents of CUSTOM.PARAC Parameter Editor PCEDT .PPF can be stored in C:\PARAC.PPF file where you can include parameters selected by PCEDT. One additional part of parameter configuration will be performed through "CCRCCONV.and AddOn depened sub folders. The INA files contain SECTIONS and PARAMETERS as we know it from the Windows INI format. NCR or Dienbold) and what AddOn product will be installed different batch routines with specific parameter settings are called. A converter program named "KCONF. Depending on what hardware vendor (Wincor Nixdorf. These parameter files (*.BAT". After ProInstall installation the sub folders like \BAS.INA format) are delivered via the update diskettes of ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC and will be copied to "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF" and to the vendor. Please refer to the tables in section ”ProCash/NDC parameters” on page 276 and section ”ProCash/DDC parameters” on page 286 to get a short description about the contents of the vendor.and batch routines will be stored in several sub folders under "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF". These parameters are completely independent from PARAC.EXE". additional batch routines will be called within "C:\STARTUP. etc.EXE" (located in "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF") converts the ’INA’ format to ’RCK’ format. located in "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF" will not be used any more during the runtime. The INA files can be modified with any ASCII or ANSI editor. During installation the files from those sub folders are moved up to the working folder "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF". \BATCH.EXE" for the Registry update procedure. 274 June 2009 . comfortable batch routines do the job to update the "INA" contents automatically.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration After the PARAC configuration was finished. The RCK format can be used by "CCRCCONV. The vendor.and AddOn depended configuration.and AddOn depended sub folders. During the installation. DLL" will be automatically exchanged through "CCCDM30. June 2009 275 . During Installation the Repository Manager of ProTopas will be automatically configured with the necessary framework names of the device framworks.3/10 ProCash/NDC . The exchange procedure is done through several batch routines called at the end of ProInstall installation.ProCash/DDC supports WOSA XFS30 specification.DLL". The exchange for the device frameworks of the the Repository Manager is performed only when the relevant WOSA service is available.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration WOSA XFS30 automatic configuration Since release 1. That means for example that the Cash Dispenser framework "CCCDM20L. INA files to *.BAT CFGMANAG.CFG CCSOPSTEP.BAT NDC.BAT with one INA file as the parameter (without extension). Example: CONV ccerrmap Parameters of CSC-W32 error codes and NDC/DDC error mapping table Rear balancing step table (header only) Parameter definition for macro settings in the printer ’INIT’ phase (see Protopas "Programmers Reference" for detailed description) Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from PRTMACRO.INA NDCSOPSKE.BAT CCERRMAP.BAT CSCW32. Calls KCONF. Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from CSCW32.INA PRTMACRO.INA Key definitions for FDK’s.INA. Parameters of NDC message protocol Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from NDC. After the call this file will be renamed to ’CONV-ALL.EXE to convert *.RCK CONV.INA PRTMACRO.INA.INA 276 June 2009 .BAT CCERRDIF.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Parameter Management ProCash/NDC parameters The following table gives a short description about the configuration files and batch routines that are compressed in file update. Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from PROVIEW.INA LOGON.INA CSCW32.INA NDC.INA. Parameters to be set for CSCW32.INA CCCDMFW.INA SMI30.z on the Update Disk: Table 22: List of files in sub folder \BAS FILE NAME CONV-ALL.BAT GDI_PRT.BAT can be used to update one particular INA file if you call CONV.BAT DESCRIPTION Batch program which is called during the installation.INA GDI_PRT. EPP and PIN Pad Secure Key Entry configuration for ProTopas/SOP-NDC CONV.INA Parameters to be set for the ProviewAgent.BAT WOSAKEYS.INA. Parameters for automatic logon Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from LOGON.CFG NDCSOPTXT. The batch program updates the registry with all INA files of directory ’C:\PROTPAS\CONF’ using the batch files described in this table.BAT PROVIEW.RCK 2.INA. Calls CCRCCONV.INA LYNXSOP.BAT SMI30.CFG NDCSOPSTP.BAT LOGON. Parameters to be set for SMI30 Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from SMI30.EXE which uses *. Parameters for CDM service of Protopas Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from CCCDMFW.BAT CCCDMFW.INA NDCSOPDIA.LNK DATADICT.INA PROVIEW.OK’ 1. Used by Configuration Manager only Connection to the Configuration Manager to call it from the Start Menu Variable definitions needed for the data dictionary framework Dialog definitions for ProTopas/SOP-NDC Step definitions and common parameters for ProTopas/SOP-NDC SOP Text definitions for ProTopas/SOP-NDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.INA.CFG files Parameters needed for GDI printing Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from GDI_PRT. BAT DESCRIPTION Parameters of CSC-W32 error codes and NDC/DDC error mapping table Parameters for logical WOSA CDM service Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from WOSALATM.EXE Called on Diebold hardware platforms Table 24: List of files in sub folder \CDM FILE NAME CCERRMAP.BAT NCRUSB.BAT UNI-CHAR.BAT DESCRIPTION Calls utility ADDONCHK.EXE Definition file for ADDONCHK.DEF DIEBOLD.EXE Called if AddOn ProRkl will be installed Called if an CRS 3100xe is found Called if AddOn WEB-Extensionswill be installed Called on Wincor Nixdorf hardware platforms Called on NCR hardware platforms Called on NCR hardware platforms that have USB printer devices Definition file for ADDONCHK.BAT RM2. June 2009 277 .EXE Called on systems with Recycling Module 2 if CashIn is enabled Called on systems with CCDM if CashIn is enabled Called if the system has a Cash Dispenser Called on systems with CCDM if Cheque In is enabled Called on CRS systems Called if Addon Regkey of FOnet is included Called on systems with integrated CoinOut module Called on systems with integrated CoinIn module Called if AddOn ProChip/EMV will be installed Called if AddOn ProCash/Signature will be installed Definition file for ADDONCHK.BAT RXE.BAT CRS.INA Default character sets for Unicode journal logging Table 23: List of files in sub folder \BATCH FILE NAME ADDONCHK.BAT NCR.REG Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from NDCSOPSKE.INA.DEF RKL.BAT CHQ.BAT FONET.BAT WEB.BAT NCRF.BAT CDM.BAT REGF.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration NDCSOPSKE.BAT EMV.BAT P36.INA WOSALATM.BAT COINOUT.BAT COININ.INA WOSALATM.DEF VERS.BAT CCD.BAT WN. CFG files CashIn step table (script) for ProTopas CashIn transaction framework Parameters with CRS extensions of NDC message protocol Table 26: List of files in sub folder \CHQ FILE NAME NDCCDMDIA.CFG NDCCRSTXT.CFG files 278 June 2009 .CFG NDCCRSDIA.CFG NDCCDMSTP.BAT LYNXCAIN.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 25: List of files in sub folder \CCD FILE NAME NDCCDMDIA.INA NDCCRS.CFG NDCCRSSTP.CFG NDCCRSSTP.CFG NDCCRSTXT.CFG CCSOPSTEP.CFG NDCCDMTXT.CFG NDCCDMTXT.CFG NDCCRSDIA.INA DESCRIPTION Parameter Management Specific dialog configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific step configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific Text configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific dialog configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific step configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific Text configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.BAT DESCRIPTION Specific dialog configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific step configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific Text configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific dialog configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific step configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific Text configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.CFG NDCCDMSTP.CFG CCSOPSTEP. BAT DESCRIPTION Parameters for EMV Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of EMVDECRE.BAT NDCCRSDIA.INA DESCRIPTION Specific error mapping table for DDC 911 protocol including CRS extensions Specific error mapping table including CRS extensions Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 27: List of files in sub folder \CRS FILE NAME CCERRMAP.CFG files Specific dialog configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific step configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC Specific Text configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-NDC CashIn step table (script) for ProTopas CashIn transaction framework Parameters with CRS extensions of NDC message protocol Table 28: List of files in sub folder \EMV FILE NAME EMVDECRE.CFG LYNXCAIN.911 CCERRMAP.CFG NDCCRSSTP.CFG NDCCRSTXT.INA NDCCRS.INA CCSOPSTEP.INA EMVDECRE.INA June 2009 279 . Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 29: Error class files of folder \CCERRMAP SUB FOLDER \BASIC \COININ \COINOUT \CCD \RM2 \CDM \CRS DESCRIPTION Basic set of error class files Specific set of error class files for coinin Specific set of error class files for coinout Specific set of error class files for CCDM Parameter Management Specific set of error class files for RM2 (PC4000) Specific set of error class files for cash dispenser Specific set of error class files for CRS (PC3100) Table 30: List of files in sub folder \WEB\CONF FILE NAME ACTIVEX.REG DESCRIPTION Parameters for ActiveX controls of WEB-Extensions Additional parameters required for WEB-Extensions Table 31: List of files in sub folder \WN FILE NAME MV_CONF.INA WEB_ONL.BAT DESCRIPTION Specific batch file that contains vendor specific programs or batch routines 280 June 2009 . INA PRTMANCR.INA CCERRNCR.REG DESCRIPTION Specific dispenser settings required on diebold hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for Diebold WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-DDC for Diebold Specific macro mappig table rewquired for Diebold WOSA Specific modifications for Diebold WOSA June 2009 281 .SAV CCCDMFW.SAV CCCDMFW.INA PRTMADIB.SAV DESCRIPTION Saved batch file that can be modified for specific programs or batch routines Specific dispenser settings required on NCR hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for NCR WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-NDC for NCR Specific macro mappig table rewquired for NCR WOSA Specific modifications for NCR WOSA Saved REG files contains some default parameters preconfigured Table 34: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS20 FILE NAME CCCDMFW.INA WOSA-NCR.INA CCSOPNCR.INA CCERRNCR.REG WOSA-NCR.INA CCERRDIB.INA CCSOPNCR.INA CCSOPDIB.INA WOSA-DIB.INA WOSA-NCR.INA PRTMANCR.INA CCERRDIB.INA WOSA-DIB.INA CCSOPDIB.REG DESCRIPTION Saved batch file that can be modified for specific programs or batch routines Specific dispenser settings required on NCR hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for NCR WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-NDC for NCR Specific macro mappig table rewquired for NCR WOSA Specific modifications for NCR WOSA Table 33: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS30 FILE NAME MV_CONF.INA PRTMADIB.REG DESCRIPTION Specific dispenser settings required on diebold hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for Diebold WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-NDC for Diebold Specific macro mappig table rewquired for Diebold WOSA Specific modifications for Diebold WOSA Table 35: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS30 FILE NAME CCCDMFW.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 32: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS20 FILE NAME MV_CONF. BAT Definition file for PRJ30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CoinOu30.BAT Definition file for PIN30.BAT Definition file for PRJ.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCOpl20.SRV PRR.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCSel30.SRV SIU30.BAT PRR30.SRV PIN30.BAT PRD30.BAT Definition file for SIU30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCFms20.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCOpl30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCPrt30.dll Definition file for ATM.BAT Definition file for PRR30.BAT DEP30.SRV DEP.exe with definition file WOSA.BAT Definition file for DEP30.BAT DESCRIPTION Parameter Management Main batch file calls addonchk.BAT PRD.SRV PRR30.exe Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCard30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCPrt30.BAT PRR.BAT Definition file for OPP.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCdepo30.BAT WOSA.BAT Definition file for PRR.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCdm20L.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCard20.BAT TTU30.BAT PRJ30.SRV PRJ.BAT ATM.SRV DEP30.SRV COUT.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCDepo20.BAT COUT.SRV PRD30.SRV EPP.BAT SIU.DEF Definition file for addonchk.BAT COUT30.SRV 282 June 2009 .BAT Definition file for IDC30.BAT PRJ.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCPrt30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCEpp20.BAT SSI.BAT EPP.BAT Definition file for PRD.SRV COUT30.DEF IDC30.BAT CDM30.BAT Definition file for PRD30.BAT SSI.BAT Definition file for SIU.SRV OPP.BAT DEP.BAT OPP.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCEpp30.BAT Definition file for DEP.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCFms20.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCard20.SRV CDM30.BAT Definition file for COUT30.BAT PIN30.BAT Definition file for COUT.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCSel20.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 36: List of files in sub folder \WOSA FILE NAME WOSA.BAT Definition file for EPP.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CoinOu20.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCdm30.SRV IDC30.BAT SIU30.SRV PRD.BAT ATM.BAT Definition file for CDM30.SRV PRJ30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCFms20.SRV SIU. INA FONETKEY.BAT FONETDIA.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETSTP.BAT FONETREC. can be used for future use June 2009 283 . which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETDIC.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETSMI.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration SSI.3 FONETCFG.INA FONETDIC.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETMSG.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETKEY.INA FONETREC.BAT FONETCRD.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETREC.BAT FONETDIC. SINGLE_TA Table 38: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CDM FILE NAME FONETSMI.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETPBM.BAT FONETMSG. MAINSCRIPT.2 FONETDIA.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETFDK.INA Miscellaneous FOnet parameters Card table parameters used by FOnet Data Dictionary Property parameters used by FOnet Function Display Key (FDK) mapping Parameters for High Level Dialog Specific EPP PinKey parameters required for FOnet TOPMSG and CUSTMSG journal message parameters used by FOnet Specific parameters for receipt print outs Parameters used by FOnet to build consumer receipts Step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2.BAT Definition file for TTU30.1 FONETDIA.BAT FONETSTP. NBO_CASHOUT.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETCRD.INA FONETFDK.INA FONETSTP.BAT Table 37: List of files in sub folder \FONET FILE NAME FONETDIA.BAT FONETPBM.INA FONETPBM.INA DESCRIPTION Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on pure cash out systems Table 39: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COINOUT FILE NAME --DESCRIPTION empty.BAT FONETCFG.BAT FONETKEY.SRV Definition file for SSI.INA DESCRIPTION Dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution Dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution Dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETCFG.INA FONETMSG.INA FONETCRD.INA.SRV TTU30.INA Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FONETDIA.BAT FONETFDK.BAT FONETSMI. which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog RM2 dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution RM2 dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution RM2 dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on cash in systems 284 June 2009 .INA FRM2DIA.BAT FCCDMSTP.INA Specific step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2 for CCDM Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FCCDMDIA.INA DESCRIPTION Parameter Management Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on cash in systems Table 41: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CCDM FILE NAME FCCDMSTP.3 DESCRIPTION Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FCOINSTP.INA Specific step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2 for CoinIn Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FCOINDIA.3 FONETSMI.INA FCOINDIA.BAT FCCDMDIA.BAT FCOINSTP.BAT FCOINDIA.2 FRM2DIA.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 40: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CRS FILE NAME FONETSMI.2 FCCDMDIA. which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog CCDM dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution CCDM dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution CCDM dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on cash in systems Table 42: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COININ FILE NAME FCOINSTP.1 FCOINDIA.INA DESCRIPTION Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FCCDMSTP.1 FRM2DIA. which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog CoinIn dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution CoinIn dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution CoinIn dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution Table 43: List of files in sub folder \FONET\RM2 FILE NAME FRM2STP.INA.1 FCCDMDIA.INA Specific step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2 for RM2 Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FRM2DIA.INA DESCRIPTION Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FRM2STP.INA.3 FONETSMI.BAT FRM2STP.2 FCOINDIA.BAT FRM2DIA.INA.INA FCCDMDIA. INA flxddc.ina flxtext_spa.ina flxtext_ger_uni.ina flxtext_ger.reg DESCRIPTION General Scheme parameters Scheme for resolution 1024x768 Scheme for resolution 640x480 Scheme for resolution 800x600 Batch file for INA configuration files to process PTFLEX configuration file with general parameters Configuration file for ADA voice control DDC specific parameters NDC specific parameters Operation Code Buffers function mapping for english language Operation Code Buffers function mapping for german language Operation Code Buffers function mapping for spanish language Printer parameters General text parameters Specific text parameters for english language Specific text parameters for german language Specific text parameters for spanish language Parameters to enable Java Script traces Unicode parameters for german language June 2009 285 .ina flxScheme.ina flxop_ger.1024 flxScheme.ina flxop_eng.ina flxprinter.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 44: List of files in sub folder \FLX FILE NAME flxScheme.ina flxtext.800 flx.bat flx.ina flxop_spa.ina flxndc.640 flxScheme.ina flxada.ina flxtrace.ina flxtext_eng. EXE which uses *. Calls KCONF.BAT can be used to update one particular INA file if you call CONV. Parameters to be set for CSCW32. Parameters to be set for SMI30 Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from SMI30. Used by Configuration Manager only Connection to the Configuration Manager to call it from the Start Menu Variable definitions needed for the data dictionary framework Dialog definitions for ProTopas/SOP-DDC Step definitions and common parameters for ProTopas/SOP-DDC SOP Text definitions for ProTopas/SOP-DDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.INA.LNK DATADICT.CFG DDCSOPTXT. Parameters of DDC message protocol Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from DDC.INA SMI30.BAT LOGON. Parameters for CDM service of Protopas Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from CCCDMFW.BAT GDI_PRT.INA. The batch program updates the registry with all INA files of directory ’C:\PROTPAS\CONF’ using the batch files described in this table.INA Key definitions for FDK’s.BAT CFGMANAG.BAT CAS_SCR.INA LOGON.INA PRTMACRO.INA PROVIEW. Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from CSCW32. Example: CONV ccerrmap Parameters of CSC-W32 error codes and NDC/DDC error mapping table Rear balancing step table (header only) Parameter definition for macro settings in the printer ’INIT’ phase (see Protopas "Programmers Reference" for detailed description) Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from PRTMACRO.BAT CCERRDIF.INA.BAT CCCDMFW.INA CAS_SCR.CFG files Parameters needed for GDI printing Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from GDI_PRT.INA files to *.EXE to convert *.BAT SMI30.INA CCCDMFW. EPP and PIN Pad CONV.z from the Update Disk: Table 45: List of files in sub folder \BAS FILE NAME CONV-ALL.INA LYNXSOP.INA DDC. Default screens for Countinous Availability (CAS) for DDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from CAS_SCR.BAT WOSAKEYS.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Parameter Management ProCash/DDC parameters The following table gives a short description about the configuration files and batch routines that are compressed in file update.INA.INA.BAT CSCW32. Parameters for automatic logon Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from LOGON.INA 286 June 2009 .INA GDI_PRT.CFG CCSOPSTEP.BAT CCERRMAP.INA.RCK 2.INA.RCK CONV.BAT with one INA file as the parameter (without extension). After the call this file will be renamed to ’CONV-ALL.INA CSCW32.INA PRTMACRO. Calls CCRCCONV.INA Parameters to be set for the ProviewAgent.INA DDCSOPDIA.CFG DDCSOPSTP.BAT PROVIEW. Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from PROVIEW.BAT DESCRIPTION Batch program which is called during the installation.BAT DDC.OK’ 1. EXE Definition file for ADDONCHK.BAT WEB.BAT COINOUT.BAT RM2.DEF VERS.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration DDCSOPSKE.BAT CDM.BAT DESCRIPTION Parameters of CSC-W32 error codes and NDC/DDC error mapping table Parameters for logical WOSA CDM service Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from WOSALATM.BAT NCR.EXE Called on systems with Recycling Module 2 if CashIn is enabled Called on systems with CCDM if CashIn is enabled Called if the system has a Cash Dispenser Called on systems with CCDM if Cheque In is enabled Called on CRS systems Called if Addon Regkey of FOnet is included Called on systems with integrated FOnet and CoinOut module Called on systems with integrated FOnet and CoinIn module Called if AddOn ProChip/EMV will be installed Called if AddOn ProCash/Signature will be installed Definition file for ADDONCHK.BAT CCD.BAT P36.BAT CRS.INA DDCSOPSKE.INA WOSALATM.BAT UNI-CHAR. June 2009 287 .REG Secure Key Entry configuration for ProTopas/SOP-DDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters from DDCSOPSKE.BAT NCRUSB.BAT RXE.EXE Called on Diebold hardware platforms Table 47: List of files in sub folder \CDM FILE NAME CCERRMAP.DEF DIEBOLD.BAT COININ.BAT DESCRIPTION Calls utility ADDONCHK.INA.EXE Called if AddOn ProRkl will be installed Called if an CRS 3100xe is found Called if AddOn WEB-Extensionswill be installed Called on Wincor Nixdorf hardware platforms Called on NCR hardware platforms Called on NCR hardware platforms that have USB printer devices Definition file for ADDONCHK.BAT NCRF.DEF RKL.BAT WN.INA Default character sets for Unicode journal logging Table 46: List of files in sub folder \BATCH FILE NAME ADDONCHK.BAT FONET.INA WOSALATM.BAT CHQ.BAT REGF.BAT EMV. INA Table 52: List of files in sub folder \WEB\CONF FILE NAME DESCRIPTION 288 June 2009 .CFG files Specific dialog configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific step configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific Text configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC CashIn step table (script) for ProTopas CashIn transaction framework Table 51: List of files in sub folder \EMV FILE NAME EMVDECRE.CFG DDCCRSDIA.CFG DDCCRSTXT.BAT DESCRIPTION Parameters for EMV Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of EMVDECRE.INA DESCRIPTION Specific error mapping table for DDC 911 protocol including CRS extensions Specific error mapping table including CRS extensions Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.CFG LYNXCAIN.BAT LYNXCAIN.INA EMVDECRE.BAT DDCCRSDIA.CFG files Table 50: List of files in sub folder \CRS FILE NAME CCERRMAP.CFG DDCCRSSTP.CFG DDCCRSTXT.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 48: List of files in sub folder \CCD FILE NAME DDCCDMDIA.CFG DDCCRSSTP.CFG DDCCRSSTP.BAT DESCRIPTION Specific dialog configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific step configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific Text configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific dialog configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific step configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific Text configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.CFG files CashIn step table (script) for ProTopas CashIn transaction framework Table 49: List of files in sub folder \CHQ FILE NAME DDCCDMDIA.CFG CCSOPSTEP.911 CCERRMAP.INA CCSOPSTEP.CFG CCSOPSTEP.CFG DDCCDMSTP.INA DESCRIPTION Parameter Management Specific dialog configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific step configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific Text configuration for CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific dialog configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific step configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Specific Text configuration for CRS + CCDM of ProTopas/SOP-DDC Calls KCONF and CCRCCONV to update parameters of *.CFG DDCCRSTXT.CFG DDCCDMTXT.CFG DDCCDMSTP.CFG DDCCRSDIA.CFG DDCCDMTXT. INA CCSOPNCR.REG DESCRIPTION Saved batch file that can be modified for specific programs or batch routines Specific dispenser settings required on NCR hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for NCR WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-DDC for NCR Specific macro mappig table rewquired for NCR WOSA Specific modifications for NCR WOSA Table 55: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS30 FILE NAME MV_CONF.INA CCERRNCR.SAV DESCRIPTION Saved batch file that can be modified for specific programs or batch routines Specific dispenser settings required on NCR hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for NCR WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-NDC for NCR Specific macro mappig table rewquired for NCR WOSA Specific modifications for NCR WOSA Saved REG files contains some default parameters preconfigured June 2009 289 .INA WEB_ONL.REG WOSA-NCR.INA WOSA-NCR.INA PRTMANCR.BAT DESCRIPTION Specific batch file that contains vendor specific programs or batch routines Table 54: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS20 FILE NAME MV_CONF.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration ACTIVEX.INA CCSOPNCR.REG Parameters for ActiveX controls of WEB-Extensions Additional parameters required for WEB-Extensions Table 53: List of files in sub folder \WN FILE NAME MV_CONF.SAV CCCDMFW.SAV CCCDMFW.INA CCERRNCR.INA WOSA-NCR.INA PRTMANCR. dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCSel20.BAT SIU.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCSel30.INA CCERRDIB.BAT SIU30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCEpp20.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCFms20.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCdepo30.REG DESCRIPTION Specific dispenser settings required on diebold hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for Diebold WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-DDC for Diebold Specific macro mappig table rewquired for Diebold WOSA Specific modifications for Diebold WOSA Table 58: List of files in sub folder \WOSA FILE NAME WOSA.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCard20.BAT PIN30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCDepo20.BAT PRD.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CoinOu20.INA CCSOPDIB.INA CCERRDIB.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCEpp30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCPrt30.BAT SSI.INA WOSA-DIB.REG DESCRIPTION Parameter Management Specific dispenser settings required on diebold hardware platforms Specific error mapping table required for Diebold WOSA Specific SOP modifications for ProTopas/SOP-DDC for Diebold Specific macro mappig table rewquired for Diebold WOSA Specific modifications for Diebold WOSA Table 57: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS30 FILE NAME CCCDMFW.BAT ATM.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 56: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS20 FILE NAME CCCDMFW.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CoinOu30.BAT EPP.BAT COUT30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCard20.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCdm30.BAT COUT.INA WOSA-DIB.INA PRTMADIB.dll PRR.DEF IDC30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCFms20.exe Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCard30.BAT DEP30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCFms20.BAT WOSA.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCPrt30.DEF Definition file for addonchk.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCCdm20L.BAT CDM30.BAT 290 June 2009 .BAT DESCRIPTION Main batch file calls addonchk.BAT DEP.BAT PRJ.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCOpl20.BAT PRJ30.dll Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCPrt30.INA PRTMADIB.BAT PRR30.BAT OPP.exe with definition file WOSA.BAT PRD30.BAT SSI.INA CCSOPDIB. BAT Definition file for PRR.SRV PIN30.SRV OPP.SRV PRR.BAT Definition file for IDC30.SRV COUT.BAT Definition file for DEP.SRV PRJ.SRV SSI.BAT Definition file for SIU.BAT Definition file for PRD.SRV EPP.SRV PRD30.BAT Definition file for PRR30.SRV PRR30.SRV SIU30.SRV TTU30.BAT June 2009 291 .Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration TTU30.SRV PRJ30.BAT Definition file for COUT30.BAT Definition file for PIN30.BAT Definition file for COUT.SRV DEP30.BAT Definition file for PRJ.SRV CDM30.BAT Definition file for PRJ30.SRV Batch file to set Repository Manager entry CCOpl30.BAT ATM.SRV SIU.BAT Definition file for SIU30.SRV PRD.BAT Definition file for OPP.BAT Definition file for SSI.SRV COUT30.dll Definition file for ATM.SRV DEP.BAT Definition file for EPP.BAT Definition file for PRD30.BAT Definition file for CDM30.SRV IDC30.BAT Definition file for TTU30.BAT Definition file for DEP30. SINGLE_TA 292 June 2009 .INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETPBM. which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETDIC.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETSTP.INA FONETSTP.INA Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FONETDIA.3 FONETCFG.INA FONETDIC.INA FONETPBM.BAT FONETSTP.BAT FONETREC.BAT FONETCRD.BAT FONETCFG.INA FONETMSG.BAT FONETPBM.INA FONETFDK.1 FONETDIA.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETFDK.INA DESCRIPTION Dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution Dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution Dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution Parameter Management Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETCFG.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETREC.INA FONETREC.INA FONETKEY.INA Miscellaneous FOnet parameters Card table parameters used by FOnet Data Dictionary Property parameters used by FOnet Function Display Key (FDK) mapping Parameters for High Level Dialog Specific EPP PinKey parameters required for FOnet TOPMSG and CUSTMSG journal message parameters used by FOnet Specific parameters for receipt print outs Parameters used by FOnet to build consumer receipts Step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETKEY.BAT FONETMSG.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETSMI.BAT FONETSMI.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETMSG. NBO_CASHOUT.BAT FONETDIC.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 59: List of files in sub folder \FONET FILE NAME FONETDIA.BAT FONETDIA.INA FONETCRD.2 FONETDIA.BAT FONETKEY. MAINSCRIPT.INA Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FONETCRD.BAT FONETFDK.INA. INA DESCRIPTION Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on cash in systems Table 63: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CCDM FILE NAME FCCDMSTP.Parameter Management Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 60: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CDM FILE NAME FONETSMI.INA Specific step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2 for CoinIn Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FCOINDIA.INA FCCDMDIA.BAT FCCDMDIA.2 FCCDMDIA.INA FCOINDIA.INA DESCRIPTION Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FCCDMSTP. which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog CoinIn dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution CoinIn dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution CoinIn dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution June 2009 293 . can be used for future use Table 62: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CRS FILE NAME FONETSMI. which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog CCDM dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution CCDM dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution CCDM dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on cash in systems Table 64: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COININ FILE NAME FCOINSTP.3 FONETSMI.BAT FCCDMSTP.BAT FCOINSTP.2 FCOINDIA.1 FCOINDIA.INA.INA Specific step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2 for CCDM Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FCCDMDIA.3 DESCRIPTION Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FCOINSTP.BAT FCOINDIA.INA DESCRIPTION Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on pure cash out systems Table 61: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COINOUT FILE NAME --DESCRIPTION empty.1 FCCDMDIA.INA. ina flxtext_ger_uni.BAT FRM2DIA.ina flxScheme.ina flxndc.3 FONETSMI.ina flxprinter.ina flxop_spa.INA FRM2DIA.ina flxop_ger.ina flxtext_eng.ina flxtext.ina flxtext_ger.reg DESCRIPTION General Scheme parameters Scheme for resolution 1024x768 Scheme for resolution 640x480 Scheme for resolution 800x600 Batch file for INA configuration files to process PTFLEX configuration file with general parameters Configuration file for ADA voice control DDC specific parameters NDC specific parameters Operation Code Buffers function mapping for english language Operation Code Buffers function mapping for german language Operation Code Buffers function mapping for spanish language Printer parameters General text parameters Specific text parameters for english language Specific text parameters for german language Specific text parameters for spanish language Parameters to enable Java Script traces Unicode parameters for german language 294 June 2009 .INA flxddc.ina flxtext_spa.INA.2 FRM2DIA.1024 flxScheme.ina flxada.INA Specific step table Parameters of step table CASHIN_STEP2 for RM2 Batch file that creates a display resolution dependent FRM2DIA. which is used by CCRCCONV to set parameters required for the High Level Dialog RM2 dialog configuration for 640x480 resolution RM2 dialog configuration for 800x600 resolution RM2 dialog configuration for 1024x768 resolution Specific settings of SMI device parameters required on cash in systems Table 66: List of files in sub folder \FLX FILE NAME flxScheme.BAT FRM2STP.ina flxtrace.bat flx.INA DESCRIPTION Parameter Management Batch file that calls CCRCCONV to set parameters of FRM2STP.800 flx.640 flxScheme.Vendor and AddOn depended configuration Table 65: List of files in sub folder \FONET\RM2 FILE NAME FRM2STP.1 FRM2DIA.ina flxop_eng. This file can be customized with any standard ASCII or ANSI text editor. This description can be journaled (TOPMSG) via variable $DCMC_DEVICE_ERROR_INFO$ REBOOT SYSMSG_NUMBER DDC_STATUS [2] DDC_MDS_STATUS [2] INFO [1] used by ProCash/NDC only [2] used by ProCash/DDC only For ProCash/NDC the TD-Status of solicited cash dispenser status messages can be modified by the application during runtime. June 2009 295 . WOSA return codes and at least the ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC (LYNX) errors. The file ’CCERRMAP. See ProCashNDC or ProCash/DDC User Guide for detailed descriptions of NDC or DDC status fields. the TD-Status is set to ’2’ and for Card before Cash (FC ’A’) the value is set to ’4’. In case the number of notes dispensed field is ZERO.PPF for definition Diebold 911 or 912 status code Diebold MDS i series status (see section “Variables in MDS i series status:” on page 297 Error short description. To update the CCERMAP. The CSC-W32 error codes are described in the System Messages manual of CSC-W32.BAT as described in the previous table. Refer also to manual Error Mapping Cross Reference Tables for NDC and DDC status codes.Parameter Management Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP Some of the most important customizing parameters are the NDC/DDC error mapping definitions for CSC-W32 error codes. (CCERRMAP entry of TD_STATUS remain unchanged).INA’ contains all these error mapping definitions. The following table shows a single parameter block of one error: Table 67: Error parameter block of CCERRMAP PARAMETER [CLASS\643A\0002_ERROR] TD_STATUS [1] SEVERITY [1] M_STATUS [1] M_DATA [1] DESCRIPTION CSC-W32 or LYNX Error class and error code section Transaction Device status (see underlined Note) Error Severity Maintenance Status Maintenance Data (see section “Variables in M-Data status field” on page 298) Reboot flag.INA after modification you should use CONV. System reboots if this error occurs and flag is 1 See section [TOPMSG] in CUSTOM. 000DI01:3F:31p37. Money present function with consumer access (third entry) 4.@00" = "000DI01:3F:00:01. This parameterisation is optionally and can be used for those errors where it is required. Example: Assume you need to configure for CSC-W32 extended error 001D\1028 multiple 911/912 and MDS status codes. and so on.Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP Parameter Management Configure multiple CDM Error Reasons for DDC For cash dispenser errors (only) you can define multiple Error Reasons for the DDC911/912 status and DDC MDS i series status.000DR01:3A:37:41" Note: The different status codes have to be configured as a comma separated list.?0B75. The entries can be set as follows: DDC_STATUS DDC_MDS_STATUS = "?3002. Cassette pick failure (second entry) 3. The background why multiple error reason configuration for some errors is neccessary can be declared as follows: In some cash dispenser error situations just the pure controller status will be sent up via an error event to the application without logic in what function the error has occurred. that for the same CSC-W32 error 4 different DDC911/912 and DDC MDS i series status codes needs to be configured. General dispense error (first entry) 2.@04. Money present function without consumer access (fourth entry) That means for the ProCash/DDC application. It is only allowed to configure all 4 error codes or just 1 error code. the second 911/912 error code to the second MDS status code. 296 June 2009 . where the first 911/912 error code in the list corresponds to the first MDS status code. 000DR01:3A:41:40. So. there could be situations where the same CSC-W32 error is sent up after a: 1. N) DDC_MDS_STATUS = "000DI01:2D:0m:0n" DDC_MDS_STATUS = "000DI01:3D:0M:0N" cassette type E-H cassette type A-D see NOTE replaced with the function ID index b) feed failure for specific cassette DDC_MDS_STATUS = "000DI01:3F:31p37" value varies on physical cassette position 1-4. ProCash/DDC sends following MDS status: 000D901:2D:08:01 Example 2: money out If denomination C and F are low. which are replaced by ProCash/DDC at runtime if the parameter STATUS_CODE_HANDLING is set to ’0’. ProCash/DDC sends following MDS status: 000D901:3D:04:02 Example 3: pick error If the second physical cassette has a pick error. replaced as ':' from DDC-Emulation if last digit gets zero this value is added plus one see NOTE replaced with the function ID index 'I' is set to 9 if the error has to be sent as a solicited status message. ProCash/DDC sends following MDS status: 000D901:3F:31:38 June 2009 297 . n) or money out (M.Parameter Management Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP Variables in MDS i series status: This section describes the field variables of parameter DDC_MDS_STATUS. Example 1: money low If denomination D and E are low. See the following figures for the meaning of the variables: a) money low (m. The variable set in parameter DDC_STATUS is replaced by ProCash/DDC at runtime. which are replaced by ProCash/NDC during runtime.Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP Parameter Management Cassette specific variable in DDC912 status: This section describes the variable that can be set if the specific DDC912 error code is cassette specific. DDC_STATUS = "?0B75" If for example the third cassette gets an error during a dispense. which is replaced to the number that represents the physical cassette position. ProCash/DDC replaces the B7 to 19. Value "C" is updated by ProCash/NDC. The DDC912 error code ?0195 is sent to the host. 3 are low (see Note 2) only if value 00. The following parameter value contains the specific error code ’B7’. Depending on which position the error occurs only the error code of one cassette type will be sent to the network. 1 are low (see Note 2) cassette type 4. 298 June 2009 . All other fields are set to zero. Variables in M-Data status field This section describes the field variables of parameter M_DATA. the cassette low or pick failure fields are updated !!! "PP" can be replaced with the pick error code for all four cassette types. 01 or 02 is set. See the following figure for the meaning of the variables: M_DATA = "XXCCPPPPPPPPXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" cassette type 4 (see Note cassette type 3 (see Note cassette type 2 (see Note cassette type 1 (see Note 1) 1) 1) 1) cassette type 2. Therefore the Device Status Framework (dcDevSta.) 0004 (IEEE 1394 class) 0005 (V.) 0003 (USB comm.) 0032 (global PRT class 0003 (USB comm.) 0003 (USB comm.24 comm. Please refer to the "System Messages" manual of CSC-W32 for detailed error description of error CSC-W32 error classes.24 comm. See also contents of the Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP.) 0005 (V. The following table illustrates which CSC-W32 and XFS error classes are currently assigned to the internal generated device class.) 0005 (V.Parameter Management Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP Error Class mapping of CSC-W32 and XFS classes CSC-W32 generates several error classes that cannot be mapped to an NDC or DDC device class. the same has to be done for some XFS error classes.) 005A (RM2) 005E (RM2) Assigned Class 0008 AA08 0033 AA48 0038 AA45 0039 AA39 0018 AA18 0017 AA17 AA18_CIN 0018_CIN 0018_CIN 001D_CIN CC1A BB1A EE1A DD1A AA1A FF1A 005A_CIN 005E_CIN Cash dispenser (CDM) Deposit module CRS (CashIn) Document printer Receipt printer Device description Card Reader Journal printer CCDM (CashIn) CCDM (Cheque In) RM2 (CashIn) RM2 (CashIn) June 2009 299 .) 0005 (V.) 0005 (V.) 0005 (V.) 0018 (CDM basic error) 001D (CDM extended error) 0003 (USB comm.dll) assigns those errors to a valid NDC or DDC device class.24 comm.24 comm.24 comm.24 comm.) 0003 (USB comm.24 comm.) 0032 (global PRT class) 0003 (USB comm. Table 68: CSC-W32 and XFS class assign table CSC-W32 class 0005 (V.) 0003 (USB comm.) 0004 (IEEE 1394 class) 0005 (V.INA located in "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF".) 0032 (global PRT class) 0003 (USB comm.) 0003 (USB comm.24 comm.24 comm.) 0005 (V. INA to suppress sending a message to the host and displaying the error on the SOP panel if you set parameter SEVERITY = "0" and TD_STATUS = "0". Furthermore for specific errors you can configure in CCERRMAP. 300 June 2009 .0 CDM errors) 6752 (XFS 3.CSC-W32 class assign table XFS30 class 6751 6752 Assigned CSC-W32 class 001D 001D XFS30 code range Dxxx Dxxx Assigned CSC-W32 code range 1xxx 3xxx Involved XFS Service PSCDM30 (Cash Dispenser Service) PSCRS30 (Cash Recycler Service) Error Suppression During the runtime ist can happen that one of the application level generates error codes which have no influence to the device operation. Those errors are just non relevant warnings. Table 69: XFS30 .0 CRS errors) 00B9_CIN 001D 001D CRS (CashIn) CDM (CashOut) CRS (CashOut) Error mapping of XFS30 (WOSA) error events Some error events generated from the XFS30 layer.Customize Error Mapping Table CCERRMAP Parameter Management 00B9 (XFS 2. are necessarily remapped internally to an existing CSC-W32 StClass and StCode by the Device Status framework (dcDevSta.dll) ignors error A200 (Software Error) of class 0018 (class Cash Dispenser). For ProCash/DDC you can suppress sending an error to the host if you set parameter DDC_STATUS = "" (as empty value) in the requested error section.dll). To prevent confusions by the service operators the Device Status Framework (dcDevSta. The following table illustrates which XFS30 classes and error codes are currently remapped. especially from the cash dispenser and cash recycler service.0 CDM errors) 6751 (XFS 3. 912’ in directory ’C:\PROTOPAS\CONF’ 2. June 2009 301 .INA’ for 911 mode Setup hardware configuration status fields for 911 mode Dispenser configuration for HI and LO denomination bills Use ’CCERRMAP. To use the Diebold 911 specific device status you have to fill the CCERRMAP section of the WINNT Registry with the contents of ’CCERRMAP. The default configuration of ProCash/DDC is based on DDC 912 mode.INA’ to ’CCERRMAP.INA’ 3. Copy ’CCERRMAP.911’. Rename the existing ’CCERRMAP.PPF’: Section in *.PPF: Parameters: [PROTOCOL\DDC\T2HHWConfigurationStatus] PREP_FIELD_22 = PREP_FIXED.0C NUM_FIELDS = 27 The value ’0C’ for parameter PREP_FIELD_22 represents denomination C and D in the hardware configuration status info.INA’ for 911 mode ProCash/DDC will be delivered with a predefined error mapping file named ’CCERRMAP. The following actions have to be completed to run in Diebold 911 mode: ● ● ● Use ’CCERRMAP.911’ to ’CCERRMAP. Call the batch job ’CONV CCERRMAP’ Setup hardware configuration status fields for 911 mode To set the hardware configuration for Diebold 911 mode you have to set the following parameters in ’CUSTOM.Parameter Management Configure DDC 911 protocol Configure DDC 911 protocol This section describes how to setup ProCash/DDC to run in Diebold 911 mode. After the installation you will find this file in ’C:\PROTOPAS\CONF’.911’ in the following way: 1. Configure DDC 911 protocol Parameter Management Dispenser configuration for HI and LO denomination bills The cash dispenser configuration for Diebold 911 mode can be done via the installation dialog or the direct setting in ’CUSTOM.PPF’. For 911 mode there are only two denominations possible (HI and LO indication). Therefore you have to set following parameters: Section in *.PPF: Parameters: [CASH_DISPENSER] NUM_LOG_CASS = 2 CURRENCY_1 = "USD" VALUE_1 = 10 CURRENCY_2 = "USD" VALUE_2 = 20 The first denomination (’CURRENCY_1’ and ’VALUE_1’) indicates the HI denomination. The second denomination (’CURRENCY_2’ and ’VALUE_2’) indicates the LO denomination (the currency and value entry are examples only). To enable the full Diebold 911 compatible mode you have to set parameter DDC_NINE_ELEVEN_DENOM, and you need to configure CURRENCY_3, CURRENCY_4 and VALUE_3, VALUE_4. Please refer to section ”Diebold 911 compatible HI and LO denomination mode” on page 303 for details. 302 June 2009 Parameter Management Configure DDC 911 protocol Diebold 911 compatible HI and LO denomination mode In the standard Diebold 911 protocol the LO and HI denominations are represented as letter C and letter D, where the LO denomination is assigned to letter C and the HI denomination is assigned to letter D. To enable the Diebold 911 compatible mode, the following parameter has to be set: Parameter name: DDC_NINE_ELEVEN_DENOM Section in *.PPF: Valid range: [CASH_DISPENSER] 0, 1 Value description: 0 - compatible mode disabled 1 - compatible mode enabled Default value: not configured If the parameter DDC_NINE_ELEVEN_DENOM is set, the parameters CURRENCY_x and VALUE_x of section [CASH_DISENSER] have to be set as follows: Section in *.PPF: [CASH_DISPENSER] NUM_LOG_CASS = 4 CURRENCY_3 = "USD" VALUE_3 = 10 CURRENCY_4 = "USD" VALUE_4 = 20 Parameters: June 2009 303 Configure DDC 911 protocol Parameter Management Specific Step for dispense FID ’8’ in 911 Mode If ProCash/DDC should work in 911 Mode, you have to configure step "DC_F_DISPENSE_911" for dispense FID ’8’. In case of a present/retract failure, this function sends a solicited message to the central. You can setup this step in configuration file CUSTOM.PPF. Section in *.PPF: Parameter: [1] [FUNC_ID_MAP] STEP_NAME_X[1] = "DC_F_DISPENSE_911" X = represents the number that has to correspond to parameter REPLY_ID_X, where FID ’8’ is configured. 304 June 2009 Parameter Management Printer initialisation via macro tables Printer initialisation via macro tables This section describes parameters which can be used to send specific printer control sequences to the receipt or/and journal printer during the startup phase. The control sequences can be taken from the printer specification manuals. Within Protopas it is possible to setup user defined macro tables with your own defined control sequences. With user defined macros you are able to send any control sequence (which is supported) to the printers in the startup phase that you need for your environment. The following parameters can be set in configuration file "PRTMACRO.INA" located in "C:\PROTOPAS\CONF". Macro parameters for Journal and Receipt printer [Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\JOURNAL] [Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\RECEIPT] Macro sub section Parameter name: Parameter values: Value description: MACRO_TABLE JOURNAL_MACROS RECEIPT_MACROS specifies the sub section name that is appended to ..\CCOPEN\CCPRTFW\ The sub section specifies the location of the macro parameters Macro activation Parameter name: Value Range: Value description: Default value: MACRO_TABLE_ACTIVE 0, 1 Activates or deactivates the user defined macro table. 0 June 2009 305 Printer initialisation via macro tables Macro interpretation Parameter name: Value Range: Value description: Parameter Management HALF_DOUBLE_NUMBER_SIGNS 0, 1 0 - two ## are reduced to one # or #MACRO# is interpreted as a macro; 1 - two ## characters are printed has normal characters and will not be interpreted as a macro. This parameter usually has to be enabled if the Protopas environment is running on an NCR or Diebold ATM where no CSCW32 application is installed. Default value: 0 Printer INIT Parameter name: Value Range: Value description: INIT any legal macro name This parameter can be used to send additional macro sequences to the printer during printer initialisation in the startup phase. "" Default value: Example: If you like to enable variable receipt length and no black dot mark recognition for the Receipt printer, you have to set the following: [Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\RECEIPT] INIT = #VLM##MRKC# 306 June 2009 Parameter Management Enable Secure Key Entry (SKE) mode User defined Macros The user defined macros for each printer type has to be defined in the sub section that is defined via parameter "MACRO_TABLE". Example: If you like to set a specific initialisation sequence for the ND9A or ND9E, the entries could be the following: [Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\ CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\CCPRTFW\RECEIPT_MACROS] USERINIT = "1b2b011b5834001b76" "USERINIT" is any macro name. The value are the control sequences supported by ND9A or ND9E. 1b2b01 = data request 1b583400 = cancel 1b76 = send status to application Now the parameter "USERINIT" has to be set as macro #USERINIT# in section: [Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\RECEIPT] INIT = "#USERINIT#" Enable Secure Key Entry (SKE) mode Secure Key Entry mode SOP function can be enabled via registry configuration update. The configuration file NDCSOPSKE.INA for NDC or DDCSOPSKE.INA for DDC and the belonging batch routines are stored in folder C:\PROTOPAS\CONF. The configuration update can be performed via the "Configuration Manager" using menu "Update", "Update INA or REG files" select the required INA file and press the Update button. You can also use the command prompt if you call the batch routine NDCSOPSKE.BAT or DDCSOPSKE.BAT. June 2009 307 Enable Triple DES operation Parameter Management Enable Triple DES operation This section describes how to configure Triple DES operation for ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC. Triple DES enabled via ProInstall installation If you like to enable Triple DES operation immediately during ProInstall installation, you need to set parameter "DOUBLE_LENGTH_KEYS" to "1" in configuration file "CUSTOM.PPF". This can be automatically set if you say YES for Triple DES in menu "Encryption Security" of the ProInstall installation dialog. If this parameter is enabled in "CUSTOM.PPF", configuration utility "SetHwPPF.EXE" (option " -T" required) sets all needed parameters in the registry and synchronously in "CUSTOM.PPF". "SetHwPPF.EXE" will be called in batch file "startup.bat" once at the end of the ProInstall process. Following configuration steps are performed by utility "SetHwPPF.EXE": ● Creates a new EPP.INI file with empty section [SECURITY] in directory C:\WOSASSP\CONF. Note: EPP.INI will not be used any more if WOSA service PSPIN32.DLL is in use. Triple DES activation manually on a running system If you have performed a ProInstall installation of ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC in single DES mode, and you want to enable the Triple DES configuration afterwards, you can use utility "SetHwPPF.EXE" with option "-T " to perform an automatic Triple DES configuration update. Following steps have to be performed (application has to be killed): ● Call "InitEpp.EXE" with options -D -E (location C:\PROTOPAS\TOOLS). This tool deletes all existing keys from the EPP. Call utility SetHwPPF.EXE -T (location C:\PROTOPAS\TOOLS). ● 308 June 2009 Parameter Management Enable Triple DES operation Switch back to Single DES operation If you have wrongly enabled the Triple DES configuration environment, and you want to switch back to the single DES configuration, you have to do the parameterisation manually. Following steps have to be performed (application has to be killed): ● Call "InitEpp.EXE" with options -D -E (locationC:\PROTOPAS\TOOLS). This tool deletes all keys (single and triple DES keys) from the EPP. Set parameter DOUBLE_LENGTH_KEYS to "0" in "CUSTOM.PPF". Call PARAC.EXE (can be done via Configuration Manager) Copy "Epp1Des.INI" to "Epp.INI" (overwrite old file if exists) Start application Enter keys via ProTopas/SOP-NDC, ProTopas/SOP-DDC ● ● ● ● ● Switch to triple or single DES via SOP If you like to set the single or triple DES configuration via SOP, you can set up the file SOPCOPY.TXT where executables and batch commands can be integrated. Refer to section ”Software updates via SOP” on page 321. June 2009 309 2/xx. which can operate as GDI Windows printer or in raw print mode (see table). 310 June 2009 .Enable GDI Windows print Parameter Management Enable GDI Windows print Since release 1.pdf in folder \DOC\ProTopas\Kit\V4201 on Install CD NDC/DDC V2. These printers needs to be installed as a Windows printer through a Windows printer driver.2/10 ProCash/NDC and ProCash/DDC support GDI windows print for receipt and document printers that can be installed as windows printers. GDI print architecture and all possible configuration parameters are described in ProTopas Module Construction Kit Programming Guide Version 4.0/10. Refer to section ”GDI Windows name for receipt printer” on page 249 and section ”GDI Windows name for document printer” on page 249 for detailed description how to enable GDI windows printer.CUS. you have to specify the GDI mode in configuration file CUSTOM. The document is stored as file name ProTopas_Modul Construction Kit. Pure GDI printer like ND9G are installed automatically as a Windows printer. Print Mode GDI only GDI / PrintRaw GDI / PrintRaw GDI / PrintRaw GDI / PrintRaw TH22 (receipt 120 mm width) WN TH22 Wincor Nixdorf TP01 Wincor Nixdorf TH97/G GDI / PrintRaw Automatic Installation GDI Windows printer can be automatically installed via ProInstall installation. GDI operation and configuration parameters A detailed description of GDI operation. Following printers provided by Wincor Nixdorf can operate as Windows printers: Printer Model ND9G (receipt) TP07 (receipt) TH21 (receipt 80 mm width) TH97/G (document) TP01 (document) Windows Name Wincor Nixdorf ND9G Wincor Nixdorf TP07 WN TH21 supp. For printers. \Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\Currentversion\LYNXPAR\APPLICATION] where the parameters are valid for all screens. Dialog configuration parameters The following parameters can be configured either in section . In addition you can locally define card track data and next state exits.\Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\Currentversion\LYNXCI\SCREEN\XXX] where the parameters can be configured for each single screen. Refer also to section ”Transaction framework” on page 72. Table 70: Card less transaction parameters IDLE_ENTER IDLE_CANCEL IDLE_TIMEOUT IDLE_A IDLE_B IDLE_C IDLE_D IDLE_F IDLE_G IDLE_H IDLE_I allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the Enter KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the Cancel KEY specifies the TIMEOUT and the TIMEOUT NEXT STATE allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the A KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the B KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the C KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the D KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the F KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the G KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the H KEY allows to start the card less transaction via pressing the I KEY June 2009 311 .DLL has to be appended to the framework(s) configured via CUSTOM.. Repository configuration of CLTSTTFW.. or in section . XXX = represents the screen number subsection.DLL The card less transaction framework overlay CltSttFw. Cardless transactions means that consumer transactions can be initiated via inserting a consumer card or via pressing a button on the EPP or through FDK’s. The idle dialog will be configured as a FDK selection dialog where you can enable the buttons via local parameters.Parameter Management Enable card less transactions Enable card less transactions The following parameters can be used to enable cardless transactions.PPF parameter TRANSACT_FRAME. .5890049999999999=49121200000000000000?. unless one of the following state is a PIN entry state where a PIN number has been entered.510" Example without PIN: IDLE_A = ".. (default) 4 5 6 0-999 0-999 0-1 3 3 1 Example with predefined PIN 1234: IDLE_ENTER = "...using card data which are already loaded (if it isn't set in the Parameter value list.1234. .If the field is empty.. will be used the default) 1 . use following parameter values: Each parameter value comma separated is a separate parameter.1234..5890049999999999=49121200000000000000?.510" 312 June 2009 .. Track2.. Table 71: Card less parameter fields Field Range Index 0 1 2 3 VAR VAR VAR VAR Size VAR VAR VAR VAR Description Track1 data (without start/end sentinel) Track2 data (without start/end sentinel) Track3 data (without start/end sentinel) PIN block buffer . .Enable card less transactions Parameter Management Parameter fields The parameters in table “Card less transaction parameters” on page 311 except the parameter IDLE_TIMEOUT (see description in section ”Timeout parameter” on page 313). The PIN should NOT be padded.using card data which are set in Track1. no PIN buffer is sent to the host. Good next state number Cancel exit next state Start transaction flag 0 ..510" IDLE_A = ".5890049999999999=49121200000000000000?.This field can contain the PIN number in clear text format. Parameter name: CARDLESS_PARALLEL_FDK_CARD_EXIT Section in Registry: .Parameter Management Enable card less transactions Timeout parameter The parameter IDLE_TIMEOUT can be used to configure a specific timeout handling during a card less transaction.\LYNXCI\SCREEN\xxx Valid range: "sss..\LYXPAR\APPLICATION or . Each parameter value comma separated is a separate parameter. This parameter should be configured only if card less transaction processing should be enabled in the middle of a transaction. These parameters specify the parameter values for the timeout handling how long this card less transaction should be taken.eee" Value description: sss = Screen to display eee = Next state exit June 2009 313 .. no timeout will be used. If this parameter is not set.555" Screen display and exit for parallel FDK press The following parameter can be used to define a specific screen and next state number to force control of the screen that should be displayed and the next state number in the case a card is inserted and the consumer has pressed an FDK at the same time. Table 72: Parameter fields for IDLE_TIMEOUT Field Index 0 1 Range 0-999 0-999 Size 3 3 Description Timer in seconds Timeout next state number Example: IDLE_TIMEOUT = "30. Configure Dial Up communication Parameter Management Configure Dial Up communication The following parameters are used to configure dial up communication settings in configuration file CUSTOM.DLL” 314 June 2009 .PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ProtVisa. Parameter name: COM50_FRAME Section in *.PPF. Repository section [STARTUP] Protocol Type The following parameter specifies the path and filename of the protocol type specific framework that should be used by the dial up communication.DLL” Modem Interface DLL The following parameter specifies the path and filename of the framework that communicates with the modem interface.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ComModem. Parameter name: COMPROT1_FRAME Section in *. DLL” Communication Yield DLL The following parameter specifies the path and filename of the communication yield framework. Parameter names: COM52_FRAME COM53_FRAME COM54_FRAME Section in *. Parameter name: COM51_FRAME Section in *.Parameter Management Serial Interface DLL Configure Dial Up communication The following parameter specifies the path and filename of the framework that communicates with the serial interface protocol.PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ComSerial.DLL” June 2009 315 .PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] character string (path) Value description: path location Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\ComYield. .EXE.4.Configure Dial Up communication Parameter Management Restart Manager section [START_APPLICATION] Load dial up frameworks The following parameter contains the Restart Manager command line with frameworks that are needed to be loaded to enable the dial up environment...Parameter.1.... Parameter name: DIAL_UP Section in *.. Default value: “C:\PROTOPAS\BIN\FwLoadPm...21..PPF: Valid range: [STARTUP] Parameter.Parameter.... CCCommProtocol1 CCCommunication50 CCCommunication51 CCCommunication52 CCCommunication53 CCCommunication54" 316 June 2009 . Value description: Each Parameter contains a program with execution parameters which are loaded in the specified order from left to right. Parameter Management Configure Dial Up communication Specific communication settings Modem automatic dial up number Following parameters are configured as default in CUSTOM.PPF: [MODEM_COMMANDS] [MODEM_EVENTS] [MODEM_PROJECT] [MODEM_PROJECT_ALTERNATE] character string (path) Valid range: Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: “AT&F1E1X3M1” June 2009 317 .PPF: Parameter name: MODEM_AUTO_NUMBER Sections in *.PPF: [MODEM_COMMANDS] [MODEM_EVENTS] [MODEM_PROJECT] [MODEM_PROJECT_ALTERNATE] Valid range: character string (path) Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: “” Modem initialisation command Parameter name: MODEM_CMD_CONFIG Section in *. 8.N.1” Serial interface port name Parameter name: SERIAL_PORTNAME Section in *.PPF: [SERIAL_COMMANDS] [SERIAL_EVENTS] [SERIAL_PROJECT] [SERIAL_PROJECT_ALTERNATE] character string (path) Valid range: Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: “COM1” 318 June 2009 .Configure Dial Up communication Serial interface line attributes Parameter name: SERIAL_LINEATTR Section in *.PPF: Parameter Management [SERIAL_COMMANDS] [SERIAL_EVENTS] [SERIAL_PROJECT] [SERIAL_PROJECT_ALTERNATE] character string (path) Valid range: Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: “57600. Parameter name: PROT_CHANNEL Sections in *. Parameter name: COMM_PROTOCOL Sections in *. Parameter name: COM_CHANNEL Sections in *.PPF: [PROTOCOL_PROJECT] Valid range: character string (path) Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: Protocol channel The following parameter specifies protocol channel.PPF: [PROTOCOL_PROJECT] Valid range: character string (path) “50” Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: Protocol type The following parameter specifies the protocol type.Parameter Management Configure Dial Up communication Project settings COM channel The following parameter specifies modem communication channel.PPF: [PROTOCOL_PROJECT] Valid range: character string (path) “1” Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: “VS2” June 2009 319 . Parameter name: ROUTE_ID Sections in *.PPF: [PROTOCOL_PROJECT] Valid range: character string (path) “HANCO ” Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: “99999999” 320 June 2009 .PPF: [PROTOCOL_PROJECT] Valid range: character string (path) Parameter Management Value description: Refer to ProTopas "Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks" Programming Guide for detailed description Default value: Terminal ID This parameter is used to configure a Terminal ID.Configure Dial Up communication Route ID This parameter specifies the Route ID. Parameter name: TERMINAL_ID Sections in *. Z CUSTOM. Update diskette creation For the "Copy Files" function the configuration file "SOPCOPY. To the example above the diskette consists of following files: ● ● ● ● SOPCOPY. Therefore the DESTINATION PATH has to be replaced against "run" instead of the path.Z can be created with ICOMP.PPF can be created or modified with PCedt.z custom. The three parameters have to be separated with one space (blank). called via REGEDIT -S in "startup.EXE with option "subdirectories included".ppf $update$.TXT UPDATE. You need to call ICOMP.REG June 2009 321 . See also details in the ProTopas/SOP User Guide. The "Copy Files" function can copy files from source to destination. SOPCOPY.EXE. The modules have to be compressed in the same directory structure as on the harddrive.TXT" must be created on the diskette.reg SOURCE PATH a:\ a:\ a:\ DESTINATION PATH c:\ c:\parac c:\ UPDATE. This function can also call *.exe $UPDATE$.PPF The configuration file CUSTOM. For the data transfer from floppy to harddisk you can use the SOP function "Copy Files".REG WINNT Registry configuration file.Software updates via SOP Update diskette creation Software updates via SOP This section describes an easy way to transfer new software modules and parameter settings from a floppy diskette onto the harddisk without an additonal keyboard. CUSTOM.Z The compressed file UPDATE.bat".TXT contents have the following structure for example: FILE NAME update.PPF $UPDATE$.EXE programs. The automatic update process also checks for an existing $update$. After extraction the file UPDATE.bat will be deleted. 322 June 2009 . If the function has been finished correctly. Before the application comes up the contents of CUSTOM.bat and calls the batch file if it exists in "C:\". the call of REGEDIT and the extraction routine are defined in STARTUP. Now in the last step the application will be started. Then you can put the diskette into the floppy drive. Now the application shuts down and the system reboots.EXE.Automatic update process Software updates via SOP Automatic update process After you have called the function "Copy Files" you have to open the operator door if necessary. The automatic PARAC call.EXE. The second step is the extraction of UPDATE. If you confirm the function.reg" if the file $update$.BAT. This software update procedure via ProTopas/SOP has the advantage that no additional keyboard is required for updating parameters or new software modules which are common for rear load systems.reg exists in the harddisk root directory.Z via ICOMP.PPF are updated via an automatic call of PARAC. all the files defined in SOPCOPY.TXT are transfered to the harddisk. After the the batch call the file $update$. The third step is a call of "regedit -s c:\$update$.Z will be deleted on the harddisk. you have to restart the system via SOP function "Restart System". Start and Stop Application services Start application services Start and Stop Application services Start application services After ProInstall has finished the installation the application will be started automatically via batch file "STARTUP.BAT" located in folder C:\PROTOPAS. The second option to start the application manually is using the batch file "FWSTRT.BAT" located in C:\PROTAPAS. Stop application services The application can be stopped (killed) via "FWKILL.BAT" located in C:\PROTOPAS. June 2009 323 Stop application services Start and Stop Application services 324 June 2009 Application Error Classes Transaction Framework (Class 6434) Application Error Classes The following sections describe the application specific errors which are generated by ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC. Typically those errors are used in cases if no CSC-W32 device error is available from the operating system. In addition the application generates internal error messages for some return codes of the ProDevice (WOSA) interface. Transaction Framework (Class 6434) The following table lists those errors which are generated by the Transaction Framework (dcsttfw.dll). Table 73: Transaction Framework Error Table Class 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 Error Code [1] 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 0008 0009 000A 000B 000C 000D 000E 0010 0011 0012 0013 0014 0015 0016 TOPMSG Number 1031 1032 1032 1032 1039 1021 1022 1023 1029 1033 1036 1035 1031 1033 "" 1039 1038 1031 "" 1049 1050 Description Card was captured Receipt printer not configured Statement printer not configured Statement has been retracted Deposit error Deposit canceled Deposit timeout Deposit not configured Cash dispenser not configured Journal printer general error Receipt printer general error Document printer general error Card reader general error Journal printer error, spooler active Cash has been retracted Deposit shutter could not be opened Vandal Guard could not be opened Card read treshold maximum reached Cassette has low bills Paper low on journal printer Paper low on receipt printer June 2009 325 Transaction Framework (Class 6434) Application Error Classes 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 0017 0018 0019 0020 0021 0022 0023 0024 0025 0026 0027 0028 0029 002A 002B 002C 002D 002E 002F 0030 0031 0032 0033 0034 0035 0036 0037 0038 0039 003A 003B 003C 003D 003E 003F 0040 1051 1501 1031 1029 1039 1039 1039 1039 1039 1039 1039 1039 1031 1029 1029 1023 1023 1035 1035 1039 1039 1039 1039 1039 1039 1032 1033 1033 1039 1031 1033 1033 1033 1033 1500 1033 Paper low on document printer Try to dispense with money in transport Card write attempt but no data to write Cash dispenser shutter error Deposit bin missing Deposit jam Deposit envelope jam during dispense Deposit no envelopes available Deposit printer failure Deposit wrong envelope size Deposit shutter not closed Deposit bin is overfilled Card Reader bin is overfilled CAS: dialog (907) timeout while service dispenser CAS: dialog (907) cancel while service dispenser CAS: dialog (906) timeout while service deposit module CAS: dialog (906) cancel while service deposit module CAS: dialog (907) timeout while service statement printer CAS: dialog (907) cancel while service statement printer Envelope dispenser low Envelope dispenser empty Envelope dispenser error Envelope dispenser jam Envelope dispenser shutter not close Envelope dispenser shutter not open Statement capture bin full Journal paper nearly empty Receipt paper nearly empty Shutter not close or money jam, no dispense operation Card manipulation detected while waiting for card Journal printer error, spooler active Journal printer ok, reprint started Journal printer ok, reprint finished Journal printer error, spooler error GetPIN error, PIN dialog was cancelled via command Receipt paper jam or paper empty 326 June 2009 Application Error Classes Cash Dispenser Framework (class 643A) 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 6434 0041 0042 0043 0044 0045 0046 0047 0048 0050 0051 0052 0053 0054 0055 0056 0057 1033 1031 1033 1031 1031 1031 1031 1031 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 Journal paper jam or paper empty Card was captured after jam Hard disk free space low (warning) / out (error) Card write attempted but track for writing not installed Card write command failed Card trap active (Lebanese Loop) Mouth piece removed (vandalism) Card reader skimming active CoinOut hopper low or out CoinOut low condition not set CoinOut hopper empty, no dispense attempted CoinOut module inoperative before dispense CoinOut hopper low, no dispense attempted CoinOut dispense error, but coins dispensed CoinOut dispense error, hopper jam, but partial dispense possible CoinOut dispense fatal error, no coins dispensed Cash Dispenser Framework (class 643A) The following table lists all errors which are generated by the Cash Dispenser Framework (dccdmfw.dll). Table 74: Cash Dispenser Framework Error Table Class 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A Error Code [1] 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 0008 0009 TOPMSG Number 1029 1041 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 Description Invalid cassette number Cash cannot be dispensed Cash cannot be dispensed while safe door open Reject cassette or whole dispenser not operational Reject cassette overfilled Maximum retracts reached Reject cassette missing Maximum consecutive present errors reached The cash dispenser status is fatal June 2009 327 Cash Dispenser Framework (class 643A) Application Error Classes The following table lists ProTopas return codes from the Cash Dispenser device Framework which are mapped to the hexadecimal error codes assigned to class 643A. Table 75: Cash Dispenser return code table Class CDM return Code 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A 643A -331 -330 -324 -323 -322 -321 -320 -317 -316 -315 -314 -313 -312 -311 -310 -309 -308 -307 -306 -305 -304 -303 -302 -301 -300 -14 -13 Error Code [1] FEB5 FEB6 FEBC FEBD FEBE FEBF FEC0 FEC3 FEC4 FEC5 FEC6 FEC7 FEC8 FEC9 FECA FECB FECC FECD FECE FECF FED0 FED1 FED2 FED3 FED4 FFF2 FFF3 TOPMSG Number 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 1029 Description Order not allowed Shutter not closed Present job active No items to present Unknown present error Error in bills presentation Denomination error No documents (no bills) Invalid cash unit Shutter closed Shutter open Shutter not open Invalid retract Safe door open Position locked Invalid position Documents, bills left in transport Too many documents dispensed Dispenser is not able to dispense (door open or error with reject cassette) No currency mix Invalid mix type Invalid denomination Cash unit error Invalid teller ID Invalid currency Cash dispenser general hardware error, cannot dispense Cash dispenser device not ready, cannot dispense 328 June 2009 Application Error Classes Security Overlay Framework (Class 643C) Security Overlay Framework (Class 643C) The following table lists those errors which are generated by the Security Overlay Framework (dcsecure.dll). Table 76: Transaction Framework Error Table Class 643C 643C 643C 643C 643C Error Code [1] 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 TOPMSG Number 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 Description Set key error, possibly wrong security keys loaded PIN check error, possibly wrong security keys Error while creating PIN block for remote PIN block buffer included in transaction request message The correct MAC could not be calculated Key error while initializing transaction, possibly no keys loaded in EDM or EPP [1] This error code can be interpreted as a WARNING or ERROR class by the ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC application. June 2009 329 Security Overlay Framework (Class 643C) Application Error Classes 330 June 2009 PPF" to the Windows Registry section location and parameter name. Table 77: Registry cross link [STARTUP] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [STARTUP] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCREPMGR\FRM_REPOSITORY] REGISTRY PARAMETER CCSelFW CCBcrFW CCJournal CCServiceFW CCOplFW CCApplFW CCCdmFW CCCoinOutFW CCDataFW CCSmiFW CCDlgFW CCCommunication1 CCSecFW CCCardFW CCEppFW CCDialog CCSCRIPTFW DCConvFW CCSyncFW CCJourPrtFW CCMessageControl1 CCRecPrtFW CCProtFW1 CCPresFW CCDeviceStatusFW CCDepositFW CCTransactionFW CCSUEFW CCVarFW CCSecureFW CCDocPrtFW CCSopDialog USER NAME SEL_FRAME BARCODE_FRAME JOURNAL_FRAME SERVICE_FRAME OPL_FRAME APPLICATION_FRAME CDM_FRAME COINOUT_FRAME APPL_DATA_FRAME SMI_FRAME DLG_FRAME COM_FRAME SEC_FRAME CARD_FRAME EPP_FRAME DIALOG_FRAME SCRIPT_FRAME CONVERTER_FRAME SYNC_FRAME JOURNAL_FRAME MSGCTRL1_FRAME RECPRT_FRAME PROT1_FRAME PRESS_FRAME DEVSTA_FRAME DEPOSIT_FRAME TRANSACT_FRAME USEREXIT_FRAME VARIABLE_FRAME SECURE_FRAME DOCPRT_FRAME CCSOP_DIALOG June 2009 331 .Registry Cross Reference Registry Cross Reference The following tables show the cross link of "User Area" (Section) and "User Name" (Parameter) defined in "CUSTOM. PPF" START_APPLICATION REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\RESTART\APPLICATION_1] REGISTRY PARAMETER ApplPM PROGRAMS USER NAME APPLICATION_SET PROGRAMLIST Table 79: Registry cross link [DEFAULT] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference Table 78: Registry cross link [START_APPLICATION] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" DEFAULT USER NAME SHUTDOWN_ACTIVE MAXREBOOT POWER_UP_PERIOD SHUTDOWN_EXE REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\RESTART\DEFAULTS] REGISTRY PARAMETER SHUTDOWN_ACTIVE MAXREBOOT POWER_UP_PERIOD SHUTDOWN_EXE Table 80: Registry cross link [CCProtFW1] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" CCProtFW1 USER NAME PROTOCOL CCVTABLE LOG_FILE LOG_FILE_SIZE HANDLE_ETX REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\CCProtFW1] REGISTRY PARAMETER PROTOCOL CCVTABLE LOG_FILE LOG_FILE_SIZE HANDLE_ETX 332 June 2009 . PPF" MODEM_PROJECT USER NAME MODEM_AUTO_NUMBER MODEM_CMD_CONFIG USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" MODEM_COMMANDS REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ MODEM\COMMANDS] REGISTRY PARAMETER AUTO_NUMBER CMD_CONFIG REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ MODEM\EVENTS] REGISTRY PARAMETER AUTO_NUMBER CMD_CONFIG REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ MODEM\PROJECT] REGISTRY PARAMETER AUTO_NUMBER CMD_CONFIG REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ MODEM\PROJECT_ALTERNATE] REGISTRY PARAMETER AUTO_NUMBER CMD_CONFIG USER NAME MODEM_AUTO_NUMBER MODEM_CMD_CONFIG USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" MODEM_PROJECT_ALTERNATE USER NAME MODEM_AUTO_NUMBER MODEM_CMD_CONFIG June 2009 333 .Registry Cross Reference Table 81: Registry cross link [MODEM] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" MODEM_EVENTS USER NAME MODEM_AUTO_NUMBER MODEM_CMD_CONFIG USER AREA in"CUSTOM. Registry Cross Reference Table 82: Registry cross link [SERIAL] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" SERIAL_EVENTS USER NAME SERIAL_LINE_ATTR SERIAL_PORTNAME USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" SERIAL_PROJECT_ALTERNATE USER NAME SERIAL_LINE_ATTR SERIAL_PORTNAME Table 83: Registry cross link [PROTOCOL\PROJECT] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" SERIAL_COMMANDS REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ SERIAL\COMMANDS] REGISTRY PARAMETER LINE_ATTR PORTNAME REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ SERIAL\EVENTS] REGISTRY PARAMETER LINE_ATTR PORTNAME REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ SERIAL\PROJECT] REGISTRY PARAMETER LINE_ATTR PORTNAME REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ SERIAL\PROJECT_ALTERNATE] REGISTRY PARAMETER LINE_ATTR PORTNAME USER NAME SERIAL_LINE_ATTR SERIAL_PORTNAME USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" PROTOCOL_PROJECT REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\ PROTOCOL\PROJECT] REGISTRY PARAMETER ComChannel ComProtocol ProtocolChannel RouteID TerminalID USER NAME COM_CHANNEL COMM_PROTOCOL PROT_CHANNEL ROUTE_ID TERMINAL_ID 334 June 2009 .PPF" SERIAL_PROJECT USER NAME SERIAL_LINE_ATTR SERIAL_PORTNAME USER AREA in"CUSTOM. PPF" [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ Wincor Nixdorf\ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\PROTOCOL\PARAMETER] REGISTRY PARAMETER EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_0 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_1 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_2 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_3 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_4 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_5 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_6 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_7 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_8 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_9 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_10 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_11 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_12 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_13 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_14 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_15 DOUBLE_EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_16 PREP_FIELD_029 PREP_FIELD_030 SEND_TVN_MAC CHECK_TVN_MAC SEND_MACHINE_NO CHECK_MACHINE_NO SEND_TVN_MAC_SOL MAC_FLD_SELECTED MAC_ASCII STATUS_CODE_HANDLING RKL_ENCODING USER NAME EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_0 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_1 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_2 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_3 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_4 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_5 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_6 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_7 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_8 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_9 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_10 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_11 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_12 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_13 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_14 EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_15 DOUBLE_EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_16 DOUBLE_EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_17 DOUBLE_EXPANDED_HW_CONF_BYTE_18 SEND_TVN_MAC CHECK_TVN_MAC SEND_MACHINE_NO CHECK_MACHINE_NO SEND_TVN_MAC_SOL MAC_FLD_SELECTED MAC_ASCII STATUS_CODE_HANDLING RKL_ENCODING June 2009 335 .Registry Cross Reference Table 84: Registry cross link [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] (DDC) USER AREA in"CUSTOM. Registry Cross Reference Table 85: Registry cross link [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] (NDC) USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\PROTOCOL\PARAMETER] REGISTRY PARAMETER HW_CONF_0_PROD_CLASS HW_CONF_1_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_2_DISK HW_CONF_3_CARD_READER HW_CONF_4_CASH_HANDLER HW_CONF_5_PPD HW_CONF_6_REC_PRINTER HW_CONF_7_JRN_PRINTER HW_CONF_8_RESERVED HW_CONF_9_RESERVED HW_CONF_10_NIGHT_DEPOSIT HW_CONF_11_ENCRYPTOR HW_CONF_12_CAMERA HW_CONF_13_DOOR_ACCESS HW_CONF_14_FLEX_DISK HW_CONF_15_TAMPER_BINS HW_CONF_16_CARDHOLDER_KEYB HW_CONF_17_OPERATOR_KEYB HW_CONF_18_DISPLAY_VOICE HW_CONF_19_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_20_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_21_STATEMENT_PRT HW_CONF_22_SIG_DISPLAY HW_CONF_23_RESERVED HW_CONF_24_COIN_DISP HW_CONF_25_SYSTEM_DISPLAY HW_CONF_26_MED_ENT_IND HW_CONF_27_ENV_DISP HW_CONF_28_DOC_PROC_MOD HW_CONF_29_COIN_TAMP_IND HW_CONF_30_DOC_TAMP_IND HW_CONF_31_RESERVED HW_CONF_32_DIG_AUDIO_SERV HW_CONF_33_RESERVED HW_CONF_34_RESERVED USER NAME HW_CONF_0_PROD_CLASS HW_CONF_1_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_2_DISK HW_CONF_3_CARD_READER HW_CONF_4_CASH_HANDLER HW_CONF_5_PPD HW_CONF_6_REC_PRINTER HW_CONF_7_JRN_PRINTER HW_CONF_8_RESERVED HW_CONF_9_RESERVED HW_CONF_10_NIGHT_DEPOSIT HW_CONF_11_ENCRYPTOR HW_CONF_12_CAMERA HW_CONF_13_DOOR_ACCESS HW_CONF_14_FLEX_DISK HW_CONF_15_TAMPER_BINS HW_CONF_16_CARDHOLDER_KEYB HW_CONF_17_OPERATOR_KEYB HW_CONF_18_DISPLAY_VOICE HW_CONF_19_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_20_NOCONFIG HW_CONF_21_STATEMENT_PRT HW_CONF_22_SIG_DISPLAY HW_CONF_23_RESERVED HW_CONF_24_COIN_DISP HW_CONF_25_SYSTEM_DISPLAY HW_CONF_26_MED_ENT_IND HW_CONF_27_ENV_DISP HW_CONF_28_DOC_PROC_MOD HW_CONF_29_COIN_TAMP_IND HW_CONF_30_DOC_TAMP_IND HW_CONF_31_RESERVED HW_CONF_32_DIG_AUDIO_SERV HW_CONF_33_RESERVED HW_CONF_34_RESERVED 336 June 2009 . Registry Cross Reference HW_CONF_35_RESERVED HW_CONF_36_RESERVED HW_CONF_37_RESERVED MESSAGE_LOGGING SEND_TVN_MAC CHECK_TVN_MAC SEND_MACHINE_NO CHECK_MACHINE_NO SEND_TVN_MAC_SOL MAC_FLD_SELECTED MAC_ASCII STATUS_CODE_HANDLING GO_OFFLINE_AFTER_TIMEOUT HW_CONF_35_RESERVED HW_CONF_36_RESERVED HW_CONF_37_RESERVED MESSAGE_LOGGING SEND_TVN_MAC CHECK_TVN_MAC SEND_MACHINE_NO CHECK_MACHINE_NO SEND_TVN_MAC_SOL MAC_FLD_SELECTED MAC_ASCII STATUS_CODE_HANDLING GO_OFFLINE_AFTER_TIMEOUT June 2009 337 . PPF" [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] USER NAME PARAMETER_00 PARAMETER_01 PARAMETER_02 PARAMETER_03 PARAMETER_04 PARAMETER_05 PARAMETER_06 PARAMETER_07 PARAMETER_08 PARAMETER_09 PARAMETER_10 PARAMETER_11 PARAMETER_12 PARAMETER_13 PARAMETER_14 PARAMETER_15 PARAMETER_100 PARAMETER_101 LUNO CONFIG_ID REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXCI\PARAMETER] REGISTRY PARAMETER PARAMETER_00 PARAMETER_01 PARAMETER_02 PARAMETER_03 PARAMETER_04 PARAMETER_05 PARAMETER_06 PARAMETER_07 PARAMETER_08 PARAMETER_09 PARAMETER_10 PARAMETER_11 PARAMETER_12 PARAMETER_13 PARAMETER_14 PARAMETER_15 PARAMETER_100 PARAMETER_101 LUNO CONFIG_ID Table 87: Registry cross link [LYNXCI_TIMER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference Table 86: Registry cross link [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [LYNXCI_TIMER] USER NAME TIMER_00 TIMER_01 TIMER_02 TIMER_03 TIMER_04 TIMER_05 TIMER_06 TIMER_07 TIMER_09 TIMER_10 TIMER_95 TIMER_96 TIMER_99 REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXCI\TIMER] REGISTRY PARAMETER TIMER_00 TIMER_01 TIMER_02 TIMER_03 TIMER_04 TIMER_05 TIMER_06 TIMER_07 TIMER_09 TIMER_10 TIMER_95 TIMER_96 TIMER_99 338 June 2009 . PPF" [EMV_TAGS] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ EMVDEBITCREDITFW\ TERMINAL_PROPERTIES\TAGS] REGISTRY PARAMETER 9F01 9F15 9F1A 9F33 9F35 9F40 USER NAME ACQUIRER_IDENTIFIER_9F01 MERCHANT_CATEGORY_CODE_9F15 TERMINAL_COUNTRY_CODE_9F1A TERMINAL_CAPABILITIES_9F33 TERMINAL_TYPE_9F35 ADDITIONAL_TERMINAL_ CAPABILITIES_9F40 Table 90: Registry cross link [CASH_DISPENSER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference Table 88: Registry cross link [LYNXCI_EMV] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [LYNXCI_EMV] USER NAME COMPLETION_OBJECTS CONTACT_THRESHOLD LANGUAGE_SUPPORTED REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXCI\EMV] REGISTRY PARAMETER COMPLETION_OBJECTS CONTACT_THRESHOLD LANG_SUPPORTED Table 89: Registry cross link [EMV_TAGS] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [CASH_DISPENSER] USER NAME NUM_LOG_CASS CURRENCY_1 CURRENCY_2 CURRENCY_3 CURRENCY_4 CURRENCY_5 CURRENCY_6 CURRENCY_7 CURRENCY_8 VALUE_1 VALUE_2 VALUE_3 VALUE_4 VALUE_5 VALUE_6 VALUE_7 VALUE_8 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_1 REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\CASH_DISPENSER] REGISTRY PARAMETER NUM_LOG_CASS CURRENCY_1 CURRENCY_2 CURRENCY_3 CURRENCY_4 CURRENCY_5 CURRENCY_6 CURRENCY_7 CURRENCY_8 VALUE_1 VALUE_2 VALUE_3 VALUE_4 VALUE_5 VALUE_6 VALUE_7 VALUE_8 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_1 June 2009 339 . Registry Cross Reference DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_2 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_3 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_4 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_5 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_6 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_7 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_8 AUTO_LOGON_CASSETTES AUTO_LOGON_IN_SOP AUTO_LOGON_NOTES DENOMINATION_LOW_MSG CLEAR_MISS_COUNTER DISPENSE_ALGO SEND_CASSETTE_LOW_ALWAYS MAX_PRESENT_ERRORS SEND_SOL_RETRACT SOLICITED_IF_RETRACT_INHIBIT CAS_WAIT_TIME FATAL_CASS_AS_MISSING DISPENSE_BELOW_ZERO LOGICAL_MAPPING DENOM_ID_UPPERCASE CHECK_STATUS_AFTER_MONEY_TAKEN CASH_RETRACT_SCREEN PRESENT_FAILURE_SCREEN NUM_PHYS_NAMES PHYS_NAME_X DISPENSE_RETRIES PRESENT_TIMER MAX_REJECT_NOTES REJECT_FATAL_STATUS MV_TESTDISPENSE EQUAL_PHYS_CASS_COUNTERS CHECK_FATAL_BEFORE_DISPENSE MAX_DISPENSE_ERRORS HWERR_DISPENSE_RETRIES EXPONENT_CORRECTION DISPLAY_PRESENT_SCREEN PHYS_GOOD_NOTES MAX_DISPENSE_TIME DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_2 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_3 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_4 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_5 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_6 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_7 DEFAULT_NUM_NOTES_8 AUTO_LOGON_CASSETTES AUTO_LOGON_IN_SOP AUTO_LOGON_NOTES DENOMINATION_LOW_MSG CLEAR_MISS_COUNTER DISPENSE_ALGO SEND_CASSETTE_LOW_ALWAYS MAX_PRESENT_ERRORS SEND_SOL_RETRACT SOL_RETRACT_INHIBIT CAS_WAIT_TIME FATAL_CASS_AS_MISSING DISPENSE_BELOW_0 LOGICAL_MAPPING DENOM_ID_UPPERCASE CHECK_STATUS_AFTER_MONEY_TAKEN CASH_RETRACT_SCREEN PRESENT_FAILURE_SCREEN NUM_PHYS_NAMES PHYS_NAME_X DISPENSE_RETRIES PRESENT_TIMER MAX_REJECT_NOTES REJECT_FATAL_STATUS MV_TESTDISPENSE EQUAL_PHYS_CASS_COUNTERS CHECK_FATAL_BEFORE_DISPENSE MAX_DISPENSE_ERRORS HWERR_DISPENSE_RETRIES EXPONENT_CORRECTION DISPLAY_PRESENT_SCREEN PHYS_GOOD_NOTES MAX_DISPENSE_TIME 340 June 2009 . PPF" [CDM30] USER NAME REJECTCASSFULL MINIMUMITEMS REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ PHYSICAL_SERVICES\CDM30] REGISTRY PARAMETER RejectCassFull MinimumItems ProTopas USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference XFS20 USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [CCCDMFW] USER NAME MAXRETRACT REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\CCCdmFW] REGISTRY PARAMETER MaxRetract June 2009 341 .WN" [CASH_DISPENSER] USER NAME REJECTCASSFULL MAXRETRACT MINIMUMBILLS REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\WOSA/XFS_ROOT\ PHYSICAL_SERVICES\ATM] REGISTRY PARAMETER RejectCassFull MaxRetract MinimumBills XFS30 USER AREA in"CUSTOM. PPF" [BARCODE] USER NAME REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\BARCODE] REGISTRY PARAMETER READ_CODE ACCEPT_CODE_FORMAT 342 June 2009 .Registry Cross Reference Table 91: Registry cross link [COIN_DISPENSER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [COIN_DISPENSER] USER NAME NUM_LOG_HOPPERS NUM_HOST_HOPPERS DISPENSE_FLAGS CURRENCY_1 CURRENCY_2 CURRENCY_3 CURRENCY_4 CURRENCY_5 CURRENCY_6 CURRENCY_7 CURRENCY_8 VALUE_1 VALUE_2 VALUE_3 VALUE_4 VALUE_5 VALUE_6 VALUE_7 VALUE_8 REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\COIN_DISPENSER] REGISTRY PARAMETER NUM_LOG_HOPPERS NUM_HOST_HOPPERS DISPENSE_FLAGS CURRENCY_1 CURRENCY_2 CURRENCY_3 CURRENCY_4 CURRENCY_5 CURRENCY_6 CURRENCY_7 CURRENCY_8 VALUE_1 VALUE_2 VALUE_3 VALUE_4 VALUE_5 VALUE_6 VALUE_7 VALUE_8 Table 92: Registry cross link [BARCODE] USER AREA in"CUSTOM. PPF" [DEPOSIT] USER NAME DISPENSE_SCREEN DISPENSE_WAIT_SCREEN DISPENSE_ENVELOPE CANCEL_ACTIVE CAS_WAIT_TIME PRINT_ON_ENVELOPE DEPOSIT_CHARTABLE_LOW DEPOSIT_CHARTABLE_HIGH DEPOSIT_USER_CHARSET USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [DEP] USER NAME CONTPOLLTIME ENTRYSPLIT PREPAREDISPENSE REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\DEPOSIT] REGISTRY PARAMETER DISPENSE_SCREEN DISPENSE_WAIT_SCREEN DISPENSE_ENVELOPE CANCEL_ACTIVE CAS_WAIT_TIME PRINT_ON_ENVELOPE CHARTABLE_LOW CHARTABLE_HIGH USER_CHARSET REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\WOSA/XFS_ROOT\ PHYSICAL_SERVICES\DEVICES\DEP] REGISTRY PARAMETER ContPollTime EntrySplit PrepareDispense Table 94: Registry cross link [CARD_READER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [CARD_READER] USER NAME DEFAULT_READ_TRACK1 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK2 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK3 DEFAULT_READ_CHIP IDLE_REMOVE_SCREEN EJECT_IN_OUT_TIMER MANIP_THRESHOLD JAM_THRESHOLD REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\CARD_READER] REGISTRY PARAMETER DEFAULT_READ_TRACK1 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK2 DEFAULT_READ_TRACK3 DEFAULT_READ_CHIP IDLE_REMOVE_SCREEN EJECT_IN_OUT_TIMER MANIP_THRESHOLD JAM_THRESHOLD June 2009 343 .Registry Cross Reference Table 93: Registry cross link [DEPOSIT] USER AREA in"CUSTOM. Registry Cross Reference Table 95: Registry cross link [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [JOURNALPRINTER] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ LYNXPAR\PRINTER\JOURNAL] USER NAME REGISTRY PARAMETER CPI CPI LPI LPI USER_CHARSET USER_CHARSET PAPER_JOURNAL PAPER_JOURNAL ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL JRN_FONT_ENTRIES FONT_ENTRIES SPOOLER_KEEP_PRINTER_STATUS SPOOLER_KEEP_PRT_STATUS FORCE_PAPER_OUT_SUPPLY FORCE_PAPER_OUT_SUPPLY CP_JOURNAL_FONT_TYPE_NNN CP_FONT_TYPE_NNN PRINT_JOURNAL_ALWAYS PRINT_JOURNAL_ALWAYS HDD_SPACE_LOW_LIMIT HDD_SPACE_LOW_LIMIT CHECK_FILE_JOURNAL CHECK_FILE_JOURNAL EJU_SAF_MAX_FILE_SIZE EJU_SAF_MAX_FILE_SIZE EJU_SAF_FILE_NAME EJU_SAF_FILE_NAME EJU_CONVERT_HOST_DATA EJU_CONVERT_HOST_DATA ALL_CHARS_IN_EJRN ALL_CHARS_IN_EJRN Table 97: Registry cross link [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] USER NAME TOP_MAX_FILES CUST_MAX_FILES SPOOLER_RESET SPOOLER_PRINT_CACHE_TIMER SPOOLER_PRINT_CACHE_THRESHOLD SPOOLER_MAX_SPOOL_FILE SPOOLER_MAX_SPOOL_AREA REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\JOURNAL] REGISTRY PARAMETER TOP_MAXFILES CUST_MAXFILES RESET PRINT_CACHE_TIMER PRINT_CACHE_THRESHOLD MAX_SPOOL_FILE MAX_SPOOL_AREA Table 96: Registry cross link [JOURNALPRINTER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ LYNXPAR\PRINTER\JOURNAL\FONT_XXX] REGISTRY PARAMETER CONDENSED FONT_TYPE DOUBLE_WIDTH CHARTABLE_LOW CHARTABLE_HIGH USER NAME JOURNAL_CONDENSED JOURNAL_FONT_TYPE JOURNAL_DOUBLE_WIDTH JOURNAL_CHARTABLE_LOW JOURNAL_CHARTABLE_HIGH 344 June 2009 . Registry Cross Reference JOURNAL_USER_CHARSET JOURNAL_MACRO USER_CHARSET MACRO June 2009 345 . PPF" [RECEIPTPRINTER] USER NAME LEDTIMER REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\PRINTER\RECEIPT] REGISTRY PARAMETER CPI LPI USER_CHARSET FONT_ENTRIES PAGE_HEADER CAS_WAIT_TIME FORCE_PAPER_OUT_SUPPLY CP_FONT_TYPE_NNN PAGE_FOOTER FOOTER_LINE REAR_BAL_OPTIONS MERGE_R01 REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\WOSA/XFS_ROOT\ PHYSICAL_SERVICES\DEVICES\NDXXR] REGISTRY PARAMETER LedTimer Table 99: Registry cross link [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [RECEIPTPRINTER] USER NAME CPI LPI USER_CHARSET RECEIPT_FONT_ENTRIES RECEIPT_PAGE_HEADER CAS_WAIT_TIME FORCE_PAPER_OUT_SUPPLY CP_RECEIPT_FONT_TYPE_NNN RECEIPT_PAGE_FOOTER RECEIPT_FOOTER_LINE REAR_BAL_OPTIONS MERGE_R01 USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference Table 98: Registry cross link [RECEIPTPRINTER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ LYNXPAR\PRINTER\RECEIPT\FONT_XXX] REGISTRY PARAMETER CONDENSED FONT_TYPE DOUBLE_WIDTH CHARTABLE_LOW CHARTABLE_HIGH USER_CHARSET MACRO USER NAME RECEIPT_CONDENSED RECEIPT_FONT_TYPE RECEIPT_DOUBLE_WIDTH RECEIPT_CHARTABLE_LOW RECEIPT_CHARTABLE_HIGH RECEIPT_USER_CHARSET RECEIPT_MACRO 346 June 2009 . PPF" [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ LYNXPAR\PRINTER\DOCUMENT\FONT_XXX] REGISTRY PARAMETER CONDENSED FONT_TYPE DOUBLE_WIDTH CHARTABLE_LOW CHARTABLE_HIGH USER_CHARSET MACRO USER NAME DOCUMENT_CONDENSED DOCUMENT_FONT_TYPE DOCUMENT_DOUBLE_WIDTH DOCUMENT_CHARTABLE_LOW DOCUMENT_CHARTABLE_HIGH DOCUMENT_USER_CHARSET DOCUMENT_MACRO June 2009 347 .PPF" [DOCUMENTPRINTER] USER NAME CPI LPI USER_CHARSET NO_OF_DOC_BEFORE_EJECT CANCEL_ACTIVE FONT_ENTRIES DOC_PAGE_HEADER CAS_WAIT_TIME DOC_PAGE_FOOTER DOC_FOOTER_LINE REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\PRINTER\DOCUMENT] REGISTRY PARAMETER CPI LPI USER_CHARSET NO_OF_DOC_BEFORE_EJECT CANCEL_ACTIVE FONT_ENTRIES PAGE_HEADER CAS_WAIT_TIME PAGE_FOOTER FOOTER_LINE Table 101: Registry cross link [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference Table 100: Registry cross link [DOCUMENTPRINTER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM. PPF" [VIEWER] USER NAME TABLE_ENTRIES USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [SNA_PROJECT] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\SNA\PROJECT] REGISTRY PARAMETER ADDSNAINFO NAUTYPE RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE LUNAME STRIPFMH SENDINITSELF RSPTIMER USER NAME ADDSNAINFO NAUTYPE PROJECT_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE LUNAME STRIPFMH SENDINITSELF RSPTIMER 348 June 2009 .PPF" [SNA] USER NAME OPENTIME REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\SNA] REGISTRY PARAMETER OPENTIME Table 104: Registry cross link [SNA_PROJECT] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference Table 102: Registry cross link [VIEWER] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [VIEWER] USER NAME MODE BELL_TIME CURSOR USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [VIEWER] USER NAME NAME SIZE NDC_DOUBLE NDC_FONT HEIGHT PROPORTIONAL REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\VIEWER] REGISTRY PARAMETER MODE BELL_TIME CURSOR REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\VIEWER\FONT] REGISTRY PARAMETER TABLE_ENTRIES REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCOPEN\VIEWER\FONT\FONT_XXX] REGISTRY PARAMETER NAME SIZE NDC_DOUBLE NDC_FONT HEIGHT PROPORTIONAL Table 103: Registry cross link [SNA] USER AREA in"CUSTOM. PPF" [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\SNA\PROJECT\INITSELF] REGISTRY PARAMETER OPLIB DLUNAME OPPASS OPMODE OPUID USER NAME OPLIB DLUNAME OPPASS OPMODE OPUID Table 106: Registry cross link [X25] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [X25] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\X25] REGISTRY PARAMETER CALLDELAY CORESYNC CONTABSIZE CALLRETRY POLLTIME CLOSETIME SHMDELAY NETTIME OPENTIME USER NAME CALLDELAY CORESYNC CONTABSIZE CALLRETRY POLLTIME CLOSETIME SHMDELAY NETTIME OPENTIME June 2009 349 .Registry Cross Reference Table 105: Registry cross link [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] USER AREA in"CUSTOM. PPF" [X25_PROJECT] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\X25\PROJECT] REGISTRY PARAMETER RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE SHMCLRCAUSEDIAG MAXSENDSIZE SHM_PASSIVE CUGSELECTION D_BIT_PROC REMRESCAUSEDIAG OFFRESCAUSEDIAG VCTYPE PASSIVE_START CALLUSERDATA_P NOTRACE MAXRECVSIZE PVCNO CALLUSERDATA_A CUGOUTSELECT INDEX SEND_RECONNECT REVERSECHRG_PAS SHMDELAY_FLAG REVERSECHRG_ACT LOCALADR REMOTEADR1 REMOTEADR2 REMOTEADR3 REMOTEADR4 REMOTEADR5 USER NAME PROJECT_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE SHMCLRCAUSEDIAG MAXSENDSIZE SHM_PASSIVE CUGSELECTION D_BIT_PROC REMRESCAUSEDIAG OFFRESCAUSEDIAG VCTYPE PASSIVE_START CALLUSERDATA_P NOTRACE MAXRECVSIZE PVCNO CALLUSERDATA_A CUGOUTSELECT INDEX SEND_RECONNECT REVERSECHRG_PAS SHMDELAY_FLAG REVERSECHRG_ACT LOCALADR REMOTEADR1 REMOTEADR2 REMOTEADR3 REMOTEADR4 REMOTEADR5 350 June 2009 .Registry Cross Reference Table 107: Registry cross link [X25_PROJECT] USER AREA in"CUSTOM. PPF" [TOPMSG] DESTXXXX MSGXXXX REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCSYSMSG\TOPMSG] DESTXXXX MSGXXXX Table 110: Registry cross link [CUSTMSG] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.Registry Cross Reference Table 108: Registry cross link [TCPIP_PROJECT] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [TCPIP_PROJECT] REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\ CCOPEN\COMMUNICATION\TCPIP\PROJECT] REGISTRY PARAMETER REMOTEPEER KEEPALIVES TRANSPORTSIZE CLOSETIMEOUT CLIENTOPENRETRY CODINGDLL TYPE PORTNUMBER ADMINSIZE OPENTIMEOUT SENDTIMEOUT LOCALPORT USER NAME REMOTEPEER KEEPALIVES TRANSPORTSIZE CLOSETIMEOUT CLIENTOPENRETRY CODINGDLL TYPE PORTNUMBER ADMINSIZE OPENTIMEOUT SENDTIMEOUT LOCALPORT Table 109: Registry cross link [TOPMSG] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [CUSTMSG] DESTXXXX MSGXXXX REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\CCSYSMSG\CUSTMSG] DESTXXXX MSGXXXX June 2009 351 . Registry Cross Reference Table 111: Registry cross link [LYNXCI_SCREEN] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [LYNXCI_SCREEN] SCREEN_FOREGROUND_COLOR SCREEN_BACKGROUND_COLOR SCREEN_TRANSPARENT_MODE PICTURE_GXX PICTURE_LXX PICTURE_XX PICTURE_XXX PICTURE_XXXX PALETTE_XXX PALETTE_DEFAULT BLINK_RATE CHARACTER_WIDTH CHARACTER_HEIGHT PICTURE_BACKGROUND VERTICAL_OFFSET HORIZONTAL_OFFSET PICTURE_EXT_X SCREEN_FULL_SCREEN_VIDEO PIN_TOUCH_ENABLE PIN_CONFIRM_KEY AUDIOX_PATH AUDIOXXX_PATH STOP_VIDEO_AFTER_DELAY SPECIFIC_SV_MODE_SCREEN ESC_SUB SUBST_CHAR_SCREEN SCREEN_MIN_PIN_LEN REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXCI\SCREEN] FOREGROUND_COLOR BACKGROUND_COLOR TRANSPARENT_MODE PICTURE_GXX PICTURE_LXX PICTURE_XX PICTURE_XXX PICTURE_XXXX PALETTE_XXX PALETTE_DEFAULT BLINK_RATE CHARACTER_WIDTH CHARACTER_HEIGHT PICTURE_BACKGROUND VERTICAL_OFFSET HORIZONTAL_OFFSET PICTURE_EXT_X (X = file extensions) FULL_SCREEN_VIDEO PIN_TOUCH_ENABLE PIN_CONFIRM_KEY AUDIOX_PATH AUDIOXXX_PATH STOP_VIDEO_AFTER_DELAY SPECIFIC_SV_MODE_SCREEN ESC_SUB SUBSTITUTION_CHARACTER MIN_PIN_LEN 352 June 2009 . PPF" [SCREEN_XXX] FOREGROUND_COLOR BACKGROUND_COLOR IDLE_NEXT_SCREEN IDLE_TIME CHARACTER_WIDTH CHARACTER_HEIGHT VERTICAL_OFFSET HORIZONTAL_OFFSET TRANSPARENT_MODE PICTURE_BACKGROUND DISPLAY_CONTENTS INPUT_FIELD_LEFT INPUT_FIELD_TOP INPUT_FIELD_RIGHT INPUT_FIELD_BOTTOM INPUT_FIELD_ADJUST SCREEN_CONTENTS REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXCI\SCREEN\XXX] FOREGROUND_COLOR BACKGROUND_COLOR IDLE_NEXT_SCREEN IDLE_TIME CHARACTER_WIDTH CHARACTER_HEIGHT VERTICAL_OFFSET HORIZONTAL_OFFSET TRANSPARENT_MODE PICTURE_BACKGROUND DISPLAY_CONTENTS INPUT_FIELD_LEFT INPUT_FIELD_TOP INPUT_FIELD_RIGHT INPUT_FIELD_BOTTOM INPUT_FIELD_ADJUST CONTENTS Table 113: Registry cross link [OPERATOR_SCREENS] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [OPERATOR_SCREENS] PRINTER_HEADER_RECEIPT PRINTER_HEADER_JOURNAL PRINTER_HEADER_DOCUMENT REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\OPERATOR_SCREENS] PRINTER_HEADER_RECEIPT PRINTER_HEADER_JOPURNAL PRINTER_HEADER_DOCUMENT June 2009 353 .Registry Cross Reference Table 112: Registry cross link [SCREEN_XXX] USER AREA in"CUSTOM. Registry Cross Reference Table 114: Registry cross link [APPLICATION_XXX] USER AREA in"CUSTOM.PPF" [APPLICATION_XXX] CLEAR_HWFITNESS RESEND_POWER_UP SUSPEND_TIMEOUT SEND_POWER_UP SEND_DOOR_CHANGE Q_UNSOL_IN_TRAN_REQ Q_OFFLINE_TRAN_READY SVRMODE_WHEN_DOOR_OPEN SWITCH_LOGO DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_1[1] DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_2[1] DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_3[1] DEFAULT_CARD_READ_THRESHOLD DEFAULT_CARD_WRITE_THRESHOLD DEFAULT_SUPPLY_READY_AMOUNT_ OPTIONS[2] OOS_AFTER_ONLINE REAR_BALANCE_TIMEOUT OFFLINE_REBOOT_TIMER LED_IN_SERVICE LED_SERVICE LED_CUSTOMER LED_SVR_MODE LED_CASH LED_PAPER DOUBLE_LENGTH_KEYS ADJ_GEN_BUF_FROM_AMT JOU_NAME_CASS JOU_NAME_CASSN JOU_NAME_REJECT JOU_TXT_REJECTS JOU_TXT_RETRACTS ADRS_OPTIONS ADRS_MAX_RETRIES STORE_COM_KEY CARD_RETAIN_DISPLAY ALARM_SENSORS PRINT_IMMEDIATE_OPTIONS [1] [2] APPLICATION_DDC only APPLICATION_NDC only REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\APPLICATION] CLEAR_HWFITNESS RESEND_POWER_UP SUSPEND_TIMEOUT SEND_POWER_UP SEND_DOOR_CHANGE Q_UNSOL_IN_TRAN_REQ Q_OFFLINE_TRAN_READY SVRMODE_WHEN_DOOR_OPEN SWITCH_LOGO DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_1 DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_2[1] DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_3[1] DEFAULT_CARD_READ_THRESHOLD DEFAULT_CARD_WRITE_THRESHOLD DEFAULT_MISC_FEATURE_1 OOS_AFTER_ONLINE REAR_BALANCE_TIMEOUT OFFLINE_REBOOT_TIMER LED_IN_SERVICE LED_SERVICE LED_CUSTOMER LED_SVR_MODE LED_CASH LED_PAPER DOUBLE_LENGTH_KEYS ADJ_GEN_BUF_FROM_AMT JOU_NAME_CASS JOU_NAME_CASSN JOU_NAME_REJECT JOU_TXT_REJECTS JOU_TXT_RETRACTS ADRS_OPTIONS ADRS_MAX_RETRIES STORE_COM_KEY CARD_RETAIN_DISPLAY ALARM_SENSORS PRINT_IMMEDIATE_OPTIONS 354 June 2009 . PPF" [APPLICATION_XXX] USE_CLOSE_TIMER_ALWAYS RECEIPT_DELIVERED TRAN_DELAY_TIME FID_Z_WAIT_TIME PAN_HANDLING MONITOR_BOOT_SWITCH [1] [2] APPLICATION_DDC only APPLICATION_NDC only REGISTRY LOCATION [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wincor Nixdorf\ ProTopas\CurrentVersion\LYNXPAR\APPLICATION] USE_CLOSE_TIMER_ALWAYS RECEIPT_DELIVERED TRAN_DELAY_TIME FID_Z_WAIT_TIME[1] PAN_HANDLING MONITOR_BOOT_SWITCH June 2009 355 .Registry Cross Reference Table 115: Registry cross link [APPLICATION_XXX] part 2 USER AREA in"CUSTOM. Registry Cross Reference 356 June 2009 . Help for each menu can be reached if you open the pull down menu item. Several utilities can be called via pull down menus in one main window. PCX. Additionally you get information about trace and analyzing tools.JPG graphic or AVI video files Printer test programs Error Map configuration PCedit interface Parameterisation Integrated Windows Explorer and Regedit Windows context sensitive Help June 2009 357 . The manager can be called in C:\PROTOPAS\TOOLS\CFGMANAG. ProCash/NDC-DDC Configuration Manager The ProCash/NDC-DDC Configuration Manager is a Windows frontend for operators. All menu functions contain context sensitive help items where the menu functions are described in detail. DDU. Timers. ICN. trace file transfer to floppy Bitmap Previewer for BMP. Short overview about Configuration Manager functions: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● View CI configuration (States Previewer. Then you have to press the F1 key. Parameters.EXE. FIT table) Trace and analyzing. Screens.Installation and Configuration ToolsProCash/NDC-DDC Configuration Manag Installation and Configuration Tools This section describes tools and utilities for the configuration of hardware device settings or application specific parameter settings. exe is a Windows program which is used to read. 358 June 2009 . enhance and modify characters from Windows font files.FON".Font and Graphic utilities Installation and Configuration Tools Font and Graphic utilities FONTEDIT.EXE FontEdit. If you want to modify those fonts you have to move them via the Control Panel to a separate directory where they do not have access from Windows anymore. Windows font files which are currently in use are typically placed in the directory WINNT\FONTS. These fonts cannot be modified by FONTEDIT. Syntax: FONTEDIT WINNTfontfile The following graphic shows the main screen with one loaded NDC font named "NDC-SA1. EXE Asc2Fon. Character XX .exe converts ASCII matrix font files to WINNT font files.sets the character Height. The ASCII file must have following header parameter: Font Width Height .exe is used to extract WINNT font files to ASCII matrix font files.EXE Font and Graphic utilities Fon2asc. The ASCII file can be used to modify or enhance characters of a font file via any standard text editor.EXE.FON format via ASC2FON.Installation and Configuration Tools FON2ASC. The file name of the new font file is the same as the name specified behind the header parameter ’Font’ of the ASCII file but included with extension *.sets the character width .sets the font name which must match (case sensitive) with parameter "NAME" of section [VIEWER_FONT_XXX] . Syntax: ASC2FON ASCIIfile June 2009 359 . Syntax: FON2ASC fontfile > ASCIIfile ASC2FON.sets the character ASCII position (XX represents the hex value of the position) and must exist for each defined character. The modificated file can be reconverted to the *.FON. -1 or -2 (CPYNTFNT -R) enables automatic detect. 800x600. The register and copy processes are protocolled in log file "CPYNTFNT.FON) will be automatically copied from directory C:\PROTOPAS\FONTS\XXX (’XXX’ stands for 640x480. Font files (*. Afterwards they will be automatically registered for immediate access. Syntax: CPYNTFNT [-R] [-B] [-0] [-1] [-2] [-G] [fontfile] Options: -R -B -G -W -F -0 -1 -2 fontfile Enables font installation with automatic detection Enables copying Bitmaps or Icons in the selected or detected resolution. The resolution of the current Windows display setting is used. 360 June 2009 . Registers all GDI printer fonts located in C:\PROTOPAS\FONTS\GDI_PRT Registers all kind of windows fonts located in C:\PROTOPAS\FONTS\WEB Enables copying resolution depended Bitmaps used by FOnet. Furthermore you can enable copying resolution dependent Bitmaps or Icons from the C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS\XXX resolution sub folder to C:\PROTOPAS\BITMAPS. 1024x768) to the \WINNT\FONTS directory. This utility is called by the "Configuration Manager" where you can use font registration via an user friendly dialog window. See main menu "Update" and sub menu "Install Fonts and Bitmaps".exe detects the current Windows display resolution than it copies and registers fonts of the detected resolution in the Windows environment.Font and Graphic utilities CPYNTFNT. The call without parameter -0.INF" located in C:\PROTOPAS.EXE Installation and Configuration Tools Cpyntfnt. Optionally this tool registers GDI printer fonts that are required for GDI print operation. Sets resolution 640x480 Sets resolution 800x600 Sets resolution 1024x768 Registers a single font in the selected or detected resolution. Syntax: ASC2ICN sourcefile [destfile] If destfile is not specified.exe can be used to extract ICN icon files to ASCII matrix files for modifiations.EXE Description: Icn2asc. $tmp$.Installation and Configuration Tools ASC2ICN.icn file. June 2009 361 .icn is used or ASC2ICN -I destfile with stdin as the input ICN2ASC.ICN > 0000.F (1 digit hex value) you get the specific color for the modified pixels.EXE 0000. Syntax: ICN2ASC.EXE Description: Font and Graphic utilities ASC2ICN is used to convert an ASCII icon file into a *.txt If you change the 'X's of the matrix file to 0 . See also Table 7-3 Color table for the color definitions.EXE ICNfile > destfile EXAMPLE: ICN2ASC. PCC or *. Syntax: ASC2PCC [-V] [-Wwidth] [-Hheight] [-Ttop] [-Lleft] sourcefile [destfile] If destfile is not specified. 362 June 2009 .Font and Graphic utilities ASC2PCC.PCX file.pcc is used or ASC2PCC -I [-V] destfile with stdin as the input.EXE Description: Installation and Configuration Tools ASC2PCC is used to convert an ASCII icon file into a *. $tmp$. Installation and Configuration Tools MFCFONT. Please press F1 button for detailed help description how to use this tool.EXE Font and Graphic utilities This Utility can be used to create own Windows fonts that can be used for screen display and GDI printing. June 2009 363 . dll Font tools for journal and receipt printers PRT-DOF.exe can be used to load native control sequences. ND98. Syntax: PROTLOG CCProt.dof [-Z] 364 June 2009 . TH21. Prt-Dof. resp. TH22. IMPORTANT NOTE: If the TP07 is installed as a GDI Windows printer..LOG’ and inserts structured descriptions of the message types and its fields.EXE Prt-Dof.) useful for ndc-sim. user defined character sets into receipt or/and journal printers. You have to create an ASCII file usually with the extension *.exe can be used with the dot matrix printers ND71. The format of this ASCII file is described on the next pages. TP06.Analyzing utilities Installation and Configuration Tools Analyzing utilities PROTLOG.exe analyzes the messages of the log file ’CCProt.dof . Syntax: prt-dof <DEVICE ID> filename. which has to contain the control characters that should be loaded into the printer. ND9A and the new series printers ND9x.LOG > destinationfile Options: -D -S -L analyzes ProCash/DDC messages (DIEBOLD) extracts messages for simulation extracts download messages only (3.EXE ProtLog. user defined characters cannot be loaded into TP07. TP07 and TH30 printers.. Installation and Configuration ToolsFont tools for journal and receipt printers Option: This option is needed if you get time-out errors from CSC-W32 because of large printer data.EXE. The names which are typically used are JOURNAL1 for the journal printer and BON1 for the receipt printer. NOTE: Do NOT use the -Z option for TP06 and TP07. the last two digits specify the last character. June 2009 365 . the CSC-W32 command TraPrint is called for each singe line. If this option is in use. Without -Z option only one single TraPrint command is called for the whole contents of the DOF file. First line: In the first line you must enter the load command ESC &. then set 02 for 2 bytes (9 needles for each column) The next two digits specify the start position.EXE or ND9C-DOF. The CSCW32 environment must be installed ! Structure and description of a download file for needle printers ND71 and ND9x: All escape sequences must be entered in hex format !!!!! Creation of an user-defined character file: The file must be in the following format: First line: Next lines: /h 1b26024141 /h 0900001f80200044008000440020001f800000 You can use any text editor you wish. Important Note: You also have to create the DOF file with -Z option if you use utility ASC-DOF. -Z The DEVICE ID must be the logical name of the printer used by CSCW32. For example the entry 4141 means: Load one character to position 41H. Count 1+2+4+8+16 = 31 decimal = 1FH. Those formats are described in following sections. the bits 0. The bit matrix of a 9-column character is shown here: Columns Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ------------------------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Example 1: Creation of the character A with 9 columns: Columns Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ------------------------0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 When the bits are set in the desired positions. you should count in the following way. In byte 2 only bit 7 is used. TH22 and TH30 need different formats. 12 and 25 cpi. That means 128 in decimal and 80H. 4 are set. 7 columns for 15 cpi. Use 5 columns for 10. 1. ND99. 7 columns for 15 cpi. 366 June 2009 . For example in column two byte 1. TP06. TP07. TH21. 3. You can create 95 userdefined characters from hex position 20H to 7EH in any style you like. Thermal printers ND9C.Font tools for journal and receipt printersInstallation and Configuration Tool Next lines: The next lines are the pixel control of each character. 2. ND71: ND9x: Note: Use 9 columns for 10 and 12 cpi. The needle control code is 1F80 for column two. June 2009 367 .Installation and Configuration ToolsFont tools for journal and receipt printers Two needles may not be set directly after another in the horizontal line. correct that itself. The printer will. Standard character sets can be set via macro #NCT#. Example 2: Creation of the character 'A' with 7 columns: Columns Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle Needle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte1 Byte2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 code col 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b ---------------------------------------------/h 07 0000 3f80 4000 8400 4000 3f80 0000 Userdefined character sets can be activated via macro #CCT#. code = set /h before each command line col = how many columns 1b = byte 1 2b = byte 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 code col 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b 1b2b --------------------------------------------------------/h 09 0000 1f80 2000 4400 8000 4400 2000 1f80 0000 For the ND9x printers the number of columns (col) must be specified only for the first character. however. Font tools for journal and receipt printersInstallation and Configuration Tool ASC2DOF.EXE Asc2dof. This utility cannot be used for ND9C. "Height" is divided in two bytes.DOF ( DownLoadFile) which can be used to load them with prt-dof. The needle printer ND71 permits 9 and 7 columns and the printers ND98/ND9A/ND9E permit 5 and 7 columns.exe . See section “Font and Logo tools for printers” on page 370 for ND9C utilities. The style of the ASCII files are the same as the screen font files which are stored in C:\PROTOPAS\TOOLS\FONTS.DOF 368 June 2009 . The only change is the number of columns and lines (needles) represented in the file as "Width" and "Height". This results in Height 9 for a two byte character definition. Syntax: ASC2DOF [-Z] ASCIIfile > DOFfile Example: ASC2DOF ND98_7 > ND98_7. The first byte has the range from line 1-8 and the second byte is the ninth line.exe converts characters which are created in an ASCII matrix file to the hexa decimal byte definition of the *. .......X X.X.......X X...exe: /h 41 3e00400088000000880040003e00/h 41 7e008800880088007e00 Structure of the ASCII file with 5 columns characters: Font 5 columns Width 5 Height 9 Character 41 .X XXXXX X. The number 41 is the hexadecimal position which is defined in the ASCII file before.. X.XXX..X X...X X...Installation and Configuration ToolsFont tools for journal and receipt printers Example: Creation of character 'A' in 7 and 5 columns: Structure of the ASCII file with 7 columns characters: Font 7 columns Width 7 Height 9 Character 41 ..X..X X..X.X X. X. After conversion with asc2dof...X....X..X .. For the character downloading process you need to add the ESC & loading command and the number of columns as described in section "Structure and description of the download file"... June 2009 369 ....... .X... .X ..... This is not needed for the downloading process....X X.... To load font and logo files into ND99. TP06. *. See section “Font and Logo tools for printers” on page 370. LD_ND99.exe.BMP for logo bitmaps.FNT for standard fonts. you need the configuration file LD_ND99. Font and Logo tools for printers LDND9X.exe loads Fonts and user defined Logos into the receipt printers ND9x.EXE Installation and Configuration Tools Dof2asc. The printer ND99 needs files with the extension *. which can be extracted into matrix files for modifications with utilities described later on.CFG or LD_ND9X.exe can delete logos and user defined fonts of ND99.EXE Ldnd9x.dof). The new series printers ND9x or TH30 need files with extension *.BMP format only. In these sections you have to specify the directory path where the Font and Logo files are stored. to an ASCII matrix file.SWF for fonts and *.exe can be used to convert hexadecimal font files (*. The matrix file can be edited with any standard editor.LOG for logos. TP07 and TP06 support *.CFG is divided into two sections named [FONTS] and [LOGOS]. Furthermore ldnd9x. Syntax: DOF2ASC [-Z] doffile > filename Example: DOF2ASC ND9A.CFG and for the ND9x printers you need the file LD_ND9X.CFG in the path C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM. The font and logo files are in a special binary format.ASC This utility cannot be used for ND9C printer. For the ND9C printer you have to use dof-nd9c.DOF > ND9A. TP07 or journal printer TH30.Font and Logo tools for printers DOF2ASC.MOD for firmware and *. which are used to load characters into the printer with utility prt-dof.exe or nd9c-dof.exe. 370 June 2009 . FNT are standard fonts which are loaded in the standard area of the printer. Fonts for the userdefined area can be created with the ASCII to DOF utilities and must be loaded via PRT-DOF. June 2009 371 .EXE.Installation and Configuration Tools Font and Logo tools for printers Font files with extension *. SWF C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\FONT12.#LOGO9#. But it can be verified after the load if you make a test printout where you can see how many Fonts and Logos are successfully loaded. ND9D. 372 June 2009 . ATTENTION: If you need to load new firmware please make 100% sure that the firmware file (*.LOG The space for Logos and Fonts are limited and can be read from the test printout of the ND99. ND99 logos can be controlled via macros #LOGO1# .CFG for printers ND9C.exe you are able to load 4 Fonts and 10 Logos. Contents example of LD_ND9X. Wrong FW destroys the printer.SWF C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\FONT15. ND9E. Standard Fonts can be set via macro #NCT#.MOD C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\FONT_437. TH30: [FONTS] C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\FIRMW.Font and Logo tools for printers Installation and Configuration Tools Contents example of LD_ND99.BMP C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\LOGO2. For (*.FNT) files it is the same.BMP For ND9X printers logos can be controlled via macro #LOGO1# With ldnd9x.LOG C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\LOGO2.SWF C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\FONT17.FNT [LOGOS] C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\LOGO1.SWF [LOGOS] C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\LOGO1. it will not be recognised during the load. If a font or Logo reaches the maximum space during the load process. User defined Fonts can be activated via macro #CCT#.CFG for printer ND99: [FONTS] C:\PROBASE\CSCW32\FRM\FONT10.MOD) you have configured is the right one for the printer type you have connected. the next step deletes all existing fonts or Logos first before the load for the new fonts or Logos will be started. The TP07 and TP06 printers support loading of one Logo only. If option -ND99 is in use. the deleting process is skipped and the loading process starts immediately.Installation and Configuration Tools Font and Logo tools for printers Function description of LDND9X: The loader can be started from any directory you like but it needs the CSCW32 environment. For TP06 only options -G together with -J are supported.CFG (option -ND99) or LD_ND9X. Therefore only macros #LOGO# or #LOGO1# are supported for the logo print. ND9E or TH30 printers need to be set for TP07 receipt printer (non GDI mode) need to be set for TP06 journal printer (requires option -J too) deletes and loads Fonts deletes and loads Logos (not supported for TH30) deletes Fonts only (ND99 only) deletes Logos only (ND99 only) specifies device JOURNAL1 NOTE1: NOTE2: Logo loading via this utility is supported for ND99. Each process will be displayed on screen to show information whether the load is successfully finished or if parts of the process fail. ND9C. Then it shows the number of Fonts or Logos depending on which loading process is selected (See parameter options for load and delete options). When you call the program it checks first if the file LD_ND99.CFG (option -ND9X) exist. If option -ND9X is used. Syntax call: LDND9X Options: -ND99 -ND9X -TP07 -TP06 -L -G -D -E -J need to be set for ND99 printer need to be set for ND9C. As example for a 450 x 100 BMP. TP07 and TP06 printer. the printed size corresponds to 5. For TP07 only option -G (loading a LOGO) is supported. ND9D. June 2009 373 .5cm * 1cm. #LOGO9#.exe extracts binary logo files of ND99 into an ASCII matrix file. Syntax: ASC2LOGO ASCIIfile logofile 374 June 2009 . 1 byte represents eight pixels in one line.specifies the logo number which is used by the macro #LOGO1# .EXE for the structure of the ASCII logo file format. The name will be printed in the test printout of ND99. This text file can be modified with any standard text editor. .EXE Asc2logo.3 format) must be entered there. Syntax: ND99LOGO logofile > filename The ASCII file must have the following header parameter: Logo Type: Logo Width: Logo Height: Logo Name: .exe converts ASCII logo files to the binary logo format for ND99 printers.Font and Logo tools for printers ND99LOGO. The number of lines represents the Logo height. ASC2LOGO. This utility is useful to make modifications for some pixels of an existing logo to obtain a better logo quality.specifies the width of the Logo in bytes.specifies the Logo height. The ’Width’ and ’Height’ parameter should be in the range of 70 (560 pixel) and 200 (lines). This utility can help you to tune your Logo. .the file name of the logo (8. . This depends on the available memory of the ND99. See also utility ND99LOGO.EXE Installation and Configuration Tools Nd99logo. The typical way to create Logos will be to draw a PCX graphic with a graphic program. because of the 1 byte steps for the logo width (1 byte represents eight pixels).pcc or *. Syntax: ND99-ASC FONTfile > ASCII file Example: ND99-ASC ARIAL10.exe extracts characters stored in *.EXE to a logo file format for the ND99 printer.SWF >ARIAL10 June 2009 375 . -Wsize ND99-ASC. It is important that the value of parameter ’Width’ is divided by eight if you need it for the logo conversion. On VGA icons do not compress lines 9 and 17 if -D option is set (24 -> 14 lines) Set horizontal size in characters. This ASCII file can be used as a source file for the conversion of ASC2LOGO.EXE. The header parameter must be changed to the format as described by utility ND99LOGO. Syntax: PCX2ASC [-D] [-E] [-W] sourcefile Options: -D -E On CGF icons double horizontal pixels. On VGA icons compress every 2 lines (24 -> 12 lines) On CGF icons double lines 5 and 9 (12 -> 14 lines).pcx files into ASCII matrix files.exe is used to convert *.EXE Font and Logo tools for printers Pcx2asc.EXE Description: Nd99-asc.Installation and Configuration Tools PCX2ASC.swf format to ASCII format which can be modified by the customer. 16. 376 June 2009 . 14.EXE.dof) to an ASCII matrix file. TH30 and TH21 or TH22 printer.EXE Description: Dof-nd9c. utility DOF-ND9C. The ASCII matrix file can be edited with any standard text editor. The ND9C and TH30 printer can load 5 character sizes: 10. load sequence is /h 1b26 instead of /h 1c26. (Supported firmware since Dec. 18 with the fixed Height = 24 pixels. 20 with fixed Height = 22 pixels.SWF DOF-ND9C.Font and Logo tools for printers ASC-ND99.DOF > USR_CPI12.exe can be used to convert hexadecimal font files (*.EXE to load the hexa decimal contents of a DOF file into the ND9C. 1999) Use utility PRT-DOF.EXE Description: Installation and Configuration Tools Asc-nd99.swf format which has to be used to download the font to the ND99 printer. Syntax: ASC-ND99 ASCIIfile FONTfile Example: ASC-ND99 ARIAL10 ARIAL10.EXE supportswith /h 1b26 and /h 1c26 within a DOF file.ASC Example contents of a DOF file ’B’) the ND9C printer: /h 1c2603424210 /h 10000000c000c0ffffc0ffffc0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0c0 f3f3c07f3f803f3f000c0c00000000000000000000 User defined character sets can be deleted via If you have a printer that 27) haswith a firmware version loaded older than ESC ’ (1B sequence "/h 1b27" using December 1999 the PRT-DOF. 13. The TH21 or TH22 needs three sizes: 10. Syntax: DOF-ND9C [-Z] FONTfile > ASCIIfile Example: CPI macro reference: 10 12 14 (character 16 20 17 15 14 for 12 10 Width CPI macro DOF-ND9C USR_CPI12. 12.exe converts extracted characters stored in ASCII format back to the *. XXXXXXXXX... .... .......... ..... This utility can be used for TH21....XX....XXX...XXX.......XX.. 13....exe.XX...XX...... The ND9C printer needs five sizes to be loaded: Width = 10.XX............. 12.. ..DOF Example contents of an ASCII matrix file (character ’B’) for the ND9C printer: Width 16 Height 22 Character 42 .. . ...XX... Parameter "Character" represents the character postion.. .XX... 20..... which can be used to load them with prt-dof... ...... ND9C-DOF....... TH22 or TH30 as well... ...XX...... . ........XXX.. This makes shure that for all cpi sizes the characters are able to be printed..XXXXXXXX.. Position 20H (SPACE) is not allowed to be overloaded... If you have a printer that has a firmware version loaded older than December 1999 the old load sequence /h 1b26 has to be used instead of /h 1c26.XX.EXE always converts to /h 1c26. The Height is fixed and always 22 pixels..XXXXXXXXXX....Installation and Configuration Tools ND9C-DOF...XXX... The range of the character positions is between 21H .... ..XXX.DOF (DownLoadFile).XXX.. ...........7FH.XXXXXXXXX... Syntax: ND9C-DOF [-Z] ASCIIfile > FONTfile Example: ND9C-DOF USR_CPI12.XX.XXX. .......XXX.XXX. Use utility dof-nd9c.XXX.. June 2009 377 ...XXX.XX... . 14. 18 with fixed height of 24 pixels....... .exe to reconvert characters from the hexadecimal format of a DOF file to an ASCII matrix format..EXE Description: Font and Logo tools for printers Nd9c-dof.exe converts characters from an ASCII matrix file to the hexa decimal byte definition of the *...XX...XXXXXXXX.. The TH21 or TH22 needs three sizes: 10............. ..ASC > USR_CPI12.XXXXXXXXXX... .. . ... 16........XXX.... ........ Use utility ND9E-DOF. ND9E-DOF.PPF. The utility ND9E-DOF.EXE to load the DOF contents into the printer. Step2: Step3: Step4: NOTE: How to print the logo: The hexa decimal sequence to print the logo is 1b6f.DOF How to Load one logo: You can load two different kinds of logos either standard or extended format: Standard format: Width: 144. Height: 104 (13 lines x 8 pixel or smaller) Extendend format: Width: 200.EXE into the printer. This sequence can be inserted in a DOF file as : /h 1b6f0d0a0c To print the logo via the application you can define an own macro in section ".\CCOPEN\CCPRTFW\RECEIPT_MACROS" like MYLOGO = \1b\6f that can be configured via parameter RECEIPT_PAGE_HEADER = #MYLOGO# in CUSTOM. Use utility PRT-DOF.EXE to convert the PCX graphic to an ASCII file. Height: 144 (18 lines x 8 pixel or smaller) Step1: Create a 16 color PCX graphic in Z-Soft Paintbrush format for standard logo within range 144 x104 or extended logo within 200 x 144 (width x height). See also detailed descriptions of PRT-DOF.Font and Logo tools for printers Installation and Configuration Tools Logo print with ND9E The ND9E printer is able to print one logo that can be stored into the E-PROM of the printer.EXE can be used to create hexa decimal sequences that can be loaded via PRT-DOF.EXE in the previous sections.ASC > STDLOGO.EXE and PCX2ASC.EXE to convert the ASCII matrix file to a DOF that contains hexa decimal sequences for the printer. Syntax: ND9E-DOF ASCIIfile > DOFfile Example: ND9E-DOF STDLOGO.exe can be used to convert logo data from ASCII format to hexa decimal sequences in a DOF file.EXE Description: Nd9e-dof. Use utility PCX2ASC.. 378 June 2009 . ASC Example 2: DOF-RJ03 -N USR7x9. IMPORTANT NOTE: Syntax: DOF-RJ03 [-N] FONTfile > ASCIIfile If the TP07 is installed as a GDI Windows printer. The RJ03 series printers accept loading of user defined characters in range 0x20H .0xFFH. user defined characters cannot be loaded into TP07.EXE Description: Dof-rj03.DOF > USR10x17.dof) to an ASCII matrix file. Options: -N must be set for 7x9 or 9x9 fonts needed for dot matrix printers NP06 or NP07. The ASCII matrix file can be edited with any standard text editor.DOF > USR7x9. Example 1: DOF-RJ03 USR10x17. The dot matrix (needle) printers NP06 (journal) and NP07 (receipt) need two character sets with pixel format: 7x9 and 9x9 (width x height) (see option -N).ASC June 2009 379 . The thermal printers TP06 (journal) and TP07 (receipt) need two character sets with pixel format: 10x17 and 14x24 (width x height).Installation and Configuration Tools Font and Logo tools for printers Font utilities for RJ03 series printers DOF-RJ03.exe can be used to convert hexadecimal font files (*. Font and Logo tools for printers RJ03-DOF. IMPORTANT NOTE: Syntax: RJ03-DOF [-N] ASCIIfile > DOFfile If the TP07 is installed as a GDI Windows printer.exe to reconvert characters from the hexadecimal format of a DOF file to an ASCII matrix format.DOF (DownL oadFile). Use utility dof-rj03. which can be used to load them with prt-dof.exe. The dot matrix (needle) printers NP06 (journal) and NP07 (receipt) need two character sets in pixel format: 7x9 and 9x9 (width x height).EXE Description: Installation and Configuration Tools Rj03-dof. The RJ03 series thermal printers TP06 (journal) and TP07 (receipt) need two character sets. Options: -N must be set for 7x9 or 9x9 fonts needed for dot matrix printers NP06 or NP07. 380 June 2009 .. user defined characters cannot be loaded into TP07..exe converts characters from an ASCII matrix file to the hexa decimal byte definition of the *. which needs to be loaded: 10x17 and 14x24 (width x height). See examples on the following page .FFH. The printers accept to load characters in range 20H . XXX.X...... ....ASC > USR7x9.XX.....X...XXX.....XXXXXXXXX.............XX. ...XX. . .. .........XXXX.. ...XXX.... ... .. ... Example 2: RJ03-DOF -N USR7x9.X.... ...... .XX..X...... .XX....XX..X........... .X...XXX. ... ...XX....... ............XXX...... .. .XX..Installation and Configuration Tools Example 1: Font and Logo tools for printers RJ03-DOF USR14x24. ..XXX......XXX..XXXX.. .X...XXXXXXXX.... ..XXXXXXXXX... .X.....ASC > USR14x24.XXX..... .XXX...XXX. ..XX.. ..XXXXXXXX..XX............. .... June 2009 381 . .DOF Example contents of an ASCII matrix file (character ’B’) for the TP07 printer: Width 14 Height 24 Character 42 .....XXX....... ........ ..XX...XXXXXXXXXX... ...XX.XXX..... .XXXX......DOF Example contents of an ASCII matrix file (character ’B’) for the NP06 printer: Width 7 Height 9 Character 42 ....XXXXXXXXXX. Miscellaneous tools Installation and Configuration Tools Miscellaneous tools WRITE-ID. Example: You want to write track 2 data on the card but track 1 and 3 are empty: Syntax of the batch file: c:\protopas\tools\Write-Id "" "99999999999=999999999" "" The WRITE-ID. StCode) will be copied and concatenated from the section line and will be inserted in the value field of parameter DDC_MDS_STATUS or M_DATA.exe can be used to write data on track1.INA to CSCW32 StClass and StCodes for Wincor Nixdorf ATM’s.g. MDS2WNC. The data definition of the tracks has to be edited in a batch file e.NEW Inserts CSCW32 StClass & StCode to DDC_MDS_STATUS Inserts CSCW32 StClass & StCode to M_DATA 382 June 2009 .INA CCERRMAP. ’write_id. Therefore you need a card reader which is able to write on the ID card tracks.cmd’.EXE MDS2WNC.2 or/and 3 of ID cards. Error Class and Error Code (StClass.EXE tool cannot work if the ATM is in service mode or/and a card insert job has been already started. The batchfile must contain the path of the program and as parameters 3 string definitions which indicates the track data. Syntax: MDS2WNC [-M] [-D] sourcefile destfile Options: -D -M Example: MDS2WNC -M -D C:\PROTOPAS\CONF\CCERRMAP.exe can be used to replace MDS i series status codes or/and Maintenance Data of parameter DDC_MDS_STATUS or/and M_DATA of configuration file CCERRMAP.EXE Write-ID. EXE Miscellaneous tools COMPREGF.txt) could be: #CPI12#TEST DATA TO PRINT#CR##LF##FF# June 2009 383 .journal printer BELEG1 .exe uses the CSCW32 interface to print macros and printer data from an ASCII file to the selected printer station (BON1. JOURNAL1 or BELEG1).Installation and Configuration Tools COMPREGF.EXE PRT-RAW.reg -Lwincor.exe compares an extracted Regfile (REGEDIT4 format) with the contents of the Windows registry.receipt printer JOURNAL1 . -F filename Example: PRT-RAW -PBON1 -Ftest-bon.document printer specifies the filename that contains the printer data. Syntax: PRT-RAW -PDEVICE -Ffilename Options: -PDEVICE DEVICE specifies the device station: BON1 . It can be used to preset printers with default settings before application start or if you like to test the printer functionality. Syntax: COMPREGF -Rregfile [-Llogfile] Options: -Rregfile -L logfile Example: COMPREGF -Rwincor.log specifies the extracted registry file (must be extracted in ASCII text (REGEDIT4) format) specifies the logfile name where the differencies are stored PRT-RAW.txt Contents of the print data file (test-bon. EXE Installation and Configuration Tools PrintRaw.specifies the printer type: REC . 1024 characters): #CPI12#FORMULAR PRINT DATA#CR##LF##FF# Example 2: The following command line initiates a "PrintRaw" on the journal printer using the printer data defined in C:\PROTOPAS\RAWDATA.specifies a formular number that has to be configured via parameter MSGnnn in follwing registry locations depending on which printer type has been selected: . PRINTRAW -PJRN Contents of file rawdata..\LYNXPAR\PRINTER\JOURNAL .Miscellaneous tools PRINTRAW.\LYNXPAR\PRINTER\DOCUMENT printer .exe calls the "Print" or "PrintRaw" method of the ProTopas API to print macro sequences and printer data configured via a formular number or from an ASCII file to the requested printer destination specified via parameters. the "PrintRaw" method of the ProTopas API is used (on the document printer "Eject" is called after the print)... -F nnn nnn .. PRINTRAW -F400 -PREC Contents of parameter MSG400 could be (max.document printer JOU .receipt printer JRN .txt could be (max. 1024 characters): #CPI12#TEST RAWDATA PRINT#CR##LF# 384 June 2009 . If the parameter is NOT set.E-journal destination Calls ProTopas Eject() method if -PREC is set -Pprinter -E Example 1: The following command line initiates a formular "Print" on receipt using printer data defined via parameter MSG400 in section .journal printer DOC .\LYNXPAR\PRINTER\RECEIPT.\LYNXPAR\PRINTER\RECEIPT . Syntax: PRINTRAW [-Fnnn][-E] -Pprinter Options: Parameter -Fnnn is optional and enables the formular "Print" method of ProTopas.TXT. It supports following WOSA service names: PRJ. If a valid GDI printer configuration is found in the CSC-W32 section.PPF and parallel it sets the value in the registry.TH97 Function Description for -D option: When the utility is called following functions are performed: 1.DEP -T -GND9G.TH21. [SERVICES_PRD].PPF and parallel the value is set in the registry if the belonging service is not configured.WOSA-SERVICE2.TH21. Function Description for -T option: 1.. It checks if PRJ.TH97 Checks if the printers în the list are installed as GDI printers and sets the required parameters for GDI print operation in ProCash/NDC or ProCash/DDC. Syntax: SETHWPPF -DWOSA-SERVICE1.PRR. Function Description for -G option: 1.DEP.PRD. PRR.Installation and Configuration Tools SETHWPPF. Options: -DWOSA-SERVICEx specifies the WOSA service names that can be configured in parameter CCBase in section . [SERVICES_DEP] in CUSTOM..WOSA-SERVICEn.PRR. Scans the CSC-W32 printer configuration. DEP is configured in Registry parameter CCBase..bat to set parameters for ProSop Triple DES key input.EXE Miscellaneous tools SETHWPPF. Refer also to Abschnitt ”Enable Triple DES operation” on page 308. Calls batch program Sop3Des. In addition the Windows printer name is set for parameter PRINTER_NAME in section GDI_XXX_PRINTER (xxx = REC or DOC) of "CUSTOM. 3. It sets Parameter ACTIVE = N for the sections [SERVICES_PRJ].PRD. Example: SETHWPPF -DPRJ. PRD. June 2009 385 .PPF". If the PRJ service is not configured it sets in addition to parameter ACTIVE parameter PAPER_JOURNAL = 0 in section [JOURNALPRINTER] of CUSTOM.TH22.BAT. 2. [SERVICES_PRR]. Depending on the configured WOSA device service it disables the paper journal if the WOSA journal printer service is not configured to be loaded. the repository configuration for the detected printer is modified. Includes the GDI Printer Overlay Framework (dcPrtGdi.exe is called once during the installation phase in the batch file STARTUP.\CCOPEN\RESTART\APPLICATION_1 -T Sets parameters for Triple DES -GND9G.DLL) in the repository configuration for the Receipt or/and Document printer..TH22. multiple files of each class are created. The tool can also be used to split all error classes from an existing CCERRMAP.EXE is called with option -I. Capabilities and the loaded Firmware Version -I EXTERRMP.INA to multiple files.] and [DEVICES\.. the security keys have to be entered via SOP function. -E 386 June 2009 . This function returns successfully if an EPP V4 or higher is installed.. This parameter has to be set together with parameter -D displays detailed information about EPP Type.INA to a new registry structure where the different error classes from section [CLASS] are grouped to devices in a new section [DEVICES]. Syntax: EXTERRMP [-Soldfile -Eoldfile] > newfile Options: -S Creates a new errmap file where the old error mapping registry format is converted to section [CLASS\.EXE Installation and Configuration Tools InitEpp. The utility is called once at the end of the installation phase in the batch file STARTUP.] In addition to option -S.Miscellaneous tools INITEPP. just EPP information is displayed. Each file is named as the class name.BAT. After INITEPP.exe initializes the EPP and deletes all loaded keys. where the filename is the class name. If INITEPP. the status of the EPP will not be changed..exe can be used to convert the sections of CCERRMAP.EXE ExtErrMp. Status.. Syntax: INITEPP [-D -E] [-I] Options: -D -E calls CSC-W32 function CscEdmInit() to initialize the EPP calls CSC-W32 function CscEdmExport() after CscEdmInit() to remove the key names from the EPP. "EPP export error" is returned if the function call is not supported because of an old EPP version.EXE has been called with option -D and -E. If you press "Select Message" you get a new dialog window where you can select a message that you like to be sent.’Offline’ events. Any valid host to terminal message can be entered.MSG" stored in "C:\PROTOPAS".EXE Hostsim.Installation and Configuration Tools Simulation utilities Simulation utilities HOSTSIM. Each line should contain one host command (without leading spaces) only. June 2009 387 . the following window appears on the screen: If you select "Enter Message" you get a text input field on the bottom line.exe is a windows program which can be started parallel to the running application to simulate several host messages and ’Online’ . After the program has been called. You have to create your own message list in a separate ASCII file named "NDC-SIM. Example entry: 1\1c\1c\1c4 The backslash (\) for the field separator (1c) must be entered via [STRG] + [ALT] + [\] After entering the message you have to click on the ’Send Message’ button. then the message is send to the communication framework. exe is a windows program which shows the entered steps and contents of variables (e.EXE Installation and Configuration Tools MfcDlg. The program shows the following window on the screen: 388 June 2009 . This is useful to check specific screens for its contents and availability.exe is a dialog window where you can enter a screen number which is displayed immediately parallel to the running customer application. The program shows the following dialog window on the screen: MFCVAR.EXE MfcVar. Operation Code buffer) for the actual step.g.Simulation utilities MFCDLG. eicon. Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Wincor Nixdorf currently uses the EICON card for X.07.25 native and SNA connections.98 4. For SNA you have to install the add on product Microsoft SNA Server (Workstation).sni. The S51 card was released for the installation of OS/2. You have to use a driver update if your PC has a Pentium II or III processor. Internet links EICON TECHNOLOGY http://www.SYS 23.com/ WINCOR NIXDORF INTRANET BS P42 Software integration and Pilot support http://seeus.0 with service pack 3 or higher. C21 and S51 cards under WindowsNT 4.de/ftp-user3/index. C21 and S51 card.Installation of communication SW Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Installation of communication SW This section describes how to install and configure the software of network cards and communication add on products.2 Build 88) is included in release V4R2S1. This patch (ECNB. Types of EICON cards Wincor Nixdorf has released model EC/PC.pdb. The release V4R2 supports the EC/PC.htm June 2009 389 . In the first half of 2000 the new C91 board will be released which will not be supported in the DOS environment. . Go to folder "ADAPTERS" and click "ADD".Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Installation of communication SW Installation Select "SETTINGS" from the Windows "START" button. Open "CONTROL PANEL" and double click "NETWORK". 390 June 2009 .. Now click on HAVE DISK. Just click OK.Installation of communication SW Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter The INSERT DISK window appears and prompts for a path to the EICON software: The next window lets you choose a software variant. June 2009 391 . The next dialog box is just an information window in case if you have selected "Automatic" installation. In that case you will have to select the card type and assign its resources manually. 392 June 2009 . If the card could not be detected automatically you have to use the manual setup for configuration. The system automatically detects the card and defines the hardware resources. For PnP OS systems you can use use the automatic installation procedure. "Manual" will be used in systems without PnP capabilities or if the automatic detection fails or if the card has to have special resources.Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Installation of communication SW Now you have to select "AUTOMATIC" or "MANUAL" installation. Just click OK. June 2009 393 .Installation of communication SW Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Now you will be asked for the destination directory and Installation Group: After selecting ’OK’ the software will be installed on your hard disk. If the parameters for IRQ and/or I/O address are not shown. 394 June 2009 . manual installation is recommended. Comments in the lower part maybe helpful for error analysis. Now run the EICON configuration program by clicking Yes in the following window.Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Installation of communication SW The results of the automatic detection are displayed in the dialog window "DETECTION RESULTS". the configuration set can be used in other systems. Note: Hardware settings. The dependent data is displayed on the right side and can be changed. are not overwritten. Please ask your network administrator for the relevant parameters of protocol configuration. June 2009 395 . Specific sections can be selected inside the directory structure. The protocol configuration of the card can be saved with the function "FILE-IMPORT".Installation of communication SW Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Now you can configure your EICON card and the protocols. like I/O address and IRQ. By doing this. Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter .. Installation of communication SW 396 June 2009 ..window and packet size... June 2009 397 . After the configuration changes it is neccessary to save the data. The clocking setting is usually "EXTERNAL". The last dialog asks you if you want to install the EICON WAN services for Routers. Select the NO button at this time.Installation of communication SW Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter In the next dialog box you have to set the physical line settings. An important setting is the field "DATA ENCODING". where you have to set NRZ or NRZI. PAD's and so on. These are for instance Local and remote address. "ECCARD STOP" disables the EICON service.Installation of Eicon Wan Adapter Installation of communication SW Several settings have to be done from the application side. 398 June 2009 . With command "ECCARD STATUS" you get information of the line activity. buffer sizes and call user data. Testing connection From the DOS command prompt you can call some test programs. The call "ECCARD START" is used to start the EICON service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous Features II (DDC) . . . Miscellaneous Features I (DDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 23: List of files in sub folder \BATCH . Table 21: Default settings for NDC and DDC fonts . . . . . . . . . 30 30 31 40 107 109 110 111 118 119 122 142 144 146 148 251 251 253 254 255 256 276 277 277 Components on "ProBase/C CD" Core products and AddOns on "ProInstall CD" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the customizing disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 12: Parameters supported in language banks (DDC only) . . . . . . . . . . Table 24: List of files in sub folder \CDM . . . . . . . . . . . Table 18: DDC resolution dependent values for "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" Table 19: NDC resolution dependent values for "SIZE" and "HEIGHT" Table 20: Standard NDC and DDC font identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous Features III (DDC) . . .Tables Tables Table 1: Table 2: Table 3: Table 4: Table 5: Table 6: Table 7: Table 8: Table 9: External Products . . . . . . . . . SUnsupported timers by ProCash/NDC-DDC Table 10: RGB values for 16 standard colors . . . . . Table 17: Default DDC font names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2009 399 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 11: Screen parameters reference table . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 16: Default NDC font names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Parameters (NDC) . . . . . . . Table 22: List of files in sub folder \BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 13: Variables and formats for event and error messages Table 14: Hardware Configuration Parameters (NDC) Table 15: Hardware Configuration Parameters (DDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 42: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COININ . . . . . . Table 27: List of files in sub folder \CRS . . . 400 June 2009 . . . . Table 31: List of files in sub folder \WN . . . . . . . . . Table 49: List of files in sub folder \CHQ . . . . . . . . Table 38: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CDM Table 39: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COINOUT Table 40: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CRS Table 41: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CCDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 29: Error class files of folder \CCERRMAP . . Table 47: List of files in sub folder \CDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 32: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 28: List of files in sub folder \EMV . . . . . . . Table 34: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS20 Table 35: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 46: List of files in sub folder \BATCH . . . . . . . Table 43: List of files in sub folder \FONET\RM2 Table 44: List of files in sub folder \FLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 45: List of files in sub folder \BAS . . Table 50: List of files in sub folder \CRS . . . . . . . . . Table 36: List of files in sub folder \WOSA . . . . . Table 48: List of files in sub folder \CCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 33: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS30 . . . . . 278 278 279 279 280 280 280 281 281 281 281 282 283 283 283 284 284 284 284 285 286 287 287 288 288 288 Table 30: List of files in sub folder \WEB\CONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 37: List of files in sub folder \FONET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tables Table 25: List of files in sub folder \CCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 26: List of files in sub folder \CHQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 64: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COININ . Table 59: List of files in sub folder \FONET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 68: CSC-W32 and XFS class assign table . . Table 75: Cash Dispenser return code table Table 76: Transaction Framework Error Table June 2009 . . . . . . . . Table 69: XFS30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 62: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CRS . . . . . . Table 56: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS20 Table 57: List of files in sub folder \DIEBOLD\XFS30 Table 58: List of files in sub folder \WOSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 65: List of files in sub folder \FONET\RM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tables Table 51: List of files in sub folder \EMV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 54: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS20 Table 55: List of files in sub folder \NCR\XFS30 . . . . . Table 60: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CDM . . . . . . . . Table 72: Parameter fields for IDLE_TIMEOUT Table 73: Transaction Framework Error Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 288 289 289 289 290 290 290 292 293 293 293 293 293 294 294 295 299 300 311 312 313 325 327 328 329 401 Table 52: List of files in sub folder \WEB\CONF Table 53: List of files in sub folder \WN . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 66: List of files in sub folder \FLX . . . . Table 67: Error parameter block of CCERRMAP . . . . . . Table 63: List of files in sub folder \FONET\CCDM . . . . Table 61: List of files in sub folder \FONET\COINOUT . . . Table 71: Card less parameter fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 74: Cash Dispenser Framework Error Table .CSC-W32 class assign table Table 70: Card less transaction parameters . . . . . . Table 94: Registry cross link [CARD_READER] . . . . . . . . Table 82: Registry cross link [SERIAL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 87: Registry cross link [LYNXCI_TIMER] Table 88: Registry cross link [LYNXCI_EMV] Table 89: Registry cross link [EMV_TAGS] . . . . . . . . . Table 93: Registry cross link [DEPOSIT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 101:Registry cross link [DOCUMENT_FONT_XXX] . Table 91: Registry cross link [COIN_DISPENSER] . . . . . . . . . Table 84: Registry cross link [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] (DDC) Table 85: Registry cross link [HARDWARE_CONFIGURATION] (NDC) Table 86: Registry cross link [LYNXCI_PARAMETER] . . . Table 100:Registry cross link [DOCUMENTPRINTER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 June 2009 . . . . . . . . . Table 99: Registry cross link [RECEIPT_FONT_XXX] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 95: Registry cross link [ELECTRONIC_JOURNAL] . Table 83: Registry cross link [PROTOCOL\PROJECT] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 97: Registry cross link [JOURNAL_FONT_XXX] Table 98: Registry cross link [RECEIPTPRINTER] . . . . . . . . . . Table 102:Registry cross link [VIEWER] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 332 332 332 333 334 334 335 336 338 338 339 339 339 342 342 343 343 344 344 344 346 346 347 347 348 Table 78: Registry cross link [START_APPLICATION] Table 79: Registry cross link [DEFAULT] Table 80: Registry cross link [CCProtFW1] Table 81: Registry cross link [MODEM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 92: Registry cross link [BARCODE] . . . . . . . . Table 96: Registry cross link [JOURNALPRINTER] . . . . . . . . Table 90: Registry cross link [CASH_DISPENSER] . . . .Tables Table 77: Registry cross link [STARTUP] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 104:Registry cross link [SNA_PROJECT] . . . . . . . .Tables Table 103:Registry cross link [SNA] . . . . . Table 107:Registry cross link [X25_PROJECT] . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 113:Registry cross link [OPERATOR_SCREENS] Table 114:Registry cross link [APPLICATION_XXX] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 109:Registry cross link [TOPMSG] . . . Table 115:Registry cross link [APPLICATION_XXX] part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 348 349 349 350 351 351 351 352 353 353 354 355 Table 105:Registry cross link [SNA_PROJECT_INITSELF] Table 106:Registry cross link [X25] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 111:Registry cross link [LYNXCI_SCREEN] Table 112:Registry cross link [SCREEN_XXX] . . . . . . . . . Table 108:Registry cross link [TCPIP_PROJECT] . Table 110:Registry cross link [CUSTMSG] . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2009 403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tables 404 June 2009 . PARAC Finish window with return code (0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workbench of PCEDT . . . . . . . . June 2009 405 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Figures Figures Figure 1: Figure 2: Figure 3: Figure 4: Figure 5: Figure 6: Figure 7: Figure 8: Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . PARAC Update window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ProBase/C Installation medias . . . . . . . . . . PARAC Start window . . 29 34 37 271 271 271 272 273 ProInstall Installation medias . . . . . . . PARAC Finish window with error return code . . . . . . . Figures 406 June 2009 . Abbreviations API ARC ASCII ATM CDM CI CRT CSC DDC DES EBCDIC FDK FIT ID IDCU MAC MDS NCR NDC OAR Application Program Interface Application Return Code American Standard Code for Information Interchange Automated Teller Machine Cash Dispenser Module Customization Image Cathode Ray Tube Customer Service Center DIEBOLD Direct Connect (equals 911/912 Protocols) Data Encryption Standard Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code Function Display Key Financial Institution Table IDentification ID Card Unit Message Authentication Code Modular Delivery System National Cash Register NCR Direct Connect Open Account Relationship June 2009 407 . Abbreviations PAN PC PIN POS QLLC SDLC SNA PU LU SSCP PLU TABS PPF CFGM Primary Account Number Personal Computer Personal Identification Number Point of Sales (Cash Registers) Qualified Logical Link Control Synchronous Data Link Control System Network Architecture Physical Unit Logical Unit System Server Control Point Primary Logical Unit Total Automatic Banking System Parac Parameter File ProCash-NDC/DDC Configuration Manager 408 June 2009 . Link: http://psd. CSC-W32 and AddOn products can be downloaded from the Wincor Nixdorf intranet server. ProConsult/DDC.0/10 4 4 4 (PDF file) (PDF file) (PDF file) (PDF file) (PDF file) ProTopas Module Konstruction Kit Programming Guide Describes the Frameworks of the ProTopas Manager and gives detailed API descriptions for the programmer. ProDevice (WOSA).0/10 2.com ProCash/DDC & ProCash/NDC DESIGNATION ProCash/DDC User Guide manual ProCash/NDC User Guide manual Protopas Module Construction Kit Programming Guide Protopas Framework Documentation Programming Guide Protopas Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks Programming Guide VERSION ORDER NUMBER 2.Related publications Available manuals Basically all the manuals you need to get information about configurations and functionality of ProCash/DDC. With this manual a programmer is able to build up Protopas applications. June 2009 409 .wincor-nixdorf. Operational Commands.Related publications ProTopas Framework Documentation Programming Guide Gives a global overview about the ProTopas Framework architecture and describes the interaction between the different frameworks. ProCash/NDC User Guide manual Provides detailed function description about ProCash/NDC operation and NDC Host to terminal and Terminal to Host messages (Download Commands. Status messages. Status messages. ProTopas Host Protocol and Communication Frameworks ProGramming Guide Describes the API’s of the Communication Frameworks from ProTopas Manager and gives detailed descriptions for the programmer.). etc. ProCash/DDC User Guide manual Provides detailed function description about ProCash/DDC operation and DDC Host to terminal and Terminal to Host messages (Write Commands. Transaction Request and Reply messages. Terminal Commands. 410 June 2009 . Function Commands. etc.).